Page 1 of 388

Subpart JJJ—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 

Pollutant Emissions: Group IV Polymers and Resins

Table of Contents

§63.1310 Applicability and designation of affected sources.

§63.1311 Compliance dates and relationship of this subpart to 

existing applicable rules.

§63.1312 Definitions.

§63.1313 Emission standards.

§63.1314 Storage vessel provisions.

§63.1315 Continuous process vents provisions.

§63.1316 PET and polystyrene affected sources—emissions control 

provisions.

§63.1317 PET and polystyrene affected sources—monitoring 

provisions.

§63.1318 PET and polystyrene affected sources—testing and 

compliance demonstration provisions.

§63.1319 PET and polystyrene affected sources—recordkeeping 

provisions.

§63.1320 PET and polystyrene affected sources—reporting 

provisions.

§63.1321 Batch process vents provisions.

§63.1322 Batch process vents—reference control technology.

§63.1323 Batch process vents—methods and procedures for group 

determination.

§63.1324 Batch process vents—monitoring equipment.

§63.1325 Batch process vents—performance test methods and 

procedures to determine compliance.

§63.1326 Batch process vents—recordkeeping provisions.

§63.1327 Batch process vents—reporting requirements.

§63.1328 Heat exchange systems provisions.

§63.1329 Process contact cooling towers provisions.

§63.1330 Wastewater provisions.

§63.1331 Equipment leak provisions.

§63.1332 Emissions averaging provisions.

§63.1333 Additional requirements for performance testing.

§63.1334 Parameter monitoring levels and excursions.

§63.1335 General recordkeeping and reporting provisions.

§63.1336 Implementation and enforcement.

Tables to Subpart JJJ of Part 63

Table 1 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63-Applicability of general 

provisions to subpart JJJ affected sources

Table 2 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63-Group 1 Storage Vessels at 

Existing Affected Sources
Page 2 of 388

Table 3 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63-Group 1 Storage Vessels at 

Existing Affected Sources Producing the Listed Thermoplastics

Table 4 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63-Group 1 Storage Vessels at New 

Affected Sources

Table 5 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63-Group 1 Storage Vessels at New 

Affected Sources Producing the Listed Thermoplastics

Table 6 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63-Known Organic HAP Emitted From 

the Production of Thermoplastic Products

Table 7 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63-Group 1 Batch Process Vents 

and Aggregate Batch Vent Streams--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and 

Reporting Requirements

Table 8 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63-Operating Parameters for Which 

Levels Are Required To Be Established for Continuous and Batch 

Process Vents and Aggregate Batch Vent Streams

Table 9 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63-Routine Reports Required by 

This Subpart

§63.1310 Applicability and designation of affected sources.

(a) Definition of affected source. The provisions of this 

subpart apply to each affected source. Affected sources are 

described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section.

(1) An affected source is either an existing affected 

source or a new affected source. Existing affected source is 

defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and new affected 

source is defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.

(2) An existing affected source is defined as each group of 

one or more thermoplastic product process units (TPPU) and 

associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this 

section that is not part of a new affected source, as defined in 

paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that is manufacturing the same 
Page 3 of 388

primary product, and that is located at a plant site that is a 

major source.

(3) A new affected source is defined by the criteria in 

paragraph (a)(3)(i), (a)(3)(ii), or (a)(3)(iii) of this section. 

The situation described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section 

is distinct from those situations described in paragraphs 

(a)(3)(ii) and (a)(3)(iii) of this section and from any 

situation described in paragraph (i) of this section.

(i) At a site without HAP emission points before March 29, 

1995 (i.e., a “greenfield” site), each group of one or more TPPU 

and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this 

section, that is manufacturing the same primary product and that 

is part of a major source on which construction commenced after 

March 29, 1995;

(ii) A group of one or more TPPU meeting the criteria in 

paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section; or

(iii) A reconstructed affected source meeting the criteria 

in paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section.

(4) Emission points and equipment. The affected source also 

includes the emission points and equipment components specified 

in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (a)(4)(vi) of this section that 

are associated with each applicable group of one or more TPPU 

constituting an affected source.

(i) Each waste management unit.
Page 4 of 388

(ii) Maintenance wastewater.

(iii) Each heat exchange system.

(iv) Each process contact cooling tower used in the 

manufacture of poly (ethylene terephthalate) resin (PET) that is 

associated with a new affected source.

(v) Each process contact cooling tower used in the 

manufacture of PET using a continuous terephthalic acid high 

viscosity multiple end finisher process that is associated with 

an existing affected source.

(vi) Equipment Components required by, or utilized as a 

method of compliance with, this subpart, which may include 

control devices and recovery devices.

(5) TPPUs and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph 

(a)(4) of this section, that are located at plant sites that are 

not major sources are neither affected sources nor part of an 

affected source.

(b) TPPUs without organic HAP. The owner or operator of a 

TPPU that is part of an affected source, as defined in paragraph 

(a) of this section, but that does not use or manufacture any 

organic HAP shall comply with the requirements of either 

paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section. Such a TPPU is not 

subject to any other provisions of this subpart and is not 

required to comply with the provisions of subpart A of this 

part.
Page 5 of 388

(1) Retain information, data, and analyses used to document 

the basis for the determination that the TPPU does not use or 

manufacture any organic HAP. Types of information that could 

document this determination include, but are not limited to, 

records of chemicals purchased for the process, analyses of 

process stream composition, engineering calculations, or process 

knowledge.

(2) When requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that 

the TPPU does not use or manufacture any organic HAP.

(c) Emission points not subject to the provisions of this 

subpart. The affected source includes the emission points listed 

in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(9) of this section, but these 

emission points are not subject to the requirements of this 

subpart or to the provisions of subpart A of this part.

(1) Components and Eequipment that does not contain organic 

HAP and is are located within a TPPU that is part of an affected 

source;

(2) Stormwater from segregated sewers;

(3) Water from fire-fighting and deluge systems in 

segregated sewers;

(4) Spills;

(5) Water from safety showers;

(6) Water from testing of deluge systems;

(7) Water from testing of firefighting systems;
Page 6 of 388

(8) Vessels and equipment storing and/or handling material 

that contain no organic HAP and/or organic HAP as impurities 

only; and

(9) Equipment that is intended to operate in organic HAP 

service for less than 300 hours during the calendar year.

(d) Processes exempted excluded from the affected source. 

The processes specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of 

this section are exempted fromnot part of the affected source

and are not subject to the requirements of both this subpart and 

subpart A of this part:

(1) Research and development facilities;

(2) Polymerization processes occurring in a mold;

(3) Processes which manufacture binder systems containing a 

thermoplastic product for paints, coatings, or adhesives;

(4) Finishing processes including equipment such as 

compounding units, spinning units, drawing units, extruding 

units, and other finishing steps; and

(5) Solid state polymerization processes.

(e) Applicability determination of nonthermoplastic 

equipment included within the boundaries of a TPPU. If a polymer 

that is not a thermoplastic product is produced within the 

equipment (i.e., collocated) making up a TPPU and at least 50 

percent of that polymer is used in the production of a 

thermoplastic product manufactured by the same TPPU, then the 
Page 7 of 388

unit operations involved in the production of that polymer are 

considered part of the TPPU and are subject to this subpart, 

with the following exception. Any emission points from such unit 

operations that are subject to another subpart of this part with 

an effective date prior to September 5, 1996 shall remain 

subject to that other subpart of this part and are not subject 

to this subpart.

(f) Primary product determination and applicability. An 

owner or operator of a process unit that produces or plans to 

produce a thermoplastic product shall determine if the process 

unit is subject to this subpart in accordance with this 

paragraph. The owner or operator shall initially determine 

whether a process unit is designated as a TPPU and subject to 

the provisions of this subpart in accordance with either 

paragraph (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section. The owner or 

operator of a flexible operation unit that was not initially 

designated as a TPPU, but in which a thermoplastic product is 

produced, shall conduct an annual re-determination of the 

applicability of this subpart in accordance with paragraph 

(f)(3) of this section. Owners or operators that anticipate the 

production of a thermoplastic product in a process unit that was 

not initially designated as a TPPU, and in which no 

thermoplastic products are currently produced, shall determine 

if the process unit is subject to this subpart in accordance 
Page 8 of 388

with paragraph (f)(4) of this section. Paragraphs (f)(3) and 

(f)(5) through (f)(7) of this section discuss compliance only 

for flexible operation units. Other paragraphs apply to all 

process units, including flexible operation units, unless 

otherwise noted. Paragraph (f)(8) of this section contains 

reporting requirements associated with the applicability 

determinations. Paragraphs (f)(9) and (f)(10) of this section 

describe criteria for removing the TPPU designation from a 

process unit.

(1) Initial determination. The owner or operator shall 

initially determine if a process unit is subject to the 

provisions of this subpart based on the primary product of the 

process unit in accordance with paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through 

(iii) of this section. If the process unit never uses or 

manufactures any organic HAP, regardless of the outcome of the 

primary product determination, the only requirements of this 

subpart that might apply to the process unit are contained in 

paragraph (b) of this section. If a flexible operation unit does 

not use or manufacture any organic HAP during the manufacture of 

one or more products, paragraph (f)(5)(i) of this section 

applies to that flexible operation unit.

(i) If a process unit only manufactures one product, then 

that product shall represent the primary product of the process 

unit.
Page 9 of 388

(ii) If a process unit produces more than one intended 

product at the same time, the primary product shall be 

determined in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) of 

this section.

(A) The product for which the process unit has the greatest 

annual design capacity on a mass basis shall represent the 

primary product of the process unit, or

(B) If a process unit has the same maximum annual design 

capacity on a mass basis for two or more products, and if one of 

those products is a thermoplastic product, then the 

thermoplastic product shall represent the primary product of the 

process unit.

(iii) If a process unit is designed and operated as a 

flexible operation unit, the primary product shall be determined 

as specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(iii)(A) or (B) of this section 

based on the anticipated operations for the 5 years following 

September 12, 1996 at existing process units, or for the first 

year after the process unit begins production of any product for 

new process units. If operations cannot be anticipated 

sufficiently to allow the determination of the primary product 

for the specified period, applicability shall be determined (in 

accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(A) If the flexible operation unit will manufacture one 

product for the greatest operating time over the specified 5 
Page 10 of 388

year period for existing process units, or the specified 1 year 

period for new process units, then that product shall represent 

the primary product of the flexible operation unit.

(B) If the flexible operation unit will manufacture 

multiple products equally based on operating time, then the 

product with the greatest expected production on a mass basis 

over the specified 5 year period for existing process units, or 

the specified 1 year period for new process units shall 

represent the primary product of the flexible operation unit.

(iv) If, according to paragraph (f)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) 

of this section, the primary product of a process unit is a 

thermoplastic product, then that process unit shall be 

designated as a TPPU. That TPPU and associated equipment, as 

listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section is either an affected 

source or part of an affected source comprised of other TPPU and 

associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this 

section, subject to this subpart with the same primary product 

at the same plant site that is a major source. If the primary 

product of a process unit is determined to be a product that is 

not a thermoplastic product, then that process unit is not a 

TPPU.

(2) If the primary product cannot be determined for a 

flexible operation unit in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(iii) 
Page 11 of 388

of this section, applicability shall be determined in accordance 

with this paragraph.

(i) If the owner or operator cannot determine the primary 

product in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this 

section, but can determine that a thermoplastic product is not 

the primary product, then that flexible operation unit is not a 

TPPU.

(ii) If the owner or operator cannot determine the primary 

product in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this 

section, and cannot determine that a thermoplastic product is 

not the primary product as specified in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of 

this section, applicability shall be determined in accordance 

with paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A) or (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) If the flexible operation unit is an existing process 

unit, the flexible operation unit shall be designated as a TPPU 

if a thermoplastic product was produced for 5 percent or greater 

of the total operating time of the flexible operating unit since 

March 9, 1999. That TPPU and associated equipment, as listed in 

paragraph (a)(4) of this section, is either an affected source, 

or part of an affected source comprised of other TPPU and 

associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this 

section, subject to this subpart with the same primary product 

at the same plant site that is a major source. For a flexible 

operation unit that is designated as an TPPU in accordance with 
Page 12 of 388

this paragraph, the thermoplastic product produced for the

greatest amount of time since March 9, 1999 shall be designated 

as the primary product of the TPPU.

(B) If the flexible operation unit is a new process unit, 

the flexible operation unit shall be designated as a TPPU if the 

owner or operator anticipates that a thermoplastic product will 

be manufactured in the flexible operation unit at any time in 

the first year after the date the unit begins production of any 

product. That TPPU and associated equipment, as listed in 

paragraph (a)(4) of this section, is either an affected source, 

or part of an affected source comprised of other TPPU and 

associated equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this 

section, subject to this subpart with the same primary product 

at the same plant site that is a major source. For a process 

unit that is designated as a TPPU in accordance with this 

paragraph, the thermoplastic product that will be produced shall 

be designated as the primary product of the TPPU. If more than 

one thermoplastic product will be produced, the owner or 

operator may select which thermoplastic product is designated as 

the primary product.

(3) Annual applicability determination for non-TPPUs that 

have produced a thermoplastic product. Once per year beginning 

September 12, 2001, the owner or operator of each flexible 

operation unit that is not designated as a TPPU, but that has 
Page 13 of 388

produced a thermoplastic product at any time in the preceding 5-

year period or since the date that the unit began production of 

any product, whichever is shorter, shall perform the evaluation 

described in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (f)(3)(iii) of this 

section. However, an owner or operator that does not intend to 

produce any thermoplastic product in the future, in accordance 

with paragraph (f)(9) of this section, is not required to 

perform the evaluation described in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through 

(f)(3)(iii) of this section.

(i) For each product produced in the flexible operation 

unit, the owner or operator shall calculate the percentage of 

total operating time over which the product was produced during 

the preceding 5-year period.

(ii) The owner or operator shall identify the primary 

product as the product with the highest percentage of total 

operating time for the preceding 5-year period.

(iii) If the primary product identified in paragraph 

(f)(3)(ii) is a thermoplastic product, the flexible operation 

unit shall be designated as a TPPU. The owner or operator shall 

notify the Administrator no later than 45 days after determining 

that the flexible operation unit is a TPPU, and shall comply 

with the requirements of this subpart in accordance with 

paragraph (i)(1) of this section for the flexible operation 

unit.
Page 14 of 388

(4) Applicability determination for non-TPPUs that have not 

produced a thermoplastic product. The owner or operator that 

anticipates the production of a thermoplastic product in a 

process unit that is not designated as a TPPU, and in which no 

thermoplastic products have been produced in the previous 5-year 

period or since the date that the process unit began production 

of any product, whichever is shorter, shall determine if the 

process unit is subject to this subpart in accordance with 

paragraphs (f)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section. Also, owners or 

operators who have notified the Administrator that a process 

unit is not a TPPU in accordance with paragraph (f)(9) of this 

section, that now anticipate the production of a thermoplastic 

product in the process unit, shall determine if the process unit 

is subject to this subpart in accordance with paragraphs 

(f)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator shall use the procedures in 

paragraph (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section to determine if the 

process unit is designated as a TPPU, with the following 

exception: For existing process units that are determining the 

primary product in accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this 

section, production shall be projected for the five years 

following the date that the owner or operator anticipates 

initiating the production of a thermoplastic product.
Page 15 of 388

(ii) If the unit is designated as a TPPU in accordance with 

paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this section, the owner or operator shall 

comply in accordance with paragraph (i)(1) of this section.

(5) Compliance for flexible operation units. Owners or 

operators of TPPUs that are flexible operation units shall

comply with the standards specified for the primary product, 

with the exceptions provided in paragraphs (f)(5)(i) and 

(f)(5)(ii) of this section.

(i) Whenever a flexible operation unit manufactures a 

product in which no organic HAP is used or manufactured, the 

owner or operator is only required to comply with either 

paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section to demonstrate 

compliance for activities associated with the manufacture of 

that product. This subpart does not require compliance with the 

provisions of subpart A of this part for activities associated 

with the manufacture of a product that meets the criteria of 

paragraph (b) of this section.

(ii) Whenever a flexible operation unit manufactures a 

product that makes it subject to subpart GGG of this part, the 

owner or operator is not required to comply with the provisions 

of this subpart during the production of that product.

(6) Owners or operators of TPPUs that are flexible 

operation units have the option of determining the group status 

of each emission point associated with the flexible operation 
Page 16 of 388

unit, in accordance with either paragraph (f)(6)(i) or 

(f)(6)(ii) of this section, with the exception of batch process 

vents. For batch process vents, the owner or operator shall 

determine the group status in accordance with §63.1323.

(i) The owner or operator may determine the group status of 

each emission point based on emission point characteristics when 

the primary product is being manufactured. The criteria that 

shall be used for this group determination are the Group 1 

criteria specified for the primary product.

(ii) The owner or operator may determine the group status 

of each emission point separately for each product produced by 

the flexible operation unit. For each product, the group status 

shall be determined using the emission point characteristics 

when that product is being manufactured and using the Group 1 

criteria specified for the primary product. (Note: Under this 

scenario, it is possible that the group status, and therefore 

the requirement to achieve emission reductions, for an emission 

point may change depending on the product being manufactured.)

(7) Owners or operators determining the group status of 

emission points in flexible operation units based solely on the 

primary product in accordance with paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this 

section shall establish parameter monitoring levels, as 

required, in accordance with either paragraph (f)(7)(i) or 

(f)(7)(ii) of this section. Owners or operators determining the 
Page 17 of 388

group status of emission points in flexible operation units 

based on each product in accordance with paragraph (f)(6)(ii) of 

this section shall establish parameter monitoring levels, as 

required, in accordance with paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this 

section.

(i) Establish separate parameter monitoring levels in 

accordance with §63.1334(a) for each individual product.

(ii) Establish a single parameter monitoring level (for 

each parameter required to be monitored at each device subject 

to monitoring requirements) in accordance with §63.1334(a) that 

would apply for all products.

(8) Reporting requirements. When it is determined that a 

process unit is a TPPU and subject to the requirements of this 

subpart, the Notification of Compliance Status required by 

§63.1335(e)(5) shall include the information specified in

paragraphs (f)(8)(i) and (f)(8)(ii) of this section, as 

applicable. If it is determined that the process unit is not 

subject to this subpart, the owner or operator shall either 

retain all information, data, and analysis used to document the 

basis for the determination that the primary product is not a 

thermoplastic product, or, when requested by the Administrator, 

demonstrate that the process unit is not subject to this 

subpart.
Page 18 of 388

(i) If the TPPU manufactures only one thermoplastic 

product, identification of that thermoplastic product.

(ii) If the TPPU is designed and operated as a flexible 

operation unit, the information specified in paragraphs 

(f)(8)(ii)(A) through (f)(8)(ii)(D) of this section, as 

appropriate, shall be submitted.

(A) If a primary product could be determined, 

identification of the primary product.

(B) Identification of which compliance option, either 

paragraph (f)(6)(i) or (f)(6)(ii) of this section, has been 

selected by the owner or operator.

(C) If the option to establish separate parameter 

monitoring levels for each product in paragraph (f)(7)(i) of 

this section is selected, the identification of each product and 

the corresponding parameter monitoring level.

(D) If the option to establish a single parameter monitor 

level in paragraph (f)(7)(ii) of this section is selected, the 

parameter monitoring level for each parameter.

(9) TPPUs terminating production of all thermoplastic 

products. If a TPPU terminates the production of all 

thermoplastic products and does not anticipate the production of 

any thermoplastic products in the future, the process unit is no 

longer a TPPU and is not subject to this subpart after 

notification is made to the Administrator. This notification 
Page 19 of 388

shall be accompanied by a rationale for why it is anticipated 

that no thermoplastic products will be produced in the process 

unit in the future.

(10) Redetermination of applicability to TPPUs that are 

flexible operation units. Whenever changes in production occur 

that could reasonably be expected to change the primary product 

of a TPPU that is operating as a flexible operation unit from a 

thermoplastic product to a product that would make the process 

unit subject to another subpart of this part, the owner or 

operator shall re-evaluate the status of the process unit as a 

TPPU in accordance with paragraphs (f)(10)(i) through (iii) of 

this section.

(i) For each product produced in the flexible operation 

unit, the owner or operator shall calculate the percentage of 

total operating time in which the product was produced for the 

preceding five-year period, or since the date that the process 

unit began production of any product, whichever is shorter.

(ii) The owner or operator shall identify the primary 

product as the product with the highest percentage of total 

operating time for the period.

(iii) If the conditions in (f)(10)(iii)(A) through (C) of 

this section are met, the flexible operation unit shall no 

longer be designated as a TPPU and shall no longer be subject to 

the provisions of this subpart after the date that the process 
Page 20 of 388

unit is required to be in compliance with the provisions of the 

other subpart of this part to which it is subject. If the 

conditions in paragraphs (f)(10)(iii)(A) through (C) of this 

section are not met, the flexible operation unit shall continue 

to be considered a TPPU and subject to the requirements of this 

subpart.

(A) The product identified in (f)(10)(ii) of this section 

is not a thermoplastic product; and

(B) The production of the product identified in (f)(10)(ii) 

of this section is subject to another subpart of this part; and

(C) The owner or operator submits a notification to the 

Administrator of the pending change in applicability.

(g) Storage vessel ownership determination. The owner or 

operator shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs 

(g)(1) through (g)(7) of this section to determine to which 

process unit a storage vessel shall be assigned. Paragraph 

(g)(8) of this section specifies when an owner or operator is 

required to redetermine to which process unit a storage vessel 

is assigned.

(1) If a storage vessel is already subject to another 

subpart of 40 CFR part 63 on September 12, 1996, said storage 

vessel shall be assigned to the process unit subject to the 

other subpart.
Page 21 of 388

(2) If a storage vessel is dedicated to a single process 

unit, the storage vessel shall be assigned to that process unit.

(3) If a storage vessel is shared among process units, then 

the storage vessel shall be assigned to that process unit 

located on the same plant site as the storage vessel that has 

the greatest input into or output from the storage vessel (i.e., 

said process unit has the predominant use of the storage 

vessel).

(4) If predominant use cannot be determined for a storage 

vessel that is shared among process units and if only one of 

those process units is a TPPU subject to this subpart, the 

storage vessel shall be assigned to said TPPU.

(5) If predominant use cannot be determined for a storage 

vessel that is shared among process units and if more than one 

of the process units are TPPUs that have different primary 

products and that are subject to this subpart, then the owner or 

operator shall assign the storage vessel to any one of the said 

TPPUs.

(6) If the predominant use of a storage vessel varies from 

year to year, then predominant use shall be determined based on 

the utilization that occurred during the year preceding 

September 12, 1996 or based on the expected utilization for the 

5 years following September 12, 1996 for existing affected 

sources, whichever is more representative of the expected 
Page 22 of 388

operations for said storage vessel, and based on the expected 

utilization for the first 5 years after initial start-up for new 

affected sources. The determination of predominant use shall be 

reported in the Notification of Compliance Status, as required 

by §63.1335(e)(5)(vi).

(7) Where a storage vessel is located at a major source 

that includes one or more process units which place material 

into, or receive materials from the storage vessel, but the 

storage vessel is located in a tank farm (including a marine 

tank farm), the applicability of this subpart shall be 

determined according to the provisions in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) 

through (g)(7)(iv) of this section.

(i) The storage vessel may only be assigned to a process 

unit that utilizes the storage vessel and does not have an 

intervening storage vessel for that product (or raw material, as 

appropriate). With respect to any process unit, an intervening 

storage vessel means a storage vessel connected by hard-piping 

both to the process unit and to the storage vessel in the tank 

farm so that product or raw material entering or leaving the 

process unit flows into (or from) the intervening storage vessel 

and does not flow directly into (or from) the storage vessel in 

the tank farm.

(ii) If there is no process unit at the major source that 

meets the criteria of paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this section with 
Page 23 of 388

respect to a storage vessel, this subpart does not apply to the 

storage vessel.

(iii) If there is only one process unit at the major source 

that meets the criteria of paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this section 

with respect to a storage vessel, the storage vessel shall be 

assigned to that process unit.

(iv) If there are two or more process units at the major 

source that meet the criteria of paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this 

section with respect to a storage vessel, the storage vessel 

shall be assigned to one of those process units according to the 

provisions of paragraphs (g)(3) through (g)(6) of this section. 

The predominant use shall be determined among only those process 

units that meet the criteria of paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this 

section.

(8) If the storage vessel begins receiving material from 

(or sending material to) a process unit that was not included in 

the initial determination, or ceases to receive material from 

(or send material to) a process unit, the owner or operator 

shall re-evaluate the applicability of this subpart to the 

storage vessel.

(h) Recovery operations equipment ownership determination. 

The owner or operator shall follow the procedures specified in 

paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(6) of this section to determine to 

which process unit recovery operations equipment shall be 
Page 24 of 388

assigned. Paragraph (h)(7) of this section specifies when an 

owner or operator is required to redetermine to which process 

unit the recovery operations equipment is assigned.

(1) If recovery operations equipment is already subject to 

another subpart of 40 CFR part 63 on September 12, 1996, said 

recovery operations equipment shall be assigned to the process 

unit subject to the other subpart.

(2) If recovery operations equipment is dedicated to a 

single process unit, the recovery operations equipment shall be 

assigned to that process unit.

(3) If recovery operations equipment is shared among 

process units, then the recovery operations equipment shall be 

assigned to that process unit located on the same plant site as 

the recovery operations equipment that has the greatest input 

into or output from the recovery operations equipment (i.e., 

said process unit has the predominant use of the recovery 

operations equipment).

(4) If predominant use cannot be determined for recovery 

operations equipment that is shared among process units and if 

one of those process units is a TPPU subject to this subpart, 

the recovery operations equipment shall be assigned to said 

TPPU.

(5) If predominant use cannot be determined for recovery 

operations equipment that is shared among process units and if 
Page 25 of 388

more than one of the process units are TPPUs that have different 

primary products and that are subject to this subpart, then the 

owner or operator shall assign the recovery operations equipment 

to any one of said TPPUs.

(6) If the predominant use of recovery operations equipment 

varies from year to year, then predominant use shall be 

determined based on the utilization that occurred during the 

year preceding September 12, 1996 or based on the expected 

utilization for the 5 years following September 12, 1996 for 

existing affected sources, whichever is the more representative 

of the expected operations for said recovery operations 

equipment, and based on the first 5 years after initial start-up 

for new affected sources. The determination of predominant use 

shall be reported in the Notification of Compliance Status, as 

required by §63.1335(e)(5)(vii).

(7) If a piece of recovery operations equipment begins 

receiving material from a process unit that was not included in 

the initial determination, or ceases to receive material from a 

process unit that was included in the initial determination, the 

owner or operator shall reevaluate the applicability of this 

subpart to that recovery operations equipment.

(i) Changes or additions to plant sites. The provisions of 

paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(4) of this section apply to owners 

or operators that change or add to their plant site or affected 
Page 26 of 388

source. Paragraph (i)(5) of this section provides examples of 

what are and are not considered process changes for purposes of 

this paragraph (i) of this section. Paragraph (i)(6) of this 

section discusses reporting requirements.

(1) Adding a TPPU to a plant site. The provisions of 

paragraphs (i)(1)(i) and (i)(1)(ii) of this section apply to 

owners or operators that add one or more TPPUs to a plant site.

(i) If a group of one or more TPPUs that produce the same 

primary product is added to a plant site, the added group of one 

or more TPPUs and associated equipment, as listed in paragraph 

(a)(4) of this section, shall be a new affected source and shall 

comply with the requirements for a new affected source in this 

subpart upon initial start-up or by June 19, 2000, whichever is 

later, except that new affected sources whose primary product, 

as determined using the procedures specified in paragraph (f) of 

this section, is poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET) shall be in 

compliance with §63.1331 upon initial start-up or February 27, 

2001, whichever is later, if the added group of one or more 

TPPUs meets the criteria in either paragraph (i)(1)(i)(A) or 

(i)(1)(i)(B) of this section, and the criteria in either 

paragraph (i)(1)(i)(C) or (i)(1)(i)(D) of this section are met.

(A) The construction of the group of one or more TPPUs 

commenced after March 29, 1995.
Page 27 of 388

(B) The construction or reconstruction, for process units 

that have become TPPUs, commenced after March 29, 1995.

(C) The group of one or more TPPUs and associated 

equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, has 

the potential to emit 10 tons per year or more of any HAP or 25 

tons per year or more of any combination of HAP, and the primary 

product of the group of one or more TPPUs is currently produced 

at the plant site as the primary product of an affected source; 

or

(D) The primary product of the group of one or more TPPUs 

is not currently produced at the plant site as the primary 

product of an affected source and the plant site meets, or after 

the addition of the group of one or more TPPUs and associated 

equipment, as listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, will 

meet the definition of a major source.

(ii) If a group of one or more TPPUs that produce the same 

primary product is added to a plant site, and the group of one 

or more TPPUs does not meet the criteria specified in paragraph 

(i)(1)(i) of this section, and the plant site meets, or after 

the addition will meet, the definition of a major source, the 

group of one or more TPPUs and associated equipment, as listed 

in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, shall comply with the 

requirements for an existing affected source in this subpart 

upon initial start-up; by June 19, 2001; or by 6 months after 
Page 28 of 388

notifying the Administrator that a process unit has been 

designated as a TPPU (in accordance with paragraph (f)(3)(iii) 

of this section), whichever is later.

(2) Adding emission points or making process changes to 

existing affected sources. The provisions of paragraphs 

(i)(2)(i) through (i)(2)(ii) of this section apply to owners or 

operators that add emission points or make process changes to an 

existing affected source.

(i) If any components are replaced at an existing affected 

source such that the criteria specified in paragraphs 

(i)(2)(i)(A) through (i)(2)(i)(B) of this section are met, the 

entire affected source shall be a new affected source and shall 

comply with the requirements for a new affected source upon 

initial start-up or by June 19, 2000, whichever is later, as 

provided in §63.6(b), except that new affected sources whose 

primary product is poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET) shall be 

in compliance with §63.1331 upon initial start-up or by February 

27, 2001, whichever is later.

(A) The replacement of components meets the definition of 

reconstruction in §63.1312(b); and

(B) Such reconstruction commenced after March 29, 1995.

(ii) If any components are replaced at an existing affected 

source such that the criteria specified in paragraphs 

(i)(2)(i)(A) through (i)(2)(i)(B) of this section are not met, 
Page 29 of 388

and that replacement of components creates one or more Group 1 

emission points (i.e., either newly created Group 1 emission 

points or emission points that change group status from Group 2 

to Group 1) or causes any other emission point to be added 

(i.e., Group 2 emission points, equipment leak components 

subject to §63.1331, continuous process vents subject to 

§§63.1316 through 63.1320, and heat exchange systems subject to 

§63.1328), the resulting emission point(s) shall be subject to 

the applicable requirements for an existing affected source. The 

resulting emission points shall be in compliance by 120 days 

after the date of initial start-up or by the appropriate 

compliance date specified in §63.1311 (i.e., February 27, 1998 

for most equipment leak components subject to §63.1331, and June 

19, 2001 for most emission points other than equipment leaks), 

whichever is later.

(iii) If an addition or process change (not including a 

process change that solely replaces components) is made to an 

existing affected source that creates one or more Group 1 

emission points (i.e., either newly created Group 1 emission 

points or emission points that change group status from Group 2 

to Group 1) or causes any other emission point to be added 

(i.e., Group 2 emission points, equipment leak components 

subject to §63.1331, continuous process vents subject to 

§§63.1316 through 63.1320, and heat exchange systems subject to 
Page 30 of 388

§63.1328), the resulting emission point(s) shall be subject to 

the applicable requirements for an existing affected source. The 

resulting emission point(s) shall be in compliance by 120 days 

after the date of initial start-up or by the appropriate 

compliance date specified in §63.1311 (i.e., February 27, 1998 

for most equipment leak components subject to §63.1331, and June 

19, 2001 for most emission points other than equipment leaks), 

whichever is later.

(iv) If any process change (not including a process change 

that solely replaces components) is made to an existing affected 

source that results in baseline emissions (i.e., emissions prior 

to applying controls for purposes of complying with this 

subpart) from continuous process vents in the collection of 

material recovery sections within the affected source at an 

existing affected source producing PET using a continuous 

dimethyl terephthalate process changing from less than or equal 

to 0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of product to greater than 0.12 kg 

organic HAP per Mg of product, the continuous process vents 

shall be subject to the applicable requirements for an existing 

affected source. The resulting emission point(s) shall be in 

compliance by 120 days after the date of initial start-up or by 

June 19, 2001, whichever is later.

(3) Existing affected source requirements for surge control 

vessels and bottoms receivers that become subject to subpart H 
Page 31 of 388

requirements. If a process change or addition of an emission 

point causes a surge control vessel or bottoms receiver to 

become subject to §63.170 under this paragraph (i), the owner or 

operator shall be in compliance upon initial start-up or by June 

19, 2001, whichever is later.

(4) Existing affected source requirements for compressors 

that become subject to the requirements of subpart H of this 

part. If a process change or the addition of an emission point 

causes a compressor to become subject to §63.164 under this 

paragraph (i), the owner or operator shall be in compliance upon 

initial start-up or by the compliance date for that compressor 

as specified in §63.1311(d)(1) through (d)(4), whichever is 

later.

(5) Determining what are and are not process changes. For 

purposes of paragraph (i) of this section, examples of process 

changes include, but are not limited to, changes in feedstock 

type, or process catalyst type, or the replacement, removal, or 

addition of recovery equipment, or equipment changes that 

increase production capacity. For purposes of paragraph (i) of 

this section, process changes do not include: Process upsets, 

unintentional temporary process changes, and changes that do not 

alter the equipment configuration and operating conditions.

(6) Reporting requirements for owners or operators that 

change or add to their plant site or affected source. Owners or 
Page 32 of 388

operators that change or add to their plant site or affected 

source, as discussed in paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this 

section, shall submit a report as specified in 

§63.1335(e)(7)(iv).

(j) Applicability of this subpart during periods of startup, shutdown, malfunction, or non-operation. Paragraphs (j)(1) 

through (j)(4) of this section shall be followed during periods 

of start-up, shutdown, malfunction, or non-operation of the 

affected source or any part thereof.

(1) The emission limitations set forth in this subpart and 

the emission limitations referred to in this subpart shall apply 

at all times except during periods of non-operation of the 

affected source (or specific portion thereof) resulting in 

cessation of the emissions to which this subpart applies. The 

emission limitations of this subpart and the emission 

limitations referred to in this subpart shall not apply during 

periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, except as 

provided in paragraphs (j)(3) and (j)(4) of this section. 

However, if a start-up, shutdown, malfunction, or period of nonoperation of one portion of an affected source does not affect 

the ability of a particular emission point to comply with the 

emission limitations to which it is subject, then that emission 

point shall still be required to comply with the applicable 

emission limitations of this subpart during the start-up, 
Page 33 of 388

shutdown, malfunction, or period of non-operation. For example, 

if there is an overpressure in the reactor area, a storage 

vessel that is part of the affected source would still be 

required to be controlled in accordance with the emission 

limitations in §63.1314. Similarly, the degassing of a storage 

vessel would not affect the ability of a batch process vent to 

meet the emission limitations of §§63.1321 through 63.1327.

(2) The emission limitations set forth in subpart H of this 

part, as referred to in §63.1331, shall apply at all times 

except during periods of non-operation of the affected source 

(or specific portion thereof) in which the lines are drained and 

depressurized, resulting in cessation of the emissions to which 

§63.1331 applies, or during periods of start-up, shutdown, 

malfunction, or process unit shutdown (as defined in §63.161).

(3) The owner or operator shall not shut down items of 

equipment that are required or utilized for compliance with this 

subpart during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction 

during times when emissions (or, where applicable, wastewater 

streams or residuals) are being routed to such items of 

equipment, if the shutdown would contravene requirements of this 

subpart applicable to such items of equipment. This paragraph 

(j)(3) does not apply if the item of equipment is 

malfunctioning. This paragraph also does not apply if the owner 

or operator shuts down the compliance equipment (other than 
Page 34 of 388

monitoring systems) to avoid damage due to a contemporaneous 

start-up, shutdown, or malfunction of the affected source or 

portion thereof. If the owner or operator has reason to believe 

that monitoring equipment would be damaged due to a 

contemporaneous start-up, shutdown, or malfunction of the 

affected source or portion thereof, the owner or operator shall 

provide documentation supporting such a claim in the 

Precompliance Report or in a supplement to the Precompliance 

Report, as provided in §63.1335(e)(3). Once approved by the 

Administrator in accordance with §63.1335(e)(3)(viii), the 

provision for ceasing to collect, during a start-up, shutdown, 

or malfunction, monitoring data that would otherwise be required 

by the provisions of this subpart must be incorporated into the 

start-up, shutdown, malfunction plan for that affected source, 

as stated in §63.1335(b)(1).

(4) During start-ups, shutdowns, and malfunctions when the 

emission limitations of this subpart do not apply pursuant to 

paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(3) of this section, the owner or 

operator shall implement, to the extent reasonably available, 

measures to prevent or minimize excess emissions to the extent 

practical. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “excess 

emissions” means emissions greater than those allowed by the 

emissions limitation which would apply during operational 

periods other than start-up, shutdown, and malfunction. The 
Page 35 of 388

measures to be taken shall be identified in the applicable 

start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan, and may include, but 

are not limited to, air pollution control technologies, recovery 

technologies, work practices, pollution prevention, monitoring, 

and/or changes in the manner of operation of the affected 

source. Back-up control devices are not required, but may be 

used if available.General duty. At all times, the owner or 

operator must operate and maintain any affected source, 

including associated air pollution control equipment and 

monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with safety and 

good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions. 

The general duty to minimize emissions does not require the 

owner or operator to make any further efforts to reduce 

emissions if levels required by the applicable standard have 

been achieved. Determination of whether a source is operating in 

compliance with operation and maintenance requirements will be 

based on information available to the Administrator, which may 

include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, review of 

operation and maintenance procedures, review of operation and 

maintenance records, and inspection of the source.

(k) Affirmative defense for violation of emission standards 

during malfunction. In response to an action to enforce the 

standards set forth in this subpart, the owner or operator may 

assert an affirmative defense to a claim for civil penalties for 
Page 36 of 388

violations of such standards that are caused by malfunction, as 

defined at §63.2. Appropriate penalties may be assessed if the 

owner or operator fails to meet their burden of proving all of 

the requirements in the affirmative defense. The affirmative 

defense shall not be available for claims for injunctive relief.

(1) Assertion of affirmative defense. To establish the 

affirmative defense in any action to enforce such a standard, 

the owner or operator must timely meet the reporting 

requirements in paragraph (k)(2) of this section, and must prove 

by a preponderance of evidence that:

(i) The violation: 

(A) Was caused by a sudden, infrequent, and unavoidable 

failure of air pollution control equipment, process equipment, 

or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner; and 

(B) Could not have been prevented through careful planning, 

proper design or better operation and maintenance practices; and

(C) Did not stem from any activity or event that could have 

been foreseen and avoided, or planned for; and

(D) Was not part of a recurring pattern indicative of 

inadequate design, operation, or maintenance; and

(ii) Repairs were made as expeditiously as possible when a 

violation occurred; and
Page 37 of 388

(iii) The frequency, amount, and duration of the violation

(including any bypass) were minimized to the maximum extent 

practicable; and

(iv) If the violation resulted from a bypass of control 

equipment or a process, then the bypass was unavoidable to 

prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property 

damage; and

(v) All possible steps were taken to minimize the impact of 

the violation on ambient air quality, the environment, and human 

health; and

(vi) All emissions monitoring and control systems were kept 

in operation if at all possible, consistent with safety and good 

air pollution control practices; and

(vii) All of the actions in response to the violation were 

documented by properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs; 

and

(viii) At all times, the affected source was operated in a 

manner consistent with good practices for minimizing emissions; 

and

(ix) A written root cause analysis has been prepared, the 

purpose of which is to determine, correct, and eliminate the 

primary causes of the malfunction and the violation resulting 

from the malfunction event at issue. The analysis shall also 

specify, using best monitoring methods and engineering judgment, 
Page 38 of 388

the amount of any emissions that were the result of the 

malfunction.

(2) Report. The owner or operator seeking to assert an 

affirmative defense shall submit a written report to the 

Administrator, with all necessary supporting documentation, that 

explains how it has met the requirements set forth in paragraph 

(k)(1) of this section. This affirmative defense report shall be 

included in the first periodic compliance report, deviation 

report, or excess emission report otherwise required after the 

initial occurrence of the violation of the relevant standard 

(which may be the end of any applicable averaging period). If 

such compliance report, deviation report, or excess emission 

report is due less than 45 days after the initial occurrence of 

the violation, the affirmative defense report may be included in 

the second compliance report, deviation report, or excess 

emission report due after the initial occurrence of the 

violation of the relevant standard.

§63.1311 Compliance dates and relationship of this subpart to 

existing applicable rules.

(a) Affected sources are required to achieve compliance on 

or before the dates specified in paragraphs (b) through (d) of 

this section. Paragraph (e) of this section provides information 

on requesting compliance extensions. Paragraphs (f) through (n) 

of this section discuss the relationship of this subpart to 
Page 39 of 388

subpart A of this part and to other applicable rules. Where an 

override of another authority of the Act is indicated in this 

subpart, only compliance with the provisions of this subpart is 

required. Paragraph (o) of this section specifies the meaning of 

time periods.

(b) New affected sources that commence construction or 

reconstruction after March 29, 1995 shall be in compliance with 

this subpart (except §63.1331(a)(9)(iii)) upon initial start-up 

or by June 19, 2000, whichever is later, except that new 

affected sources whose primary product, as determined using the 

procedures specified in §63.1310(f), is PET shall be in 

compliance with §63.1331 (except §63.1331(a)(9)(iii)) upon 

initial start-up or August 6, 2002, whichever is later. New 

affected sources that commenced construction or reconstruction 

after March 25, 1995, but on or before January 9, 2012, shall be 

in compliance with the pressure relief device monitoring 

requirements of §63.1331(a)(9)(iii) no later than [INSERT DATE 3 

YEARS AFTER DATE OF PUBLICATION IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER]. New 

affected sources that commenced construction or reconstruction 

after January 9, 2012, shall be in compliance with the pressure 

relief device monitoring requirements of §63.1331(a)(9)(iii) 

upon initial startup or by [INSERT DATE OF PUBLICATION IN THE 

FEDERAL REGISTER], whichever is later.
Page 40 of 388

(c) Existing affected sources shall be in compliance with 

this subpart (except for §63.1331 for which compliance is 

covered by paragraph (d) of this section) no later than June 19, 

2001, as provided in §63.6(c), unless an extension has been 

granted as specified in paragraph (e) of this section, except 

that the compliance date for the provisions contained in 

§63.1329 is extended to [INSERT DATE OF PUBLICATION IN THE 

FEDERAL REGISTER]February 27, 2001, for existing affected 

sources whose primary product, as determined using the 

procedures specified in §63.1310(f), is PET using a continuous 

terephthalic acid high viscosity multiple end finisher process.

Note to paragraph (c): The compliance date of February 27, 

2001 for the provisions of §63.1329 for existing affected 

sources whose primary product, as determined using the 

procedures specified in 63.1310(f), is PET using a continuous 

terephthalic acid high viscosity multiple end finisher process 

is stayed indefinitely. The EPA will publish a document in the 

Federal Register establishing a new compliance date for these 

sources.

(d) Except as provided for in paragraphs (d)(1) through 

(d)(67) of this section, existing affected sources shall be in 

compliance with §63.1331 no later than June 19, 2001, unless an 

extension has been granted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this 

section.
Page 41 of 388

(1) Compliance with the compressor provisions of §63.164 

shall occur no later than February 27, 1998, for any compressor 

meeting one or more of the criteria in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) 

through (d)(1)(iv) of this section, if the work can be 

accomplished without a process unit shutdown:

(i) The seal system will be replaced;

(ii) A barrier fluid system will be installed;

(iii) A new barrier fluid will be utilized which requires 

changes to the existing barrier fluid system; or

(iv) The compressor will be modified to permit connecting 

the compressor to a fuel gas system or a closed vent system or 

modified so that emissions from the compressor can be routed to 

a process.

(2) Compliance with the compressor provisions of §63.164 

shall occur no later than March 12, 1998 for any compressor 

meeting all the criteria in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through 

(d)(2)(iv) of this section:

(i) The compressor meets one or more of the criteria 

specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(iv) of this 

section;

(ii) The work can be accomplished without a process unit 

shutdown;
Page 42 of 388

(iii) The additional time is actually necessary due to the 

unavailability of parts beyond the control of the owner or 

operator; and

(iv) The owner or operator submits the request for a 

compliance extension to the appropriate Environmental Protection 

Agency (EPA) Regional Office at the address listed in §63.13 no 

later than June 16, 1997. The request for a compliance extension 

shall contain the information specified in §63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), 

(B), and (D). Unless the EPA Regional Office objects to the 

request for a compliance extension within 30 days after receipt 

of the request, the request shall be deemed approved.

(3) If compliance with the compressor provisions of §63.164 

cannot reasonably be achieved without a process unit shutdown, 

the owner or operator shall achieve compliance no later than 

September 12, 1998. The owner or operator who elects to use this 

provision shall submit a request for a compliance extension in 

accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this 

section.

(4) Compliance with the compressor provisions of §63.164 

shall occur not later than September 12, 1999 for any compressor 

meeting one or more of the criteria in paragraphs (d)(4)(i) 

through (d)(4)(iii) of this section. The owner or operator who 

elects to use these provisions shall submit a request for an 
Page 43 of 388

extension of compliance in accordance with the requirements of 

paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this section.

(i) Compliance cannot be achieved without replacing the 

compressor;

(ii) Compliance cannot be achieved without recasting the 

distance piece; or

(iii) Design modifications are required to connect to a 

closed-vent or recovery system.

(5) Compliance with the provisions of §63.170 shall occur 

no later than June 19, 2001.

(6) Notwithhstanding paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this 

section, existing affected sources whose primary product, as 

determined using the procedures specified in §63.1310(f), is PET 

shall be in compliance with §63.1331 (except 

§63.1331(a)(9)(iii)) no later than August 6, 2002.

(7) Compliance with the pressure relief device monitoring 

provisions of §63.1331(a)(9)(iii) shall occur no later than 

[INSERT DATE 3 YEARS AFTER DATE OF PUBLICATION IN THE FEDERAL 

REGISTER].

(e) Pursuant to Section 112(i)(3)(B) of the Act, an owner 

or operator may request an extension allowing the existing 

affected source up to 1 additional year to comply with Section 

112(d) standards. For purposes of this subpart, a request for an 

extension shall be submitted to the permitting authority as part 
Page 44 of 388

of the operating permit application or to the Administrator as a 

separate submittal or as part of the Precompliance Report. 

Requests for extensions shall be submitted no later than 120 

days prior to the compliance dates specified in paragraphs (b) 

through (d) of this section, or as specified elsewhere in this 

subpart, except as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section. 

The dates specified in §63.6(i) for submittal of requests for 

extensions shall not apply to this subpart.

(1) A request for an extension of compliance shall include 

the data described in §63.6(i)(6)(i) (A),(B), and (D).

(2) The requirements in §63.6(i)(8) through §63.6(i)(14) 

shall govern the review and approval of requests for extensions 

of compliance with this subpart.

(3) An owner or operator may submit a compliance extension 

request after the date specified in paragraph (e) of this 

section, provided that the need for the compliance extension 

arose after that date, and the need arose due to circumstances 

beyond reasonable control of the owner or operator. This request 

shall include, in addition to the information specified in 

paragraph (e)(1) of this section, a statement of the reasons 

additional time is needed and the date when the owner or 

operator first learned of the circumstances necessitating a 

request for compliance extension under this paragraph (e)(3).
Page 45 of 388

(f) Table 1 of this subpart specifies the provisions of 

subpart A of this part that apply and those that do not apply to 

owners and operators of affected sources subject to this 

subpart.

(g)(1) After the compliance dates specified in this 

section, an affected source subject to this subpart that is also 

subject to the provisions of subpart I of this part, is required 

to comply only with the provisions of this subpart. After the 

compliance dates specified in this section, said affected source 

shall no longer be subject to subpart I of this part.

(2) Said affected sources that elected to comply with 

subpart I of this part through a quality improvement program, as 

specified in §63.175 or §63.176 or both, may elect to continue 

these programs without interruption as a means of complying with 

this subpart. In other words, becoming subject to this subpart 

does not restart or reset the “compliance clock” as it relates 

to reduced burden earned through a quality improvement program.

(h) After the compliance dates specified in this section, a 

storage vessel that is assigned to an affected source subject to 

this subpart and that is also subject to the provisions of 40 

CFR part 60, subpart Kb, is required to comply only with the 

provisions of this subpart. After the compliance dates specified 

in this section, said storage vessel shall no longer be subject 

to 40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb.
Page 46 of 388

(i)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (i)(2) and (i)(3) 

of this section, after the compliance dates specified in this 

section, affected sources producing PET using a continuous 

terephthalic acid process, producing PET using a continuous 

dimethyl terephthalate process, or producing polystyrene resin 

using a continuous process subject to this subpart that are also 

subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart DDD, are 

required to comply only with the provisions of this subpart. 

After the compliance dates specified in this section, said 

sources shall no longer be subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart 

DDD.

(2) Existing affected sources producing PET using a 

continuous terephthalic acid high viscosity multiple end 

finisher process shall continue to be subject to 40 CFR 60.562–

1(c)(2)(ii)(C). Once said affected source becomes subject to and 

achieves compliance with §63.1329(c) of this subpart, said 

affected source is no longer subject to the provisions of 40 CFR 

part 60, subpart DDD.

(3) Existing affected sources producing PET using a 

continuous terephthalic acid process, but not using a continuous 

terephthalic acid high viscosity multiple end finisher process, 

that are subject to and complying with 40 CFR 60.562–

1(c)(2)(ii)(B) shall continue to comply with said section. 

Existing affected sources producing PET using a continuous 
Page 47 of 388

dimethyl terephthalic process that are subject to and complying 

with 40 CFR 60.562–1(c)(1)(ii)(B) shall continue to comply with 

said section.

(j) Owners or operators of affected sources subject to this 

subpart that are also subject to the provisions of subpart Q of 

this part shall comply with both subparts.

(k) After the compliance dates specified in this section, 

an affected source subject to this subpart that is also subject 

to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV, is required to 

comply only with the provisions of this subpart. After the 

compliance dates specified in this section, said source shall no 

longer be subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart VV.

(l) After the compliance dates specified in this section, a 

distillation operation that is assigned to an affected source 

subject to this subpart that is also subject to the provisions 

of 40 CFR part 60, subpart NNN, is required to comply only with 

the provisions of this subpart. After the compliance dates 

specified in this section, the distillation operation shall no 

longer be subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart NNN.

(m) Applicability of other regulations for monitoring, 

recordkeeping or reporting with respect to combustion devices, 

recovery devices, or recapture devices. After the compliance 

dates specified in this subpart, if any combustion device, 

recovery device or recapture device subject to this subpart is 
Page 48 of 388

also subject to monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 

requirements in 40 CFR part 264 subpart AA or CC, or is subject 

to monitoring and recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR part 265 

subpart AA or CC and the owner or operator complies with the 

periodic reporting requirements under 40 CFR part 264 subpart AA 

or CC that would apply to the device if the facility had finalpermitted status, the owner or operator may elect to comply 

either with the monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting 

requirements of this subpart, or with the monitoring, 

recordkeeping and reporting requirements in 40 CFR parts 264 

and/or 265, as described in this paragraph, which shall 

constitute compliance with the monitoring, recordkeeping and 

reporting requirements of this subpart. The owner or operator 

shall identify which option has been selected in the 

Notification of Compliance Status required by §63.1335(e)(5).

(n) Applicability of other requirements for heat exchange 

systems or waste management units. Paragraphs (n)(1) and (n)(2) 

of this section address instances in which certain requirements 

from other regulations also apply for the same heat exchange 

system(s) or waste management unit(s) that are subject to this 

subpart.

(1) After the applicable compliance date specified in this 

subpart, if a heat exchange system subject to this subpart is 

also subject to a standard identified in paragraphs (n)(1)(i) or 
Page 49 of 388

(ii) of this section, compliance with the applicable provisions 

of the standard identified in paragraphs (n)(1)(i) or (ii) of 

this section shall constitute compliance with the applicable 

provisions of this subpart with respect to that heat exchange 

system.

(i) Subpart F of this part.

(ii) A subpart of this part which requires compliance with 

§63.104 (e.g., subpart U of this part).

(2) After the applicable compliance date specified in this 

subpart, if any waste management unit subject to this subpart is 

also subject to a standard identified in paragraph (n)(2)(i) or 

(ii) of this section, compliance with the applicable provisions 

of the standard identified in paragraph (n)(2)(i) or (ii) of 

this section shall constitute compliance with the applicable 

provisions of this subpart with respect to that waste management 

unit.

(i) Subpart G of this part.

(ii) A subpart of this part which requires compliance with 

§§63.132 through 63.147.

(o) All terms in this subpart that define a period of time 

for completion of required tasks (e.g., weekly, monthly, 

quarterly, annual), unless specified otherwise in the section or 

paragraph that imposes the requirement, refer to the standard 

calendar periods.
Page 50 of 388

(1) Notwithstanding time periods specified in this subpart 

for completion of required tasks, such time periods may be 

changed by mutual agreement between the owner or operator and 

the Administrator, as specified in subpart A of this part (e.g., 

a period could begin on the compliance date or another date, 

rather than on the first day of the standard calendar period). 

For each time period that is changed by agreement, the revised 

period shall remain in effect until it is changed. A new request 

is not necessary for each recurring period.

(2) Where the period specified for compliance is a standard 

calendar period, if the initial compliance date occurs after the 

beginning of the period, compliance shall be required according 

to the schedule specified in paragraphs (o)(2)(i) or (o)(2)(ii) 

of this section, as appropriate.

(i) Compliance shall be required before the end of the 

standard calendar period within which the compliance deadline 

occurs, if there remain at least 3 days for tasks that must be 

performed weekly, at least 2 weeks for tasks that must be 

performed monthly, at least 1 month for tasks that must be 

performed each quarter, or at least 3 months for tasks that must 

be performed annually; or

(ii) In all other cases, compliance shall be required 

before the end of the first full standard calendar period after 

the period within which the initial compliance deadline occurs.
Page 51 of 388

(3) In all instances where a provision of this subpart 

requires completion of a task during each of multiple successive 

periods, an owner or operator may perform the required task at 

any time during the specified period, provided that the task is 

conducted at a reasonable interval after completion of the task 

during the previous period.

§63.1312 Definitions.

(a) The following terms used in this subpart shall have the 

meaning given them in §63.2, §63.101, §63.111, §63.161, or the 

Act, as specified after each term:

Act (§63.2)

Administrator (§63.2)

Automated monitoring and recording system (§63.111)

Boiler (§63.111)

Bottoms receiver (§63.161)

By compound (§63.111)

By-product (§63.101)

Car-seal (§63.111)

Closed-vent system (§63.111)

Combustion device (§63.111)

Commenced (§63.2)

Compliance date (§63.2)

Connector (§63.161)

Continuous monitoring system (§63.2)
Page 52 of 388

Distillation unit (§63.111)

Duct work (§63.161)

Emission limitation (Section 302(k) of the Act)

Emission standard (§63.2)

Emissions averaging (§63.2)

EPA (§63.2)

Equipment leak (§63.101)

External floating roof (§63.111)

Fill or filling (§63.111)

First attempt at repair (§63.161)

Fixed capital cost (§63.2)

Flame zone (§63.111)

Floating roof (§63.111)

Flow indicator (§63.111)

Fuel gas system (§63.101)

Halogens and hydrogen halides (§63.111)

Hard-piping (§63.111)

Hazardous air pollutant (§63.2)

Impurity (§63.101)

In organic hazardous air pollutant service or in organic 

HAP service (§63.161)

Incinerator (§63.111)

Instrumentation system (§63.161)

Internal floating roof (§63.111)
Page 53 of 388

Lesser quantity (§63.2)

Major source (§63.2)

Malfunction (§63.2)

Oil-water separator or organic-water separator (§63.111)

Open-ended valve or line (§63.161)

Operating permit (§63.101)

Organic monitoring device (§63.111)

Owner or operator (§63.2)

Performance evaluation (§63.2)

Performance test (§63.2)

Permitting authority (§63.2)

Plant site (§63.101)

Potential to emit (§63.2)

Pressure release (§63.161)

Pressure relief device or valve (§63.161)

Primary fuel (§63.111)

Process heater (§63.111)

Process unit shutdown (§63.161)

Process wastewater (§63.101)

Process wastewater stream (§63.111)

Reactor (§63.111)

Recapture device (§63.101)

Repaired (§63.161)

Research and development facility (§63.101)
Page 54 of 388

Routed to a process or route to a process (§63.161)

Run (§63.2)

Secondary fuel (§63.111)

Sensor (§63.161)

Specific gravity monitoring device (§63.111)

Start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan (§63.101)

State (§63.2)

Stationary Source (§63.2)

Surge control vessel (§63.161)

Temperature monitoring device (§63.111)

Test method (§63.2)

Treatment process (§63.111)

Unit operation (§63.101)

Visible emission (§63.2)

(b) All other terms used in this subpart shall have the 

meaning given them in this section. If a term is defined in 

§§63.2, 63.101, 63.111, or 63.161 and in this section, it shall 

have the meaning given in this section for purposes of this 

subpart.

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene latex resin (ABS latex)

means ABS produced through an emulsion process; however, the 

product is not coagulated or dried as typically occurs in an 

emulsion process.
Page 55 of 388

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin (ABS) means styrenic 

terpolymers consisting primarily of acrylonitrile, 1,3-

butadiene, and styrene monomer units. ABS is usually composed of 

a styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer continuous phase with 

dispersed butadiene derived rubber.

Acrylonitrile styrene acrylate resin (ASA) means a resin 

formed using acrylic ester-based elastomers to impact-modify 

styrene acrylonitrile resin matrices.

Aggregate batch vent stream means a gaseous emission stream 

containing only the exhausts from two or more batch process 

vents that are ducted, hardpiped, or otherwise connected 

together for a continuous flow.

Affected source is defined in §63.1310(a).

Affirmative defense means, in the context of an enforcement 

proceeding, a response or defense put forward by a defendant, 

regarding which the defendant has the burden of proof, and the 

merits of which are independently and objectively evaluated in a 

judicial or administrative proceeding.

Alpha methyl styrene acrylonitrile resin (AMSAN) means 

copolymers consisting primarily of alpha methyl styrene and 

acrylonitrile.

Annual average batch vent concentration is determined using 

Equation 1, as described in §63.1323(h)(2) for halogenated 

compounds.
Page 56 of 388

Annual average batch vent flow rate is determined by the 

procedures in §63.1323(e)(3).

Annual average concentration, as used in the wastewater 

provisions, means the flow-weighted annual average 

concentration, as determined according to the procedures 

specified in §63.144(b), with the exceptions noted in §63.1330, 

for the purposes of this subpart.

Annual average flow rate, as used in the wastewater 

provisions, means the annual average flow rate, as determined 

according to the procedures specified in §63.144(c), with the 

exceptions noted in §63.1330, for the purposes of this subpart.

Average batch vent concentration is determined by the 

procedures in §63.1323(b)(5)(iii) for HAP concentrations and is 

determined by the procedures in §63.1323(h)(1)(iii) for organic 

compounds containing halogens and hydrogen halides.

Average batch vent flow rate is determined by the 

procedures in §63.1323(e)(1) and (e)(2).

Batch cycle means the operational step or steps, from start 

to finish, that occur as part of a batch unit operation.

Batch emission episode means a discrete emission venting 

episode associated with a single batch unit operation. Multiple 

batch emission episodes may occur from a single batch unit 

operation.
Page 57 of 388

Batch mass input limitation means an enforceable 

restriction on the total mass of HAP or material that can be 

input to a batch unit operation in one year.

Batch mode means the discontinuous bulk movement of 

material through a unit operation. Mass, temperature, 

concentration, and other properties may vary with time. For a 

unit operation operated in a batch mode (i.e., batch unit 

operation), the addition of material and withdrawal of material 

do not typically occur simultaneously.

Batch process means, for the purposes of this subpart, a 

process where the reactor(s) is operated in a batch mode.

Batch process vent means a process vent with annual organic 

HAP emissions greater than 225 kilograms per year from a batch 

unit operation within an affected source. Annual organic HAP 

emissions are determined as specified in §63.1323(b) at the 

location specified in §63.1323(a)(2).

Batch unit operation means a unit operation operated in a 

batch mode.

Combined vent stream, as used in reference to batch process 

vents, continuous process vents, and aggregate batch vent 

streams, means the emissions from a combination of two or more 

of the aforementioned types of process vents. The primary 

occurrence of a combined vent stream is the combined emissions 

from a continuous process vent and a batch process vent.
Page 58 of 388

Combustion device burner means a device designed to mix and 

ignite fuel and air to provide a flame to heat and oxidize waste 

organic vapors in a combustion device.

Compounding unit means a unit operation which blends, 

melts, and resolidifies solid polymers for the purpose of 

incorporating additives, colorants, or stabilizers into the 

final thermoplastic product. A unit operation whose primary 

purpose is to remove residual monomers from polymers is not a 

compounding unit.

Construction means the on-site fabrication, erection, or 

installation of an affected source. Construction also means the 

on-site fabrication, erection, or installation of a process unit 

or combination of process units which subsequently becomes an 

affected source or part of an affected source, due to a change 

in primary product.

Continuous mode means the continuous movement of material 

through a unit operation. Mass, temperature, concentration, and 

other properties typically approach steady-state conditions. For 

a unit operation operated in a continuous mode (i.e., continuous 

unit operation), the simultaneous addition of raw material and 

withdrawal of product is typical.

Continuous process means, for the purposes of this subpart, 

a process where the reactor(s) is operated in a continuous mode.
Page 59 of 388

Continuous process vent means a process vent containing 

greater than 0.005 weight percent total organic HAP from a 

continuous unit operation within an affected source. The total 

organic HAP weight percent is determined after the last recovery 

device, as described in §63.115(a), and is determined as 

specified in §63.115(c).

Continuous record means documentation, either in hard copy 

or computer readable form, of data values measured at least once 

every 15 minutes and recorded at the frequency specified in 

§63.1335(d) or §63.1335(h).

Continuous recorder means a data recording device that 

either records an instantaneous data value at least once every 

15 minutes or records 1-hour or more frequent block average 

values.

Continuous unit operation means a unit operation operated 

in a continuous mode.

Control device is defined in §63.111, except that the term 

“continuous process vents subject to §63.1315” shall apply 

instead of the term “process vents,” for the purpose of this 

subpart.

Drawing unit means a unit operation which converts polymer 

into a different shape by melting or mixing the polymer and then 

pulling it through an orifice to create a continuously extruded 

product.
Page 60 of 388

Emission point means an individual continuous process vent, 

batch process vent, storage vessel, waste management unit, 

equipment leak, heat exchange system, or process contact cooling 

tower, or equipment subject to §63.149.

Emulsion process means a process where the monomer(s) is 

dispersed in droplets throughout the water phase with the aid of 

an emulsifying agent such as soap or a synthetic emulsifier. The 

polymerization occurs either within the emulsion droplet or in 

the aqueous phase.

Equipment means, for the purposes of the provisions in 

§63.1331 and the requirements in subpart H that are referred to 

in §63.1331, each pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief 

device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, 

valve, connector, surge control vessel, bottoms receiver, and 

instrumentation system in organic hazardous air pollutant 

service; and any control devices or systems required by subpart 

H of this part.

Existing affected source is defined in §63.1310(a)(3).

Existing process unit means any process unit that is not a 

new process unit.

Expandable polystyrene resin (EPS) means a polystyrene bead 

to which a blowing agent has been added using either an in-situ 

suspension process or a post-impregnation suspension process.
Page 61 of 388

Extruding unit means a unit operation which converts 

polymer into a different shape by melting or mixing the polymer 

and then forcing it through an orifice to create a continuously 

extruded product.

Flexible operation unit means a process unit that 

manufactures different chemical products, polymers, or resins 

periodically by alternating raw materials or operating 

conditions. These units are also referred to as campaign plants 

or blocked operations.

Group 1 batch process vent means a batch process vent 

releasing annual organic HAP emissions greater than the level 

specified in §63.1323(d) and with a cutoff flow rate, calculated 

in accordance with §63.1323(f), greater than or equal to the 

annual average batch vent flow rate. Annual organic HAP 

emissions and annual average batch vent flow rate are determined 

at the exit of the batch unit operation, as described in 

§63.1323(a)(2). Annual organic HAP emissions are determined as 

specified in §63.1323(b), and annual average batch vent flow 

rate is determined as specified in §63.1323(e).

Group 2 batch process vent means a batch process vent that 

does not fall within the definition of a Group 1 batch process 

vent.

Group 1 continuous process vent means a continuous process 

vent releasing a gaseous emission stream that has a total 
Page 62 of 388

resource effectiveness index value, calculated according to 

§63.115, less than or equal to 1.0 unless the continuous process 

vent is associated with existing thermoplastic product process 

units that produce methyl methacrylate butadiene styrene resin, 

then said vent falls within the Group 1 definition if the 

released emission stream has a total resource effectiveness 

index value less than or equal to 3.7.

Group 2 continuous process vent means a continuous process 

vent that does not fall within the definition of a Group 1 

continuous process vent.

Group 1 storage vessel means a storage vessel at an 

existing affected source that meets the applicability criteria 

specified in Table 2 or Table 3 of this subpart, or a storage 

vessel at a new affected source that meets the applicability 

criteria specified in Table 4 or Table 5 of this subpart.

Group 2 storage vessel means a storage vessel that does not 

fall within the definition of a Group 1 storage vessel.

Group 1 wastewater stream means a wastewater stream 

consisting of process wastewater from an existing or new 

affected source that meets the criteria for Group 1 status in 

§63.132(c) and/or that meets the criteria for Group 1 status in 

§63.132(d), with the exceptions listed in §63.1330(b)(8) for the 

purposes of this subpart (i.e., for organic HAP as defined in 

this section).
Page 63 of 388

Group 2 wastewater stream means any process wastewater 

stream that does not meet the definition of a Group 1 wastewater 

stream.

Halogenated aggregate batch vent stream means an aggregate 

batch vent stream determined to have a total mass emission rate 

of halogen atoms contained in organic compounds of 3,750 

kilograms per year or greater determined by the procedures 

specified in §63.1323(h).

Halogenated batch process vent means a batch process vent 

determined to have a mass emission rate of halogen atoms 

contained in organic compounds of 3,750 kilograms per year or 

greater determined by the procedures specified in §63.1323(h).

Halogenated continuous process vent means a continuous 

process vent determined to have a mass emission rate of halogen 

atoms contained in organic compounds of 0.45 kilograms per hour 

or greater determined by the procedures specified in 

§63.115(d)(2)(v).

Heat exchange system means any cooling tower system or 

once-through cooling water system (e.g., river or pond water) 

designed and intended to operate to not allow contact between 

the cooling medium and process fluid or gases (i.e., a 

noncontact system). A heat exchange system can include more than

one heat exchanger and can include recirculating or once-through 

cooling systems.
Page 64 of 388

Highest-HAP recipe for a product means the recipe of the 

product with the highest total mass of HAP charged to the 

reactor during the production of a single batch of product.

Initial start-up means the first time a new or 

reconstructed affected source begins production of a 

thermoplastic product, or, for equipment added or changed as 

described in §63.1310(i), the first time the equipment is put 

into operation to produce a thermoplastic product. Initial 

start-up does not include operation solely for testing 

equipment. Initial start-up does not include subsequent startups of an affected source or portion thereof following 

malfunctions or shutdowns or following changes in product for 

flexible operation units or following recharging of equipment in 

batch operation. Further, for purposes of §63.1311 and §63.1331, 

initial start-up does not include subsequent start-ups of 

affected sources or portions thereof following malfunctions or

process unit shutdowns.

Maintenance wastewater is defined in §63.101, except that 

the term “thermoplastic product process unit” shall apply 

wherever the term “chemical manufacturing process unit” is used. 

Further, the generation of wastewater from the routine rinsing 

or washing of equipment in batch operation between batches is 

not maintenance wastewater, but is considered to be process 

wastewater, for the purposes of this subpart.
Page 65 of 388

Mass process means a polymerization process carried out 

through the use of thermal energy. Mass processes do not utilize 

emulsifying or suspending agents, but may utilize catalysts or 

other additives.

Material recovery section means, for PET plants, the 

equipment that recovers by-product methanol from any process 

section for use, reuse, or sale, or the equipment that separates 

materials containing by-product methanol from any process 

section for off-site purification or treatment with the intent 

to recover methanol for reuse. For polystyrene plants, material 

recovery section means the equipment that recovers unreacted 

styrene from any process section for use, reuse, or sale, or the 

equipment that separates materials containing unreacted styrene 

from any process section for off-site purification or treatment 

with the intent to recover styrene for reuse. Equipment used to 

store recovered materials (i.e., ethylene glycol, methanol, or 

styrene) is not included. Equipment designed to recover or 

separate materials from the polymer product is to be included in 

this process section, provided that at the time of initial 

compliance some of the unreacted or by-product material is 

recovered for return to the TPPU, or sale, or provided that some 

of the separated material is sent for off-site purification or 

treatment with the intent to recover the unreacted or by-product 

material for reuse. Otherwise, such equipment is to be assigned 
Page 66 of 388

to one of the other process sections, as appropriate. If 

equipment is used to recover unreacted or by-product material 

and return it directly to the same piece of process equipment 

from which it was emitted, then that recovery equipment is 

considered part of the process section that contains the process 

equipment. On the other hand, if equipment is used to recover 

unreacted or by-product material and return it to a different 

piece of process equipment in the same process section, that 

recovery equipment is considered part of a material recovery 

section. Equipment used for the on-site recovery of ethylene 

glycol from PET plants, however, is not included in the material 

recovery section; such equipment is to be included in the 

polymerization reaction section. Equipment used for the on-site 

recovery of both ethylene glycol and any other materials from 

PET plants is not included in the material recovery section; 

this equipment is to be included in the polymerization reaction 

section. Such equipment includes both contact and non-contact 

condensers removing ethylene glycol from vapor streams coming 

out of polymerization vessels.

Maximum true vapor pressure is defined in §63.111, except 

that the terms “transfer” or “transferred” shall not apply for 

purposes of this subpart.

Methyl methacrylate acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin 

(MABS) means styrenic polymers containing methyl methacrylate, 
Page 67 of 388

acrylonitrile, butadiene, and styrene. MABS is prepared by 

dissolving or dispersing polybutadiene rubber in a mixture of 

methyl methacrylate-acrylonitrile-styrene and butadiene monomer. 

The graft polymerization is carried out by a bulk or a 

suspension process.

Methyl methacrylate butadiene styrene resin (MBS) means 

styrenic polymers containing methyl methacrylate, butadiene, and 

styrene. Production of MBS is achieved using an emulsion process 

in which methyl methacrylate and styrene are grafted onto a 

styrene-butadiene rubber.

Multicomponent system means, as used in conjunction with 

batch process vents, a stream whose liquid and/or vapor contains 

more than one compound.

New process unit means a process unit for which the 

construction or reconstruction commenced after March 29, 1995.

Nitrile resin means a resin produced through the 

polymerization of acrylonitrile, methyl acrylate, and butadiene 

latex using an emulsion process.

On-site or On site means, with respect to records required 

to be maintained by this subpart or required by another subpart 

referenced by this subpart, that records are stored at a 

location within a major source which encompasses the affected 

source. On-site includes, but is not limited to, storage at the 
Page 68 of 388

affected source or TPPU to which the records pertain, or storage 

in central files elsewhere at the major source.

Operating day means the period defined by the owner or 

operator in the Notification of Compliance Status required by 

§63.1335(e)(5). The operating day is the period for which daily 

average monitoring values and batch cycle daily average 

monitoring values are determined.

Organic hazardous air pollutant(s) (organic HAP) means one 

or more of the chemicals listed in Table 6 of this subpart or 

any other chemical which is:

(1) Knowingly produced or introduced into the manufacturing 

process other than as an impurity; and

(2) Listed in Table 2 of subpart F of this part.

PET using a dimethyl terephthalate process means the 

manufacturing of PET based on the esterification of dimethyl 

terephthalate with ethylene glycol to form the intermediate 

monomer bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-terephthalate that is subsequently 

polymerized to form PET.

PET using a terephthalic acid process means the 

manufacturing of PET based on the esterification reaction of 

terephthalic acid with ethylene glycol to form the intermediate 

monomer bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-terephthalate that is subsequently 

polymerized to form PET.
Page 69 of 388

Poly(ethylene terephthalate) resin (PET) means a polymer or 

copolymer comprised of at least 50 percent bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-

terephthalate by weight.

Polymerization reaction section means the equipment 

designed to cause monomer(s) to react to form polymers, 

including equipment designed primarily to cause the formation of 

short polymer chains (e.g., oligomers or low molecular weight 

polymers), but not including equipment designed to prepare raw 

materials for polymerization (e.g., esterification vessels). For 

the purposes of these standards, the polymerization reaction 

section begins with the equipment used to transfer the materials 

from the raw materials preparation section and ends with the 

last vessel in which polymerization occurs. Equipment used for 

the on-site recovery of ethylene glycol from PET plants is 

included in this process section, rather than in the material 

recovery process section.

Polystyrene resin means a thermoplastic polymer or 

copolymer comprised of at least 80 percent styrene or paramethylstyrene by weight.

Primary product is defined in and determined by the 

procedures specified in §63.1310(f).

Process contact cooling tower system means a cooling tower 

system that is designed and operated to allow contact between 

the cooling medium and process fluid or gases.
Page 70 of 388

Process section means the equipment designed to accomplish 

a general but well-defined task in polymers production. Process 

sections include, but are not limited to, raw materials 

preparation, polymerization reaction, and material recovery. A 

process section may be dedicated to a single TPPU or common to 

more than one TPPU.

Process unit means a collection of equipment assembled and 

connected by hardpiping or duct work, used to process raw 

materials and to manufacture a product.

Process vent means a gaseous emission stream from a unit 

operation that is discharged to the atmosphere either directly 

or after passing through one or more control, recovery, or 

recapture devices. Unit operations that may have process vents 

are condensers, distillation units, reactors, or other unit 

operations within the TPPU. Process vents exclude pressure 

releases, gaseous streams routed to a fuel gas system(s), and 

leaks from equipment regulated under §63.1331. A gaseous 

emission stream is no longer considered to be a process vent 

after the stream has been controlled and monitored in accordance 

with the applicable provisions of this subpart.

Product means a polymer produced using the same monomers 

and varying in additives (e.g., initiators, terminators, etc.); 

catalysts; or in the relative proportions of monomers, that is 

manufactured by a process unit. With respect to polymers, more 
Page 71 of 388

than one recipe may be used to produce the same product. As an 

example, styrene acrylonitrile resin and methyl methacrylate 

butadiene styrene resin each represent a different product. 

Product also means a chemical that is not a polymer, that is 

manufactured by a process unit. By-products, isolated 

intermediates, impurities, wastes, and trace contaminants are 

not considered products.

Raw materials preparation section means the equipment at a 

polymer manufacturing plant designed to prepare raw materials, 

such as monomers and solvents, for polymerization. For the 

purposes of the standards in this subpart, this process section 

includes the equipment used to transfer raw materials from 

storage and/or the equipment used to transfer recovered material 

from the material recovery process sections to the raw material 

preparation section, and ends with the last piece of equipment 

that prepares the material for polymerization. The raw materials 

preparation section may include equipment that is used to 

purify, dry, or otherwise treat raw materials or raw and 

recovered materials together; to activate catalysts; or to 

promote esterification including the formation of some short 

polymer chains (oligomers). The raw materials preparation 

section does not include equipment that is designed primarily to 

accomplish the formation of oligomers, the treatment of 
Page 72 of 388

recovered materials alone, or the storage of raw or recovered 

materials.

Recipe means a specific composition, from among the range 

of possible compositions that may occur within a product, as 

defined in this section. A recipe is determined by the 

proportions of monomers and, if present, other reactants and 

additives that are used to make the recipe. For example, 

acrylonitrile butadiene styrene latex resin (ABS latex) without 

additives; ABS latex with an additive; and ABS latex with 

different proportions of acrylonitrile to butadiene are all 

different recipes of the same product, ABS latex.

Reconstruction means the replacement of components of an 

affected source or of a previously unaffected stationary source 

that becomes an affected source as a result of the replacement, 

to such an extent that:

(1) The fixed capital cost of the new components exceeds 50 

percent of the fixed capital cost that would be required to 

construct a comparable new source; and

(2) It is technologically and economically feasible for the 

reconstructed source to meet the provisions of this subpart.

Recovery device means:

(1) An individual unit of equipment capable of and normally 

used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for:

(i) Use;
Page 73 of 388

(ii) Reuse;

(iii) Fuel value (i.e., net heating value); or

(iv) For sale for use, reuse, or fuel value (i.e., net 

heating value).

(2) Examples of equipment that may be recovery devices 

include absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, oil-water 

separators or organic-water separators, or organic removal 

devices such as decanters, strippers, or thin-film evaporation 

units. For the purposes of the monitoring, recordkeeping, or 

reporting requirements of this subpart, recapture devices are 

considered recovery devices.

Recovery operations equipment means the equipment used to 

separate the components of process streams. Recovery operations 

equipment includes distillation units, condensers, etc. 

Equipment used for wastewater treatment and recovery or 

recapture devices used as control devices shall not be 

considered recovery operations equipment.

Residual is defined in §63.111, except that when the 

definition in §63.111 uses the term “Table 9 compounds,” the 

term “organic HAP listed in Table 6 of subpart JJJ” shall apply 

for purposes of this subpart.

Shutdown means for purposes including, but not limited to, 

periodic maintenance, replacement of equipment, or repair, the 

cessation of operation of an affected source, a TPPU(s) within 
Page 74 of 388

an affected source, a waste management unit or unit operation 

within an affected source, or equipment required or used to 

comply with this subpart, or the emptying or degassing of a 

storage vessel. For purposes of the wastewater provisions of 

§63.1330, shutdown does not include the routine rinsing or 

washing of equipment in batch operation between batches. For 

purposes of the batch process vent provisions in §§63.1321 

through 63.1327, the cessation of equipment in batch operation 

is not a shutdown, unless the equipment undergoes maintenance, 

is replaced, or is repaired.

Solid state polymerization process means a unit operation 

which, through the application of heat, furthers the 

polymerization (i.e., increases the intrinsic viscosity) of 

polymer chips.

Start-up means the setting into operation of an affected 

source, a TPPU(s) within an affected source, a waste management 

unit or unit operation within an affected source, or equipment 

required or used to comply with this subpart, or a storage 

vessel after emptying and degassing. For both continuous and 

batch processes, start-up includes initial start-up and 

operation solely for testing equipment. For both continuous and 

batch processes, start-up does not include the recharging of 

equipment in batch operation. For continuous processes, start-up 

includes transitional conditions due to changes in product for 
Page 75 of 388

flexible operation units. For batch processes, start-up does not 

include transitional conditions due to changes in product for 

flexible operation units.

Steady-state conditions means that all variables 

(temperatures, pressures, volumes, flow rates, etc.) in a 

process do not vary significantly with time; minor fluctuations 

about constant mean values may occur.

Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel that is used to 

store liquids that contain one or more organic HAP. Storage 

vessels do not include:

(1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as 

trucks, railcars, barges, or ships;

(2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 

kilopascals and without emissions to the atmosphere;

(3) Vessels with capacities smaller than 38 cubic meters;

(4) Vessels and equipment storing and/or handling material 

that contains no organic HAP and/or organic HAP as impurities 

only;

(5) Wastewater storage tanks; and

(6) Surge control vessels and bottoms receivers.

Styrene acrylonitrile resin (SAN) means copolymers 

consisting primarily of styrene and acrylonitrile monomer units.

Supplemental combustion air means the air that is added to 

a vent stream after the vent stream leaves the unit operation. 
Page 76 of 388

Air that is part of the vent stream as a result of the nature of 

the unit operation is not considered supplemental combustion 

air. Air required to operate combustion device burner(s) is not 

considered supplemental combustion air. Air required to ensure 

the proper operation of catalytic oxidizers, to include the 

intermittent addition of air upstream of the catalyst bed to 

maintain a minimum threshold flow rate through the catalyst bed 

or to avoid excessive temperatures in the catalyst bed, is not 

considered to be supplemental combustion air.

Suspension process means a polymerization process where the 

monomer(s) is in a state of suspension, with the help of 

suspending agents, in a medium other than water (typically an 

organic solvent). The resulting polymers are not soluble in the 

reactor medium.

Thermoplastic product means one of the following types of 

products:

(1) ABS latex;

(2) ABS using a batch emulsion process;

(3) ABS using a batch suspension process;

(4) ABS using a continuous emulsion process;

(5) ABS using a continuous mass process;

(6) ASA/AMSAN;

(7) EPS;

(8) MABS;
Page 77 of 388

(9) MBS;

(10) nitrile resin;

(11) PET using a batch dimethyl terephthalate process;

(12) PET using a batch terephthalic acid process;

(13) PET using a continuous dimethyl terephthalate process;

(14) PET using a continuous terephthalic acid process;

(15) PET using a continuous terephthalic acid high 

viscosity multiple end finisher process;

(16) Polystyrene resin using a batch process;

(17) Polystyrene resin using a continuous process;

(18) SAN using a batch process; or

(19) SAN using a continuous process.

Thermoplastic product process unit (TPPU) means a 

collection of equipment assembled and connected by hard-piping 

or ductwork, used to process raw materials and to manufacture a 

thermoplastic product as its primary product. This collection of 

equipment includes unit operations; recovery operations 

equipment, process vents; equipment identified in §63.149; 

storage vessels, as determined in §63.1310(g); and the equipment 

that is subject to the equipment leak provisions as specified in 

§63.1331. Utilities, lines and equipment not containing process 

fluids, and other non-process lines, such as heating and cooling 

systems which do not combine their materials with those in the 

processes they serve, are not part of the thermoplastic product 
Page 78 of 388

process unit. A thermoplastic product process unit consists of 

more than one unit operation.

Total organic compounds (TOC) means those compounds 

excluding methane and ethane measured according to the 

procedures of Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 

A.

Total resource effectiveness index value or TRE index value

means a measure of the supplemental total resource requirement 

per unit reduction organic HAP associated with a continuous 

process vent stream, based on vent stream flow rate, emission 

rate of organic HAP, net heating value, and corrosion properties 

(whether or not the continuous process vent stream contains 

halogenated compounds), as quantified by the equations given 

under §63.115.

Vent stream, as used in reference to batch process vents, 

continuous process vents, and aggregate batch vent streams, 

means the emissions from one or more process vents.

Waste management unit is defined in §63.111, except that 

where the definition in §63.111 uses the term “chemical 

manufacturing process unit,” the term “TPPU” shall apply for 

purposes of this subpart.

Wastewater means water that:

(1) Contains either:
Page 79 of 388

(i) An annual average concentration of organic HAP listed 

on Table 6 of this subpart, except for ethylene glycol, of at 

least 5 parts per million by weight and has an annual average 

flow rate of 0.02 liter per minute or greater; or

(ii) An annual average concentration of organic HAP listed 

on Table 6 of this subpart, except for ethylene glycol, of at 

least 10,000 parts per million by weight at any flow rate; and

(2) Is discarded from a TPPU that is part of an affected 

source. Wastewater is process wastewater or maintenance 

wastewater.

Wastewater stream means a stream that contains wastewater 

as defined in this section.

§63.1313 Emission standards.

(a) Except as allowed under paragraphs (b) through (d) of 

this section, the owner or operator of an existing or new 

affected source shall comply with the provisions in:

(1) Section 63.1314 for storage vessels;

(2) Section 63.1315, or §§63.1316 through 63.1320, as 

appropriate, for continuous process vents;

(3) Section 63.1321 for batch process vents;

(4) Section 63.1328 for heat exchange systems;

(5) Section 63.1329 for process contact cooling towers;

(6) Section 63.1330 for wastewater;

(7) Section 63.1331 for equipment leaks;
Page 80 of 388

(8) Section 63.1333 for additional test methods and 

procedures;

(9) Section 63.1334 for parameter monitoring levels and 

excursions; and

(10) Section 63.1335 for general recordkeeping and 

reporting requirements.

(b) When emissions of different kinds (i.e., emissions from 

continuous process vents subject to either §63.1315 or §§63.1316 

through 63.1320, batch process vents, aggregate batch vent 

streams, storage vessels, process wastewater, and/or in-process 

equipment subject to §63.149) are combined, and at least one of 

the emission streams would be classified as Group 1 in the 

absence of combination with other emission streams, the owner or 

operator shall comply with the requirements of either paragraph 

(b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, as appropriate. For purposes 

of this paragraph (b), combined emission streams containing one 

or more batch process vents and containing one or more 

continuous process vents subject to §63.1315, 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), §63.1316(b)(1)(ii), §63.1316(b)(2)(i), 

§63.1316(b)(2)(ii), or §63.1316(c)(1), excluding 

§63.1316(c)(1)(ii), may comply with either paragraph (b)(1) or 

(b)(2) of this section, as appropriate. For purposes of this 

paragraph (b), the owner or operator of an affected source with 

combined emission streams containing one or more batch process 
Page 81 of 388

vents but not containing one or more continuous process vents 

subject to §63.1315, §63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), §63.1316(b)(1)(ii), 

§63.1316(b)(2)(i), §63.1316(b)(2)(ii), or §63.1316(c)(1), 

excluding §63.1316(c)(1)(ii), shall comply with paragraph (b)(3) 

of this section.

(1) Comply with the applicable requirements of this subpart 

for each kind of emission in the stream as specified in 

paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(7) of this section.

(2) Comply with the first set of requirements, identified 

in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(vi) of this section, 

which applies to any individual emission stream that is included 

in the combined stream, where either that emission stream would 

be classified as Group 1 in the absence of combination with 

other emission streams, or the owner or operator chooses to 

consider that emission stream to be Group 1 for purposes of this 

paragraph. Compliance with the first applicable set of 

requirements identified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through 

(b)(2)(vi) of this section constitutes compliance with all other 

requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(vi) of this 

section applicable to other types of emissions in the combined 

stream.

(i) The requirements of this subpart for Group 1 continuous 

process vents subject to §63.1315, including applicable 

monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting;
Page 82 of 388

(ii) The requirements of §63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), 

§63.1316(b)(1)(ii), §63.1316(b)(2)(i), §63.1316(b)(2)(ii), or 

§63.1316(c)(1), excluding §63.1316(c)(1)(ii), as appropriate, 

for control of emissions from continuous process vents subject 

to the control requirements of §63.1316, including applicable 

monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements;

(iii) The requirements of §63.119(e), as specified in 

§63.1314, for control of emissions from Group 1 storage vessels, 

including applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting;

(iv) The requirements of §63.139, as specified in §63.1330, 

for control devices used to control emissions from waste 

management units, including applicable monitoring, 

recordkeeping, and reporting;

(v) The requirements of §63.139, as specified in §63.1330, 

for closed vent systems for control of emissions from in-process 

equipment subject to §63.149, as specified in §63.1330, 

including applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting; 

or

(vi) The requirements of this subpart for aggregate batch 

vent streams subject to §63.1321(c), including applicable 

monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting.

(3) The owner or operator of an affected source with 

combined emission streams containing one or more batch process 

vents but not containing one or more continuous process vents 
Page 83 of 388

subject to §63.1315, §63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), §63.1316(b)(1)(ii), 

§63.1316(b)(2)(i), §63.1316(b)(2)(ii), or §63.1316(c)(1), 

excluding §63.1316(c)(1)(ii), shall comply with paragraph 

(b)(3)(i) and (b)(3)(ii) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator of the affected source shall 

comply with §63.1321 for the batch process vent(s).

(ii) The owner or operator of the affected source shall 

comply with either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, 

as appropriate, for the remaining emission streams.

(c) Instead of complying with §§63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 

through 63.1320, 63.1321, and 63.1330, the owner or operator of 

an existing affected source may elect to control any or all of 

the storage vessels, batch process vents, aggregate batch vent 

streams, continuous process vents, and wastewater streams and 

associated waste management units within the affected source to 

different levels using an emissions averaging compliance 

approach that uses the procedures specified in §63.1332. The 

restrictions concerning which emission points may be included in 

an emissions average, including how many emission points may be 

included, are specified in §63.1332(a)(1). An owner or operator 

electing to use emissions averaging shall still comply with the 

provisions of §§63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 through 63.1320, 

63.1321, and 63.1330 for affected source emission points not 

included in the emissions average.
Page 84 of 388

(d) A State may decide not to allow the use of the 

emissions averaging compliance approach specified in paragraph 

(c) of this section.

§63.1314 Storage vessel provisions.

(a) This section applies to each storage vessel that is 

assigned to an affected source, as determined by §63.1310(g). 

Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this 

section, the owner or operator of an affected source shall 

comply with the requirements of §§63.119 through 63.123 and 

63.148 for those storage vessels, with the differences noted in 

paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(17) of this section for the 

purposes of this subpart.

(1) When the term “storage vessel” is used in §§63.119 

through 63.123, the definition of this term in §63.1312 shall 

apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(2) When the term “Group 1 storage vessel” is used in 

§§63.119 through 63.123, the definition of this term in §63.1312 

shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(3) When the term “Group 2 storage vessel” is used in 

§§63.119 through 63.123, the definition of this term in §63.1312 

shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(4) When the emissions averaging provisions of §63.150 are 

referred to in §§63.119 and 63.123, the emissions averaging 
Page 85 of 388

provisions contained in §63.1332 shall apply for the purposes of 

this subpart.

(5) When December 31, 1992, is referred to in §63.119, 

March 29, 1995 shall apply instead, for the purposes of this 

subpart.

(6) When April 22, 1994, is referred to in §63.119, June 

19, 2000 shall apply instead, for the purposes of this subpart.

(7) Each owner or operator of an affected source shall 

comply with this paragraph (a)(7) instead of §63.120(d)(1)(ii) 

for the purposes of this subpart. If the control device used to 

comply with §63.119(e) is also used to comply with any of the 

requirements found in §63.1315, §63.1316, §63.1322, or §63.1330, 

the performance test required in or accepted by the applicable 

requirements of §§63.1315, 63.1316, 63.1322, and 63.1330 is 

acceptable for demonstrating compliance with §63.119(e) for the 

purposes of this subpart. The owner or operator is not required 

to prepare a design evaluation for the control device as 

described in §63.120(d)(1)(i), if the performance test meets the 

criteria specified in paragraphs (a)(7)(i) and (a)(7)(ii) of 

this section.

(i) The performance test demonstrates that the control 

device achieves greater than or equal to the required control 

efficiency specified in §63.119(e)(1) or §63.119(e)(2), as 

applicable; and
Page 86 of 388

(ii) The performance test is submitted as part of the 

Notification of Compliance Status required by §63.1335(e)(5).

(8) When the term “range” is used in §§63.120(d)(3), 

63.120(d)(5), and 63.122(g)(2), the term “level” shall apply 

instead, for the purposes of this subpart.

(9) For purposes of this subpart, the monitoring plan 

required by §63.120(d)(2) shall specify for which control 

devices the owner or operator has selected to follow the 

procedures for continuous monitoring specified in §63.1334. For 

those control devices for which the owner or operator has 

selected to not follow the procedures for continuous monitoring 

specified in §63.1334, the monitoring plan shall include a 

description of the parameter or parameters to be monitored to 

ensure that the control device is being properly operated and 

maintained, an explanation of the criteria used for selection of 

that parameter (or parameters), and the frequency with which 

monitoring will be performed (e.g., when the liquid level in the 

storage vessel is being raised), as specified in 

§63.120(d)(2)(i).

(10) For purposes of this subpart, the monitoring plan 

required by §63.122(b) shall be included in the Notification of 

Compliance Status required by §63.1335(e)(5).

(11) When the Notification of Compliance Status 

requirements contained in §63.152(b) are referred to in 
Page 87 of 388

§§63.120, 63.122, and 63.123, the Notification of Compliance 

Status requirements contained in §63.1335(e)(5) shall apply for 

the purposes of this subpart.

(12) When the Periodic Report requirements contained in 

§63.152(c) are referred to in §§63.120 and 63.122, the Periodic 

Report requirements contained in §63.1335(e)(6) shall apply for 

the purposes of this subpart.

(13) When other reports as required in §63.152(d) are 

referred to in §63.122, the reporting requirements contained in 

§63.1335(e)(7) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(14) When the Initial Notification requirements contained 

in §63.151(b) are referred to in §63.122, the owner or operator 

of an affected source subject to this subpart need not comply 

for the purposes of this subpart.

(15) When the determination of equivalence criteria in 

§63.102(b) is referred to in §63.121(a), the provisions in 

§63.6(g) shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(16) When §63.119(a) requires compliance according to the 

schedule provisions in §63.100, owners and operators of affected 

sources shall instead comply with the requirements in 

§§63.119(a)(1) through 63.119(a)(4) by the compliance date for 

storage vessels, which is specified in §63.1311.

(17) In §63.120(e)(1), instead of the reference to 

§63.11(b), the requirements of §63.1333(e) shall apply.
Page 88 of 388

(b) Owners or operators of Group 1 storage vessels that are 

assigned to a new affected source producing SAN using a 

continuous process shall control emissions to the levels 

indicated in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.

(1) For storage vessels with capacities greater than or 

equal to 2,271 cubic meters (m3)containing a liquid mixture 

having a vapor pressure greater than or equal to 0.5 kilopascal 

(kPa) but less than 0.7 kPa, emissions shall be controlled by at 

least 90 percent relative to uncontrolled emissions.

(2) For storage vessels with capacities less than 151 

m

3 containing a liquid mixture having a vapor pressure greater 

than or equal to 10 kPa, emissions shall be controlled by at 

least 98 percent relative to uncontrolled emissions.

(3) For all other storage vessels designated as Group 1 

storage vessels, emissions shall be controlled to the level 

designated in §63.119.

(c) Owners or operators of Group 1 storage vessels that are 

assigned to a new or existing affected source producing 

ASA/AMSAN shall control emissions by at least 98 percent 

relative to uncontrolled emissions.

(d) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to storage 

vessels containing ethylene glycol at existing or new affected 

sources and storage vessels containing styrene at existing 

affected sources.
Page 89 of 388

§63.1315 Continuous process vents provisions.

(a) For each continuous process vent located at an affected 

source, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements 

of §§63.113 through 63.118, with the differences noted in 

paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(1918) of this section for the 

purposes of this subpart, except as provided in paragraphs (b) 

through (e) of this section.

(1) When the term “process vent” is used in §§63.113 

through 63.118, the term “continuous process vent,” and the 

definition of this term in §63.1312 shall apply for the purposes 

of this subpart.

(2) When the term “Group 1 process vent” is used in 

§§63.113 through 63.118, the term “Group 1 continuous process 

vent,” and the definition of this term in §63.1312 shall apply 

for the purposes of this subpart.

(3) When the term “Group 2 process vent” is used in 

§§63.113 through 63.118, the term “Group 2 continuous process 

vent,” and the definition of this term in §63.1312 shall apply 

for the purposes of this subpart.

(4) When December 31, 1992 is referred to in §63.113, apply 

the date March 29, 1995, for the purposes of this subpart.

(5) When §63.151(f), alternative monitoring parameters, and 

§63.152(e), submission of an operating permit, are referred to 

in §§63.114(c) and 63.117(e), §63.1335(f), alternative 
Page 90 of 388

monitoring parameters, and §63.1335(e)(8), submission of an 

operating permit, respectively, shall apply for the purposes of 

this subpart.

(6) When the Notification of Compliance Status requirements 

contained in §63.152(b) are referred to in §§63.114, 63.117, and 

63.118, the Notification of Compliance Status requirements 

contained in §63.1335(e)(5) shall apply for the purposes of this 

subpart.

(7) When the Periodic Report requirements contained in 

§63.152(c) are referred to in §§63.117 and 63.118, the Periodic 

Report requirements contained in §63.1335(e)(6) shall apply for 

the purposes of this subpart.

(8) When the definition of excursion in 

§63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) is referred to in §63.118(f)(2), the 

definition of excursion in §63.1334(f) of this subpart shall 

apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(9) When §63.114(e) or §63.117(f) specifies that an owner 

or operator shall submit the information required in §63.152(b) 

in order to establish the parameter monitoring range, the owner 

or operator of an affected source shall comply with the 

provisions of §63.1335(e)(5) for purposes of reporting 

information related to establishment of the parameter monitoring 

level for purposes of this subpart. Further, the term “level” 
Page 91 of 388

shall apply when the term “range” is used in §§63.114, 63.117, 

and 63.118.

(10) When reports of process changes are required under 

§63.118(g), (h), (i), or (j), paragraphs (a)(10)(i) through 

(a)(10)(iv) of this section shall apply for the purposes of this 

subpart. In addition, for the purposes of this subpart, 

paragraph (a)(10)(v) of this section applies, and §63.118(k) 

does not apply to owners or operators of affected sources.

(i) For the purposes of this subpart, whenever a process 

change, as defined in §63.115(e), is made that causes a Group 2 

continuous process vent to become a Group 1 continuous process 

vent, the owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 

days after the process change is made or with the next Periodic 

Report, whichever is later. A description of the process change 

shall be submitted with the report of the process change, and 

the owner or operator of the affected source shall comply with

the Group 1 provisions in §§63.113 through 63.118 in accordance 

with §63.1310(i)(2)(ii) or (i)(2)(iii), as applicable.

(ii) Whenever a process change, as defined in §63.115(e), 

is made that causes a Group 2 continuous process vent with a TRE 

greater than 4.0 to become a Group 2 continuous process vent 

with a TRE less than 4.0, the owner or operator shall submit a 

report within 180 days after the process change is made or with 

the next Periodic Report, whichever is later. A description of 
Page 92 of 388

the process change shall be submitted with the report of the 

process change, and the owner or operator shall comply with the 

provisions in §63.113(d) by the dates specified in §63.1311.

(iii) Whenever a process change, as defined in §63.115(e), 

is made that causes a Group 2 continuous process vent with a 

flow rate less than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute to 

become a Group 2 continuous process vent with a flow rate of 

0.005 standard cubic meter per minute or greater and a TRE index 

value less than or equal to 4.0, the owner or operator shall 

submit a report within 180 days after the process change is made 

or with the next Periodic Report, whichever is later. A 

description of the process change shall be submitted with the 

report of the process change, and the owner or operator shall 

comply with the provisions in §63.113(d) by the dates specified 

in §63.1311.

(iv) Whenever a process change, as defined in §63.115(e), 

is made that causes a Group 2 continuous process vent with an 

organic HAP concentration less than 50 parts per million by 

volume to become a Group 2 continuous process vent with an 

organic HAP concentration of 50 parts per million by volume or 

greater and a TRE index value less than or equal to 4.0, the 

owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 days after 

the process change is made or with the next Periodic Report, 

whichever is later. A description of the process change shall be 
Page 93 of 388

submitted with the report of the process change, and the owner 

or operator shall comply with the provisions in §63.113(d) by 

the dates specified in §63.1311.

(v) The owner or operator is not required to submit a 

report of a process change if one of the conditions listed in 

paragraphs (a)(10)(v)(A), (a)(10)(v)(B), (a)(10)(v)(C), or 

(a)(10)(v)(D) of this section is met.

(A) The process change does not meet the definition of a 

process change in §63.115(e);

(B) The vent stream flow rate is recalculated according to 

§63.115(e) and the recalculated value is less than 0.005 

standard cubic meter per minute;

(C) The organic HAP concentration of the vent stream is 

recalculated according to §63.115(e) and the recalculated value 

is less than 50 parts per million by volume; or

(D) The TRE index value is recalculated according to 

§63.115(e) and the recalculated value is greater than 4.0, or 

for the affected sources producing methyl methacrylate butadiene 

styrene resin the recalculated value is greater than 6.7.

(11) When the provisions of §63.116(c)(3) and (c)(4) 

specify that Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be 

used, Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A may be 

used for the purposes of this subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 
Page 94 of 388

CFR part 60, appendix A shall conform with the requirements in 

paragraphs (a)(11)(i) and (a)(11)(ii) of this section.

(i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 

25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP 

representing the largest percent by volume of the emissions.

(ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is 

acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas 

is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from 

the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the 

most sensitive scale.

(12) When §63.118, periodic reporting and recordkeeping 

requirements, refers to §63.152(f), the recordkeeping 

requirements in §63.1335(d) shall apply for purposes of this 

subpart.

(13) If a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream 

is combined with a continuous process vent, the owner or 

operator of the affected source containing the combined vent 

stream shall comply with paragraph (a)(13)(i); with paragraph 

(a)(13)(ii) and with paragraph (a)(13)(iii) or (iv); or with 

paragraph (a)(13)(v) of this section, as appropriate.

(i) If a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream 

is combined with a Group 1 continuous process vent prior to the 

combined vent stream being routed to a control device, the owner 

or operator of the affected source containing the combined vent 
Page 95 of 388

stream shall comply with the requirements in paragraph 

(a)(13)(i)(A) or (B) of this section.

(A) All requirements for a Group 1 process vent stream in 

§§63.113 through 63.118, except as otherwise provided in this 

section. As specified in §63.1333(a)(1), performance tests shall 

be conducted at maximum representative operating conditions. For 

the purpose of conducting a performance test on a combined vent 

stream, maximum representative operating conditions shall be 

when batch emission episodes are occurring that result in the 

highest organic HAP emission rate (for the combined vent stream) 

that is achievable during one of the periods listed in 

§63.1333(a)(1)(i) or §63.1333(a)(1)(ii), without causing any of 

the situations described in paragraphs (a)(13)(i)(A)(1) through 

(3) to occur.

(1) Causing damage to equipment.

(2) Necessitating that the owner or operator make product 

that does not meet an existing specification for sale to a 

customer; or

(3) Necessitating that the owner or operator make product 

in excess of demand.

(B) Comply with the provisions in §63.1313(b)(1), as 

allowed under §63.1313(b).

(ii) If a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream 

is combined with a continuous process vent prior to the combined 
Page 96 of 388

vent stream being routed to a recovery device, the TRE index 

value for the combined vent stream shall be calculated at the 

exit of the last recovery device. The TRE shall be calculated 

during periods when one or more batch emission episodes are 

occurring that result in the highest organic HAP emission rate 

(in the combined vent stream that is being routed to the 

recovery device) that is achievable during the 6-month period 

that begins 3 months before and ends 3 months after the TRE 

calculation, without causing any of the situations described in 

paragraphs (a)(13)(ii)(A) through (C) to occur.

(A) Causing damage to equipment.

(B) Necessitating that the owner or operator make product 

that does not meet an existing specification for sale to a 

customer; or

(C) Necessitating that the owner or operator make product 

in excess of demand.

(iii) If the combined vent stream described in paragraph 

(a)(10)(ii) of this section meets the requirements in paragraphs 

(a)(13)(iii)(A), (B), and (C) of this section, the combined vent 

stream shall be subject to the requirements for Group 1 process 

vents in §§63.113 through 63.118, except as otherwise provided 

in this section, as applicable. Performance tests for the 

combined vent stream shall be conducted at maximum operating 
Page 97 of 388

conditions, as described in paragraph (a)(13)(i) of this 

section.

(A) The TRE index value of the combined stream is less than 

or equal to 1.0;

(B) The flow rate of the combined vent stream is greater 

than or equal to 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute; and

(C) The total organic HAP concentration is greater than or 

equal to 50 parts per million by volume for the combined vent 

stream.

(iv) If the combined vent stream described in paragraph 

(a)(10)(ii) of this section meets the requirements in paragraph 

(a)(13)(iv)(A), (B), or (C) of this section, the combined vent 

stream shall be subject to the requirements for Group 2 process 

vents in §§63.113 through 63.118, except as otherwise provided 

in this section, as applicable.

(A) The TRE index value of the combined vent stream is 

greater than 1.0;

(B) The flow rate of the combined vent stream is less than 

0.005 standard cubic meter per minute; or

(C) The total organic HAP concentration is less than 50 

parts per million by volume for the combined vent stream.

(v) If a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream 

is combined with a Group 2 continuous process vent, the owner or 
Page 98 of 388

operator shall comply with the requirements in either paragraph 

(a)(13)(v)(A) or (a)(13)(v)(B) of this section.

(A) The owner or operator shall comply with the 

requirements in §§63.113 through 63.118 for Group 1 process 

vents; or

(B) The owner or operator shall comply with §63.1322(e)(2) 

for batch process vents and aggregate batch vent streams.

(14) If any gas stream that originates outside of an 

affected source that is subject to this subpart is normally 

conducted through the same final recovery device as any 

continuous process vent stream subject to this subpart, the 

owner or operator of the affected source with the combined vent 

stream shall comply with all requirements in §§63.113 through 

63.118 of subpart G of this part, except as otherwise noted in 

this section, as applicable.

(i) Instead of measuring the vent stream flow rate at the 

sampling site specified in §63.115(b)(1), the sampling site for 

vent stream flow rate shall be prior to the final recovery 

device and prior to the point at which the gas stream that is 

not controlled under this subpart is introduced into the 

combined vent stream.

(ii) Instead of measuring total organic HAP or TOC 

concentrations at the sampling site specified in §63.115(c)(1), 

the sampling site for total organic HAP or TOC concentration 
Page 99 of 388

shall be prior to the final recovery device and prior to the 

point at which the gas stream that is not controlled under this 

subpart is introduced into the combined vent stream.

(iii) The efficiency of the final recovery device 

(determined according to paragraph (a)(14)(iv) of this section) 

shall be applied to the total organic HAP or TOC concentration 

measured at the sampling site described in paragraph (a)(14)(ii) 

of this section to determine the exit concentration. This exit 

concentration of total organic HAP or TOC shall then be used to 

perform the calculations outlined in §63.115(d)(2)(iii) and 

§63.115(d)(2)(iv), for the combined vent stream exiting the 

final recovery device.

(iv) The efficiency of the final recovery device is 

determined by measuring the total organic HAP or TOC 

concentration using Method 18 or 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 

A, at the inlet to the final recovery device after the 

introduction of any gas stream that is not controlled under this 

subpart, and at the outlet of the final recovery device.

(15) When §63.115(c)(3)(ii)(B) and (d)(2)(iv) and 

§63.116(c)(3)(ii)(B) and (c)(4)(ii)(C) refer to Table 2 of 

subpart F of this part, the owner or operator is only required 

to consider organic HAP listed on Table 6 of this subpart for

purposes of this subpart.
Page 100 of 388

(16) The compliance date for continuous process vents 

subject to the provisions of this section is specified in 

§63.1311.

(17) In §63.116(a), instead of the reference to §63.11(b), 

the requirements in §63.1333(e) shall apply.

(18) When a combustion device is used to comply with the 20 

parts per million by volume outlet concentration standard 

specified in §63.113(a)(2), the correction to 3 percent oxygen 

is only required when supplemental combustion air is used to 

combust the emissions, for the purposes of this subpart. In 

addition, the correction to 3 percent oxygen specified in 

§63.116(c)(3) and (c)(3)(iii) is only required when supplemental 

combustion air is used to combust the emissions, for the 

purposes of this subpart. Finally, when a combustion device is 

used to comply with the 20 parts per million by volume outlet 

concentration standard specified in §63.113(a)(2), an owner or 

operator shall record and report the outlet concentration 

required in §63.117(a)(4)(ii) and (a)(4)(iv) corrected to 3 

percent oxygen when supplemental combustion air is used to 

combust the emissions, for the purposes of this subpart. When 

supplemental combustion air is not used to combust the 

emissions, an owner or operator may record and report the outlet 

concentration required in §63.117(a)(4)(ii) and (a)(4)(iv) on an 
Page 101 of 388

uncorrected basis or corrected to 3 percent oxygen, for the 

purposes of this subpart.

(19) During periods of startup or shutdown, as an 

alternative to using the procedures specified in §63.116, an 

owner or operator of an affected source or emission unit subject 

to an emission limit expressed as mass emissions per mass 

product may demonstrate compliance with the limit in accordance 

with paragraph (a)(19)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.

(i) Keep records establishing that the raw material 

introduced and product discharged rates were both zero.

(ii) Divide the organic HAP emission rate during startup or 

shutdown by the rate of polymer produced from the most recent 

performance test associated with a production rate greater than 

zero according to §63.1318(b)(1). Keep records of this 

calculation.

(iii) Keep records establishing that the operating 

parameters of the control device used to comply with the 

emission limit in §63.113(a)(1) or (2) were maintained at the 

level established to meet the emission limit at maximum 

representative operating conditions.

(b) Owners or operators of existing affected sources 

producing MBS shall comply with either paragraph (b)(1) or 

(b)(2) of this section.
Page 102 of 388

(1) Comply with paragraph (a) of this section, as specified 

in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(ii).

(i) As specified in §63.1312, Group 1 continuous process 

vents at MBS existing affected sources are those with a total 

resource effectiveness value less than or equal to 3.7.

(ii) When complying with this paragraph (b) and the term 

“TRE of 4.0” is used, or related terms indicating a TRE index 

value of 4.0, referred to in §§63.113 through 63.118, are used, 

the term “TRE of 6.7,” shall apply instead, for the purposes of 

this subpart. The TRE range of 3.7 to 6.7 for continuous process 

vents at existing affected sources producing MBS corresponds to 

the TRE range of 1.0 to 4.0 for other continuous process vents, 

as it applies to monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting.

(2) Not allow organic HAP emissions from the collection of 

continuous process vents at the affected source to be greater 

than 0.000590 kg organic HAP/Mg of product. Compliance with this 

paragraph (b)(2) shall be determined using the procedures 

specified in §63.1333(b). During periods of startup or shutdown, 

as an alternative to using the procedures specified in 

§63.1333(b), an owner or operator of an affected source or 

emission unit subject to an emission limit expressed as mass 

emissions per mass product may demonstrate compliance with the 

limit in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(i), (ii), or (iii) of 

this section.
Page 103 of 388

(i) Keep records establishing that the raw material 

introduced and product discharged rates were both zero.

(ii) Divide the organic HAP emission rate during startup or 

shutdown by the rate of polymer produced from the most recent 

performance test associated with a production rate greater than 

zero according to §63.1333(b). Keep records of this calculation.

(iii) Keep records establishing that the operating 

parameters of the control device used to comply with the 

emission limit in paragraph (b)(2) of this section were 

maintained at the level established to meet the emission limit

at maximum representative operating conditions.

(c) Owners or operators of new affected sources producing 

SAN using a batch process shall comply with the applicable 

requirements in §63.1321.

(d) Affected sources producing PET or polystyrene using a 

continuous process are subject to the emissions control 

provisions of §63.1316, the monitoring provisions of §63.1317, 

the testing and compliance demonstration provisions of §63.1318, 

the recordkeeping provisions of §63.1319, and the reporting 

provisions of §63.1320. However, in some instances as specified 

in §63.1316, select continuous process vents present at affected 

sources producing PET or polystyrene using a continuous process 

are subject to the provisions of this section.
Page 104 of 388

(e) Owners or operators of affected sources producing 

ASA/AMSAN shall reduce organic HAP emissions from each 

continuous process vent, each batch process vent, and each 

aggregate batch vent stream by 98 weight-percent and shall 

comply with either paragraph (e)(1), (e)(2), or (e)(3), as 

appropriate. Where batch process vents or aggregate batch vent 

streams are combined with continuous process vents, the 

provisions of paragraph (a)(13) of this section shall apply for 

the purposes of this paragraph (e).

(1) For each continuous process vent, comply with paragraph 

(a) of this section as specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through 

(e)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) For purpose of this section, each continuous process 

vent shall be considered to be a Group 1 continuous process vent 

and the owner or operator of that continuous process vent shall 

comply with the requirements for a Group 1 continuous process 

vent.

(ii) For purposes of this section, the group determination 

procedure required by §63.115 shall not apply.

(2) For each batch process vent, comply with §§63.1321 

through 63.1327 as specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through 

(e)(2)(ii) of this section.

(i) For purpose of this section, each batch process vent 

shall be considered to be a Group 1 batch process vent and the 
Page 105 of 388

owner or operator of that batch process vent shall comply with 

the requirements for a Group 1 batch process vent contained in 

§§63.1321 through 63.1327, except that each batch process vent 

shall be controlled to reduce organic HAP emissions by 98 

weight-percent.

(ii) For purposes of this section, the group determination 

procedure required by §63.1323 shall not apply.

(3) For each aggregate batch vent stream, comply with 

§§63.1321 through 63.1327 as specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) 

through (e)(3)(ii) of this section.

(i) For purpose of this section, each aggregate batch vent 

stream shall be considered to be a Group 1 aggregate batch vent 

stream and the owner or operator of that aggregate batch vent 

stream shall comply with the requirements for a Group 1 

aggregate batch vent stream contained in §§63.1321 through 

63.1327, except that each aggregate batch vent stream shall be 

controlled to reduce organic HAP emissions by 98 weight-percent.

(ii) For purposes of this section, the group determination 

procedure required by §63.1323 shall not apply.

§63.1316 PET and polystyrene affected sources—emissions control 

provisions.

(a) The owner or operator of an affected source producing 

PET using a continuous process shall comply with paragraph (b) 

of this section. The owner or operator of an affected source 
Page 106 of 388

producing polystyrene using a continuous process shall comply 

with paragraph (c) of this section. As specified in paragraphs 

(b) and (c) of this section, owners or operators shall comply 

with §63.1315 for certain continuous process vents and with 

§63.1321 for all batch process vents. The owner or operator of 

an affected source producing PET using a batch process or 

producing polystyrene using a batch process shall comply with 

§63.1315 for continuous process vents and with §63.1321 for 

batch process vents, instead of the provisions of §§63.1316 

through 63.1320.

(b) The owner or operator of an affected source producing 

PET using a continuous process shall comply with the 

requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this 

section, as appropriate, and are not required to comply with the 

requirements specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart DDD. 

Compliance can be based on either organic HAP or TOC.

(1) The owner or operator of an affected source producing 

PET using a continuous dimethyl terephthalate process shall 

comply with paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iv) of this 

section.

(i) The owner or operator of an existing affected source 

with organic HAP emissions greater than 0.12 kg organic HAP per 

Mg of product from continuous process vents in the collection of 

material recovery sections (i.e., methanol recovery) within the 
Page 107 of 388

affected source shall comply with either paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A), 

(b)(1)(i)(B), or (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section. Emissions from 

continuous process vents in the collection of material recovery 

sections within the affected source shall be determined by the 

procedures specified in §63.1318(b). The owner or operator of a 

new affected source shall comply with either paragraph 

(b)(1)(i)(A), (b)(1)(i)(B), or (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section.

(A) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents 

in each individual material recovery section shall, as a whole, 

be no greater than 0.018 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from 

the associated TPPU(s); or alternatively, organic HAP emissions 

from all continuous process vents in the collection of material 

recovery sections within the affected source shall, as a whole, 

be no greater than 0.018 kg organic HAP per Mg product from all 

associated TPPU(s);. During periods of startup or shutdown, as 

an alternative to using the procedures specified in 

§63.1318(b)(1), an owner or operator of an affected source or 

emission unit subject to an emission limit expressed as mass 

emissions per mass product may demonstrate compliance with the 

limit in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A)(1), (2), or (3) 

of this section.

(1) Keep records establishing that the raw material 

introduced and product discharged rates were both zero.
Page 108 of 388

(2) Divide the organic HAP emission rate during startup or 

shutdown by the rate of polymer produced from the most recent 

performance test associated with a production rate greater than 

zero according to §63.1318(b)(1). Keep records of this 

calculation.

(3) Keep records establishing that the operating parameters 

of the control device used to comply with the emission limit in 

paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of this section were maintained at the 

level established to meet the emission limit at maximum 

representative operating conditions.

(B) As specified in §63.1318(d), the owner or operator 

shall maintain the daily average outlet gas stream temperature 

from each final condenser in a material recovery section at a 

temperature of +3 °C (+37 °F) or less (i.e., colder); or

(C) Comply with paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section.

(ii) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process 

vents in the collection of polymerization reaction sections 

within the affected source by complying with either paragraph 

(b)(1)(ii)(A) or (b)(1)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents 

in each individual polymerization reaction section (including 

emissions from any equipment used to further recover ethylene 

glycol, but excluding emissions from process contact cooling 

towers) shall, as a whole, be no greater than 0.02 kg organic 
Page 109 of 388

HAP per Mg of product from the associated TPPU(s); or 

alternatively, organic HAP emissions from all continuous process 

vents in the collection of polymerization reaction sections 

within the affected source shall, as a whole, be no greater than 

0.02 kg organic HAP per Mg product from all associated TPPU(s); 

or. During periods of startup or shutdown, as an alternative to 

using the procedures specified in §63.1318(b)(1), an owner or 

operator of an affected source or emission unit subject to an 

emission limit expressed as mass emissions per mass product may 

demonstrate compliance with the limit in accordance with 

paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A)(1), (2), or (3) of this section.

(1) Keep records establishing that the raw material 

introduced and product discharged rates were both zero.

(2) Divide the organic HAP emission rate during startup or 

shutdown by the rate of polymer produced from the most recent 

performance test associated with a production rate greater than 

zero according to §63.1318(b)(1). Keep records of this 

calculation.

(3) Keep records establishing that the operating parameters 

of the control device used to comply with the emission limit in 

paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section were maintained at the 

level established to meet the emission limit at maximum 

representative operating conditions.

(B) Comply with paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section.
Page 110 of 388

(iii) Continuous process vents not included in a material 

recovery section, as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this 

section, and not included in a polymerization reaction section, 

as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, shall 

comply with §63.1315.

(iv) Batch process vents shall comply with §63.1321.

(v) Comply with one of the following:

(A) Reduce the emissions in a combustion device to achieve 

98 weight percent reduction or to achieve a concentration of 20 

parts per million by volume (ppmv) on a dry basis, whichever is 

less stringent. If an owner or operator elects to comply with 

the 20 ppmv standard, the concentration shall include a 

correction to 3 percent oxygen only when supplemental combustion 

air is used to combust the emissions;

(B) Combust the emissions in a boiler or process heater 

with a design heat input capacity of 150 million Btu/hr or 

greater by introducing the emissions into the flame zone of the 

boiler or process heater; or

(C) Combust the emissions in a flare that complies with the 

requirements of §63.1333(e).

(2) The owner or operator of an affected source producing 

PET using a continuous terephthalic acid process shall comply 

with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(iv) of this section.
Page 111 of 388

(i) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process 

vents in the collection of raw material preparation sections 

within the affected source by complying with either paragraph 

(b)(2)(i)(A) or (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section.

(A) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents 

associated with the esterification vessels in each individual 

raw materials preparation section shall, as a whole, be no 

greater than 0.04 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from the 

associated TPPU(s); or alternatively, organic HAP emissions from 

all continuous process vents associated with the esterification 

vessels in the collection of raw material preparation sections 

within the affected source shall, as a whole, be no greater than 

0.04 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from all associated 

TPPU(s). Other continuous process vents (i.e., those not 

associated with the esterification vessels) in the collection of 

raw materials preparation sections within the affected source 

shall comply with §63.1315; or. During periods of startup or 

shutdown, as an alternative to using the procedures specified in 

§63.1318(b)(1), an owner or operator of an affected source or 

emission unit subject to an emission limit expressed as mass 

emissions per mass product may demonstrate compliance with the 

limit in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A)(1), (2), or (3) 

of this section.
Page 112 of 388

(1) Keep records establishing that the raw material 

introduced and product discharged rates were both zero.

(2) Divide the organic HAP emission rate during startup or 

shutdown by the rate of polymer produced from the most recent 

performance test associated with a production rate greater than 

zero according to §63.1318(b)(1). Keep records of this 

calculation.

(3) Keep records establishing that the operating parameters 

of the control device used to comply with the emission limit in 

paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section were maintained at the 

level established to meet the emission limit at maximum 

representative operating conditions.

(B) Comply with paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section.

(ii) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process 

vents in the collection of polymerization reaction sections 

within the affected source by complying with either paragraph 

(b)(2)(ii)(A) or (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents 

in each individual polymerization reaction section (including 

emissions from any equipment used to further recover ethylene 

glycol, but excluding emissions from process contact cooling 

towers) shall, as a whole, be no greater than 0.02 kg organic 

HAP per Mg of product from the associated TPPU(s); or 

alternatively, organic HAP emissions from all continuous process 
Page 113 of 388

vents in the collection of polymerization reaction sections 

within the affected source shall, as a whole, be no greater than 

0.02 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from all associated 

TPPU(s); or. During periods of startup or shutdown, as an 

alternative to using the procedures specified in §63.1318(b)(1), 

an owner or operator of an affected source or emission unit 

subject to an emission limit expressed as mass emissions per 

mass product may demonstrate compliance with the limit in 

accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A)(1), (2), or (3) of this 

section.

(1) Keep records establishing that the raw material 

introduced and product discharged rates were both zero.

(2) Divide the organic HAP emission rate during startup or 

shutdown by the rate of polymer produced from the most recent 

performance test associated with a production rate greater than 

zero according to §63.1318(b)(1). Keep records of this 

calculation.

(3) Keep records establishing that the operating parameters 

of the control device used to comply with the emission limit in 

paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section were maintained at the 

level established to meet the emission limit at maximum 

representative operating conditions.

(B) Comply with paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section.
Page 114 of 388

(iii) Continuous process vents not included in a raw 

materials preparation section, as specified in paragraphs 

(b)(2)(i) of this section, and not included in a polymerization 

reaction section, as specified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this 

section, shall comply with §63.1315.

(iv) Batch process vents shall comply with §63.1321.

(v) Comply with one of the following:

(A) Reduce the emissions in a combustion device to achieve 

98 weight percent reduction or to achieve a concentration of 20 

parts per million by volume (ppmv) on a dry basis, whichever is 

less stringent. If an owner or operator elects to comply with 

the 20 ppmv standard, the concentration shall include a 

correction to 3 percent oxygen only when supplemental combustion 

air is used to combust the emissions;

(B) Combust the emissions in a boiler or process heater 

with a design heat input capacity of 150 million Btu/hr or 

greater by introducing the emissions into the flame zone of the 

boiler or process heater; or

(C) Combust the emissions in a flare that complies with the 

requirements of §63.1333(e).

(c) The owner or operator of an affected source producing 

polystyrene resin using a continuous process shall comply with 

the requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) 

of this section, as appropriate, instead of the requirements 
Page 115 of 388

specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart DDD. Compliance can be 

based on either organic HAP or TOC.

(1) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process 

vents in the collection of material recovery sections within the 

affected source by complying with either paragraph (c)(1)(i), 

(c)(1)(ii), or (c)(1)(iii) of this section.

(i) Organic HAP emissions from all continuous process vents 

in each individual material recovery section shall, as a whole, 

be no greater than 0.0036 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from 

the associated TPPU(s); or alternatively, organic HAP emissions 

from all continuous process vents in the collection of material 

recovery sections within the affected source shall, as a whole, 

be no greater than 0.0036 kg organic HAP per Mg of product from 

all associated TPPU(s);. During periods of startup or shutdown, 

as an alternative to using the procedures specified in 

§63.1318(b)(1), an owner or operator of an affected source or 

emission unit subject to an emission limit expressed as mass 

emissions per mass product may demonstrate compliance with the 

limit in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A), (B), or (C) of 

this section.

(A) Keep records establishing that the raw material 

introduced and product discharged rates were both zero.

(B) Divide the organic HAP emission rate during startup or 

shutdown by the rate of polymer produced from the most recent 
Page 116 of 388

performance test associated with a production rate greater than 

zero according to §63.1318(b)(1). Keep records of this 

calculation.

(C) Keep records establishing that the operating parameters 

of the control device used to comply with the emission limit in 

paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section were maintained at the level 

established to meet the emission limit at maximum representative 

operating conditions.

(ii) As specified in §63.1318(d), the owner or operator 

shall maintain the daily average outlet gas stream temperature 

from each final condenser in a material recovery section at a 

temperature of −25 °C (−13 °F) or less (i.e., colder); or

(iii) Comply with one of the following:

(A) Reduce the emissions in a combustion device to achieve 

98 weight percent reduction or to achieve a concentration of 20 

parts per million by volume (ppmv) on a dry basis, whichever is 

less stringent. If an owner or operator elects to comply with 

the 20 ppmv standard, the concentration shall include a 

correction to 3 percent oxygen only when supplemental combustion 

air is used to combust the emissions;

(B) Combust the emissions in a boiler or process heater 

with a design heat input capacity of 150 million Btu/hr or 

greater by introducing the emissions into the flame zone of the 

boiler or process heater; or
Page 117 of 388

(C) Combust the emissions in a flare that complies with the 

requirements of §63.1333(e).

(2) Limit organic HAP emissions from continuous process 

vents not included in a material recovery section, as specified 

in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, by complying with 

§63.1315.

(3) Batch process vents shall comply with §63.1321.

§63.1317 PET and polystyrene affected sources—monitoring 

provisions.

Continuous process vents using a control or recovery device 

to comply with §63.1316 shall comply with the applicable 

monitoring provisions specified for continuous process vents in 

§63.1315(a), except that references to group determinations 

(i.e., total resource effectiveness) do not apply and owners or 

operators are not required to comply with §63.113.

§63.1318 PET and polystyrene affected sources—testing and 

compliance demonstration provisions.

(a) Except as specified in paragraphs (b) through (d) of 

this section, continuous process vents using a control or 

recovery device to comply with §63.1316 shall comply with the 

applicable testing and compliance provisions for continuous 

process vents specified in §63.1315(a) except that, for purposes 

of this paragraph (a), references to group determinations (i.e., 
Page 118 of 388

total resource effectiveness) do not apply and owners or 

operators are not required to comply with §63.113.

(b) PET affected sources using a dimethyl terephthalate 

process—Applicability determination procedure. Owners or 

operators shall calculate organic HAP emissions from the 

collection of material recovery sections at an existing affected 

source producing PET using a continuous dimethyl terephthalate 

process to determine whether §63.1316(b)(1)(i) is applicable 

using the procedures specified in either paragraph (b)(1) or 

(b)(2) of this section.

(1) Use Equation 1 of this subpart to determine mass 

emissions per mass product as specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) 

and (b)(1)(ii) of this section. During periods of startup or 

shutdown, as an alternative to using Equation 1 of this subpart, 

the owner or operator may divide the emission rate of total 

organic HAP or TOC during startup or shutdown by the rate of 

polymer produced from the most recent performance test 

associated with a production rate greater than zero to determine 

compliance with the emission limit.

where:

ER = Emission rate of total organic HAP or TOC, kg/Mg 

product.
Page 119 of 388

Ei = Emission rate of total organic HAP or TOC in continuous 

process vent i, kg/hr.

Pp = The rate of polymer produced, kg/hr.

n = Number of continuous process vents in the collection of 

material recovery sections at the affected source.

0.001 = Conversion factor, kg to Mg.

(i) The mass emission rate for each continuous process 

vent, Ei, shall be determined according to the procedures 

specified in §63.116(c)(4). The sampling site for determining 

whether §63.1316(b)(1)(i) is applicable shall be at the outlet 

of the last recovery or control device. When the provisions of 

§63.116(c)(4) specify that Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A 

shall be used, Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 

A may be used for the purposes of this subpart. The use of 

Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall comply with 

paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) and (b)(1)(i)(B) of this section.

(A) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 

25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP 

representing the largest percent by volume of the emissions.

(B) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is 

acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas 

is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from 

the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the 

most sensitive scale.
Page 120 of 388

(ii) The rate of polymer produced, Pp (kg/hr), shall be 

determined by dividing the weight (kg) of polymer pulled from 

the process line during the performance test by the number of 

hours taken to perform the performance test. The weight of 

polymer pulled shall be determined by direct measurement or by 

an alternate methodology, such as materials balance. If an 

alternate methodology is used, a description of the methodology, 

including all procedures, data, and assumptions shall be 

submitted as part of the Notification of Compliance Status 

required by §63.1335(e)(5).

(2) Use engineering assessment, as described in 

§63.1323(b)(6)(i), to demonstrate that mass emissions per mass 

product are less than or equal to 0.07 kg organic HAP/Mg 

product. If engineering assessment shows that mass emissions per 

mass product are greater than 0.07 kg organic HAP/Mg product and 

the owner or operator wishes to demonstrate that mass emissions 

per mass product are less than the threshold emission rate of 

0.12 kg organic HAP/Mg product, the owner or operator shall use 

the procedures specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

(c) Compliance with mass emissions per mass product 

standards. Owners or operators complying with 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), and 

(c)(1)(i) shall demonstrate compliance with the mass emissions 

per mass product requirements using the procedures specified in 
Page 121 of 388

paragraph (b)(1) of this section. During periods of startup or 

shutdown, as an alternative to using the procedures specified in 

paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the owner or operator may 

divide the emission rate of total organic HAP or TOC during 

startup or shutdown by the rate of polymer produced from the 

most recent performance test associated with a production rate 

greater than zero to comply with the emission limit.

(d) Compliance with Temperature Limits for Final 

Condensers. Owners or operators complying with 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i)(B) or §63.1316(c)(1)(ii) shall demonstrate 

continuous compliance based on an average exit temperature 

determined for each operating day. Calculation of the daily 

average exit temperature shall follow the provisions of 

§63.1335(d)(3). The provisions of §63.1334(f) and (g) shall 

apply for the purposes of determining whether or not an owner or 

operator is to be deemed out of compliance for a given operating 

day.

§63.1319 PET and polystyrene affected sources—recordkeeping 

provisions.

(a) Except as specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 

section, owners or operators using a control or recovery device 

to comply with §63.1316 shall comply with the applicable 

recordkeeping provisions specified in §63.1315(a), except that, 

for the purposes of this paragraph (a), references to group 
Page 122 of 388

determinations (i.e., total resource effectiveness) do not 

apply, and owners or operators are not required to comply with 

§63.113.

(b) Records demonstrating compliance with the applicability 

determination procedure for PET affected sources using a 

dimethyl terephthalate process. Owners or operators complying 

with §63.1316(b)(1)(i) by demonstrating that mass emissions per 

mass product are less than or equal to the level specified in 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i) (i.e., 0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of product) 

shall keep the following records.

(1) Results of the mass emissions per mass product 

calculation specified in §63.1318(b).

(2) Records of any change in process operation that 

increases the mass emissions per mass product.

(c) Records demonstrating compliance with temperature 

Lflimits for final condensers. Owners or operators of continuous 

process vents complying with §63.1316(b)(1)(i)(B) or 

§63.1316(c)(1)(ii) shall keep records of the daily averages 

required by §63.1318, per the recordkeeping provisions specified 

in §63.1335(d).

§63.1320 PET and polystyrene affected sources—reporting 

provisions.

(a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, 

owners and operators using a control or recovery device to 
Page 123 of 388

comply with §63.1316 shall comply with the applicable reporting 

provisions specified in §63.1315(a), except that, for the 

purposes of this paragraph (a), references to group 

determinations (i.e., total resource effectiveness) do not 

apply, and owners or operators are not required to comply with 

§63.113.

(b) Reporting for PET Affected Sources Using a Dimethyl 

Terephthalate Process. Owners or operators complying with 

§63.1316 by demonstrating that mass emissions per mass product 

are less than or equal to the level specified in 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i) (i.e., 0.12 kg organic HAP per Mg of product) 

shall comply with paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this 

section.

(1) Include the information specified in §63.1319(b)(2) in 

each Periodic Report, required by §63.1335(e)(6), as 

appropriate.

(2) Include the information specified in §63.1319(b)(1) in 

the Notification of Compliance Status, required by 

§63.1335(e)(5).

(3) Whenever a process change, as defined in §63.115(e), is 

made that causes emissions from continuous process vents in the 

collection of material recovery sections (i.e., methanol 

recovery) within the affected source to be greater than 0.12 kg 

organic HAP per Mg of product, the owner or operator shall 
Page 124 of 388

submit a report within 180 days after the process change is made 

or the information regarding the process change is known to the 

owner or operator. This report may be included in the next 

Periodic Report. The report shall include the information 

specified in §63.1319(b)(1) and a description of the process 

change.

§63.1321 Batch process vents provisions.

(a) Batch process vents. Except as specified in paragraphs 

(b) through (d) of this section, owners and operators of new and 

existing affected sources with batch process vents shall comply 

with the requirements in §§63.1322 through 63.1327. The batch 

process vent group status shall be determined in accordance with 

§63.1323. Owners or operators of batch process vents classified 

as Group 1 shall comply with the reference control technology 

requirements for Group 1 batch process vents in §63.1322, the 

monitoring requirements in §63.1324, the performance test 

methods and procedures to determine compliance in §63.1325, the 

recordkeeping requirements in §63.1326, and the reporting 

requirements in §63.1327. Owners or operators of all Group 2 

batch process vents shall comply with the applicable reference 

control technology requirements in §63.1322, the applicable 

recordkeeping requirements in §63.1326, and the applicable 

reporting requirements in §63.1327.
Page 125 of 388

(b) New SAN batch affected sources. Owners and operators of 

new SAN affected sources using a batch process shall comply with 

the requirements of §63.1322 through §63.1327 for batch process 

vents and aggregate batch vent streams except as specified in 

paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(2) of this section. For continuous 

process vents, owners and operators shall comply with the 

requirements of §63.1322 through §63.1327 except as specified in 

paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(1) For batch process vents, the determination of group 

status (i.e., Group 1/Group 2) under §63.1323 is not required.

(2) For batch process vents and aggregate batch vent 

streams, the control requirements for individual batch process 

vents or aggregate batch vent streams (e.g., 90 percent emission 

reduction) as specified in §63.1322(a)(1), (a)(2), (b)(1), and 

(b)(2) shall not apply.

(3) Continuous process vents using a control or recovery 

device to comply with §63.1322(a)(3) are subject to the 

applicable requirements in §63.1315(a), as appropriate, except 

as specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (b)(3)(ii) of this 

section.

(i) Said continuous process vents are not subject to the 

group determination procedures of §63.115 for the purposes of 

this subpart.
Page 126 of 388

(ii) Said continuous process vents are not subject to the 

reference control technology provisions of §63.113 for the 

purposes of this subpart.

(c) Aggregate batch vent streams. Aggregate batch vent 

streams, as defined in §63.1312, are subject to the control 

requirements specified in §63.1322(b), as well as the 

monitoring, testing, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements 

specified in §§63.1324 through 63.1327 for aggregate batch vent 

streams.

(d) Owners and operators of affected sources producing 

ASA/AMSAN shall comply with the provisions of §63.1315(e).

§63.1322 Batch process vents—reference control technology.

(a) Batch process vents. The owner or operator of a Group 1 

batch process vent, as determined using the procedures in 

§63.1323, shall comply with the requirements of either paragraph 

(a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, except as provided for in 

paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Compliance may be based on 

either organic HAP or TOC.

(1) For each batch process vent, reduce organic HAP 

emissions using a flare.

(i) The owner or operator shall comply with the 

requirements of §63.1333(e) for the flare.

(ii) Halogenated batch process vents, as defined in 

§63.1312, shall not be vented to a flare.
Page 127 of 388

(2) For each batch process vent, reduce organic HAP 

emissions for the batch cycle by 90 weight percent using a 

control device. Owners or operators may achieve compliance with 

this paragraph (a)(2) through the control of selected batch 

emission episodes or the control of portions of selected batch 

emission episodes. Documentation demonstrating how the 90 weight 

percent emission reduction is achieved is required by 

§63.1325(c)(2).

(3) The owner or operator of a new affected source 

producing SAN using a batch process shall reduce organic HAP 

emissions from the collection of batch process vents, aggregate 

batch vent streams, and continuous process vents by 84 weight 

percent. Compliance with this paragraph (a)(3) shall be 

demonstrated using the procedures specified in §63.1333(c).

(b) Aggregate batch vent streams. The owner or operator of 

an aggregate batch vent stream that contains one or more Group 1 

batch process vents shall comply with the requirements of either 

paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, except as provided 

for in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Compliance may be based 

on either organic HAP or TOC.

(1) For each aggregate batch vent stream, reduce organic 

HAP emissions using a flare.

(i) The owner or operator shall comply with the 

requirements of §63.1333(e) for the flare.
Page 128 of 388

(ii) Halogenated aggregate batch vent streams, as defined 

in §63.1312, shall not be vented to a flare.

(2) For each aggregate batch vent stream, reduce organic 

HAP emissions by 90 weight percent or to a concentration of 20 

parts per million by volume, whichever is less stringent, on a 

continuous basis using a control device. For purposes of 

complying with the 20 parts per million by volume outlet 

concentration standard, the outlet concentration shall be 

calculated on a dry basis. When a combustion device is used for 

purposes of complying with the 20 parts per million by volume 

outlet concentration standard, the concentration shall be 

corrected to 3 percent oxygen if supplemental combustion air is 

used to combust the emissions. If supplemental combustion air is 

not used, a correction to 3 percent oxygen is not required.

(3) The owner or operator of a new affected source 

producing SAN using a batch process shall comply with paragraph 

(a)(3) of this section.

(c) Halogenated emissions. Halogenated Group 1 batch 

process vents, halogenated aggregate batch vent streams, and 

halogenated continuous process vents that are combusted as part 

of complying with paragraph (a)(2), (a)(3), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of 

this section, as appropriate, shall be controlled according to 

either paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section.
Page 129 of 388

(1) If a combustion device is used to comply with paragraph 

(a)(2), (a)(3), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section for a 

halogenated batch process vent, halogenated aggregate batch vent 

stream, or halogenated continuous process vent, said emissions 

exiting the combustion device shall be ducted to a halogen 

reduction device that reduces overall emissions of hydrogen 

halides and halogens by at least 99 percent before discharge to 

the atmosphere.

(2) A halogen reduction device may be used to reduce the 

halogen atom mass emission rate of said emissions to less than 

3,750 kg/yr for batch process vents or aggregate batch vent 

streams and to less than 0.45 kilograms per hour for continuous 

process vents prior to venting to any combustion control device, 

and thus make the batch process vent, aggregate batch vent 

stream, or continuous process vent nonhalogenated. The 

nonhalogenated batch process vent, aggregate batch vent stream, 

or continuous process vent shall then comply with the 

requirements of either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, as 

appropriate.

(d) If a boiler or process heater is used to comply with 

the percent reduction requirement specified in paragraph (a)(2), 

(a)(3), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section, the batch process 

vent, aggregate batch vent stream, or continuous process vent 

shall be introduced into the flame zone of such a device.
Page 130 of 388

(e) Combination of batch process vents or aggregate batch 

vent streams with continuous process vents. If a batch process 

vent or aggregate batch vent stream is combined with a 

continuous process vent, the owner or operator shall determine 

whether the combined vent stream is subject to the provisions of 

§§63.1321 through 63.1327 according to paragraphs (e)(1) and 

(e)(2) of this section.

(1) A batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream 

combined with a continuous process vent is not subject to the 

provisions of §§63.1321 through 63.1327, if the requirements in 

paragraph (e)(1)(i) and in either paragraph (e)(1)(ii) or 

(e)(1)(iii) are met.

(i) The only emissions to the atmosphere from the batch 

process vent or aggregate batch vent stream prior to being 

combined with the continuous process vent are from equipment 

subject to §63.1331.

(ii) The batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream 

is combined with a Group 1 continuous process vent prior to the 

combined vent stream being routed to a control device. In this 

paragraph (e)(1)(ii), the definition of control device as it 

relates to continuous process vents shall be used. Furthermore, 

the combined vent stream discussed in this paragraph (e)(1)(ii) 

shall be subject to §63.1315(a)(13)(i).
Page 131 of 388

(iii) The batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream 

is combined with a continuous process vent prior to being routed 

to a recovery device. In this paragraph (e)(1)(iii), the 

definition of recovery device as it relates to continuous 

process vents shall be used. Furthermore, the combined vent 

stream discussed in this paragraph (e)(1)(iii) shall be subject 

to §63.1315(a)(13)(ii).

(2) If the batch process vent or aggregate batch vent 

stream is combined with a Group 2 continuous process vent, the 

group status of the batch process vent shall be determined prior 

to its combination with the Group 2 continuous process vent, in 

accordance with §63.1323, and the combined vent stream shall be 

subject to the requirements for aggregate batch vent streams in 

§§63.1321 through 63.1327.

(f) Group 2 batch process vents with annual emissions 

greater than or equal to the level specified in §63.1323(d). The 

owner or operator of a Group 2 batch process vent with annual 

emissions greater than or equal to the level specified in 

§63.1323(d) shall comply with the provisions of paragraph 

(f)(1), (f)(2), or (h) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator of an affected source shall 

comply with the requirements in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through 

(f)(1)(iv) of this section.
Page 132 of 388

(i) The owner or operator shall establish a batch mass 

input limitation that ensures the Group 2 batch process vent 

does not become a Group 1 batch process vent.

(ii) Over the course of the affected source's “year,” as 

reported in the Notification of Compliance Status in accordance 

with §63.1335(e)(5)(viii), the owner or operator shall not 

charge a mass of HAP or material to the batch unit operation 

that is greater than the level established as the batch mass 

input limitation.

(iii) The owner or operator shall comply with the 

recordkeeping requirements in §63.1326(d)(2), and the reporting 

requirements in §63.1327(a)(3), (b), and (c).

(iv) The owner or operator shall comply with §63.1323(i) 

when process changes are made.

(2) Comply with the requirements of this subpart for Group 

1 batch process vents.

(g) Group 2 batch process vents with annual emissions less 

than the level specified in §63.1323(d). The owner or operator 

of a Group 2 batch process vent with annual emissions less than 

the level specified in §63.1323(d) shall comply with paragraphs 

(g)(1), (g)(2), (g)(3), or (g)(4) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator of the affected source shall 

comply with the requirements in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through 

(g)(1)(iv) of this section.
Page 133 of 388

(i) The owner or operator shall establish a batch mass 

input limitation that ensures emissions do not exceed the level 

specified in §63.1323(d).

(ii) Over the course of the affected source's “year,” as 

reported in the Notification of Compliance Status in accordance 

with §63.1335(e)(5)(viii), the owner or operator shall not 

charge a mass of HAP or material to the batch unit operation 

that is greater than the level established as the batch mass 

input limitation.

(iii) The owner or operator shall comply with the 

recordkeeping requirements in §63.1326(d)(1), and the reporting 

requirements in §63.1327(a)(2), (b), and (c).

(iv) The owner or operator of the affected source shall 

comply with §63.1323(i) when process changes are made.

(2) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of 

this section;

(3) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (f)(2) of 

this section; or

(4) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this 

section.

(h) Owners or operators of Group 2 batch process vents are 

not required to establish a batch mass input limitation if the 

batch process vent is Group 2 at the conditions specified in 

paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this section and if the owner or 
Page 134 of 388

operator complies with the recordkeeping provisions in 

§§63.1326(a)(1) through (3), 63.1326(a)(9), and 63.1326(a)(4) 

through (6) as applicable, and the reporting requirements in 

§63.1327(a)(5), (a)(6), and (b).

(1) Emissions for the single highest-HAP recipe 

(considering all products that are produced in the batch unit 

operation) are used in the group determination; and

(2) The group determination assumes that the batch unit 

operation is operating at the maximum design capacity of the 

TPPU for 12 months.

§63.1323 Batch process vents—methods and procedures for group 

determination.

(a) General requirements. Except as provided in paragraph 

(a)(3) of this section and in §63.1321(b)(1), the owner or 

operator of batch process vents at affected sources shall 

determine the group status of each batch process vent in 

accordance with the provisions of this section. This 

determination may be based on either organic HAP or TOC 

emissions.

(1) The procedures specified in paragraphs (b) through (g) 

of this section shall be followed to determine the group status 

of each batch process vent. This determination shall be made in 

accordance with either paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii) of this 

section.
Page 135 of 388

(i) An owner or operator may choose to determine the group 

status of a batch process vent based on the expected mix of 

products. For each product, emission characteristics of the 

single highest-HAP recipe, as defined in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) 

of this section, for that product shall be used in the 

procedures in paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section.

(ii) An owner or operator may choose to determine the group 

status of a batch process vent based on annualized production of 

the single highest-HAP recipe, as defined in paragraph 

(a)(1)(iii) of this section, considering all products produced 

or processed in the batch unit operation. The annualized 

production of the highest-HAP recipe shall be based exclusively 

on the production of the single highest-HAP recipe of all 

products produced or processed in the batch unit operation for a 

12 month period. The production level used may be the actual 

production rate. It is not necessary to assume a maximum 

production rate (i.e., 8,760 hours per year at maximum design 

production).

(iii) The single highest-HAP recipe for a product means the 

recipe of the product with the highest total mass of HAP charged 

to the reactor during the production of a single batch of 

product.

(2) The annual uncontrolled organic HAP or TOC emissions 

and annual average batch vent flow rate shall be determined at 
Page 136 of 388

the exit from the batch unit operation. For the purposes of 

these determinations, the primary condenser operating as a 

reflux condenser on a reactor or distillation column, the 

primary condenser recovering monomer, reaction products, byproducts, or solvent from a stripper operated in batch mode, and 

the primary condenser recovering monomer, reaction products, byproducts, or solvent from a distillation operation operated in 

batch mode shall be considered part of the batch unit operation. 

All other devices that recover or oxidize organic HAP or TOC 

vapors shall be considered control devices as defined in 

§63.1312.

(3) The owner or operator of a batch process vent complying 

with the flare provisions in §63.1322(a)(1) or §63.1322(b)(1) or 

routing the batch process vent to a control device to comply 

with the requirements in §63.1322(a)(2) or §63.1322(b)(2) is not 

required to perform the batch process vent group determination 

described in this section, but shall comply with all 

requirements applicable to Group 1 batch process vents for said 

batch process vent.

(b) Determination of annual emissions. The owner or 

operator shall calculate annual uncontrolled TOC or organic HAP 

emissions for each batch process vent using the methods 

described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(8) of this section. 

To estimate emissions from a batch emissions episode, owners or 
Page 137 of 388

operators may use either the emissions estimation equations in 

paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section, or direct 

measurement as specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this section. 

Engineering assessment may be used to estimate emissions from a 

batch emission episode only under the conditions described in 

paragraph (b)(6) of this section. In using the emissions 

estimation equations in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this 

section, individual component vapor pressure and molecular 

weight may be obtained from standard references. Methods to 

determine individual HAP partial pressures in multicomponent 

systems are described in paragraph (b)(9) of this section. Other 

variables in the emissions estimation equations may be obtained 

through direct measurement, as defined in paragraph (b)(5) of 

this section, through engineering assessment, as defined in 

paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section, by process knowledge, or 

by any other appropriate means. Assumptions used in determining 

these variables must be documented. Once emissions for the batch 

emission episode have been determined using either the emissions 

estimation equations, direct measurement, or engineering 

assessment, emissions from a batch cycle shall be calculated in 

accordance with paragraph (b)(7) of this section, and annual 

emissions from the batch process vent shall be calculated in 

accordance with paragraph (b)(8) of this section.
Page 138 of 388

(1) TOC or organic HAP emissions from the purging of an 

empty vessel shall be calculated using Equation 2 of this 

subpart. Equation 2 of this subpart does not take into account 

evaporation of any residual liquid in the vessel.

Where:

Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.

Vves = Volume of vessel, m3.

P = TOC or total organic HAP partial pressure, kPa.

MWwavg = Weighted average molecular weight of TOC or organic 

HAP in vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph 

(b)(4)(i)(D) of this section, kg/kmol.

R = Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m

3·kPa/kmol·K.

T = Temperature of vessel vapor space, K.

m = Number of volumes of purge gas used.

(2) TOC or organic HAP emissions from the purging of a 

filled vessel shall be calculated using Equation 3 of this 

subpart.

Where:

Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.
Page 139 of 388

y = Saturated mole fraction of all TOC or organic HAP in 

vapor phase.

Vdr = Volumetric gas displacement rate, m3/min.

P = Pressure in vessel vapor space, kPa.

MWwavg = Weighted average molecular weight of TOC or organic 

HAP in vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph 

(b)(4)(i)(D) of this section, kg/kmol.

R = Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3·kPa/kmol·K.

T = Temperature of vessel vapor space, K.

Pi = Vapor pressure of TOC or individual organic HAP i, kPa.

xi = Mole fraction of TOC or organic HAP i in the liquid.

n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not 

applicable if TOC emissions are being estimated.

Tm = Minutes/episode.

(3) Emissions from vapor displacement due to transfer of 

material into or out of a vessel shall be calculated using 

Equation 4 of this subpart.

where:

Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.

y = Saturated mole fraction of all TOC or organic HAP in 

vapor phase.

V = Volume of gas displaced from the vessel, m3.
Page 140 of 388

P = Pressure in vessel vapor space, kPa.

MWwavg = Weighted average molecular weight of TOC or organic 

HAP in vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph 

(b)(4)(i)(D) of this section, kg/kmol.

R = Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3•kPa/kmol•K.

T = Temperature of vessel vapor space, K.

(4) Emissions caused by the heating of a vessel shall be 

calculated using the procedures in either paragraphs (b)(4)(i), 

(b)(4)(ii), or (b)(4)(iii) of this section, as appropriate.

(i) If the final temperature to which the vessel contents 

is heated is lower than 50 K below the boiling point of the HAP 

in the vessel, then emissions shall be calculated using the 

equations in paragraphs (b)(4)(i)(A) through (b)(4)(i)(D) of 

this section.

(A) Emissions caused by heating of a vessel shall be 

calculated using Equation 5 of this subpart. The assumptions 

made for this calculation are atmospheric pressure of 760 

millimeters of mercury (mm Hg) and the displaced gas is always 

saturated with volatile organic compounds (VOC) vapor in 

equilibrium with the liquid mixture.
Page 141 of 388

Where:

Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.

(Pi)T1, (Pi)T2 = Partial pressure (kPa) of TOC or each 

organic HAP i in the vessel headspace at initial (T1) and final 

(T2) temperature.

n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not 

applicable if TOC emissions are being estimated.

•η = Number of kilogram-moles (kg-moles) of gas displaced, 

determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(i)(B) of this 

section.

101.325 = Constant, kPa.

(MWWAVG,T1), (MWWAVG,T2) = Weighted average molecular weight of 

TOC or total organic HAP in the displaced gas stream, determined 

in accordance with paragraph (b)(4)(i)(D) of this section, 

kg/kmol.

(B) The moles of gas displaced, •η, is calculated using 

Equation 6 of this subpart.
Page 142 of 388

Where:

•η = Number of kg-moles of gas displaced.

Vfs = Volume of free space in the vessel, m3.

R = Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3·kPa/kmol·K.

Pa1 = Initial noncondensible gas partial pressure in the 

vessel, kPa.

Pa2 = Final noncondensible gas partial pressure, kPa.

T1 = Initial temperature of vessel, K.

T2 = Final temperature of vessel, K.

(C) The initial and final pressure of the noncondensible 

gas in the vessel shall be calculated using Equation 7 of this 

subpart.

Where:

Pa = Initial or final partial pressure of noncondensible 

gas in the vessel headspace, kPa.

101.325 = Constant, kPa.

(Pi)T = Partial pressure of TOC or each organic HAP i in the 

vessel headspace, kPa, at the initial or final temperature (T1 

or T2).

n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not 

applicable if TOC emissions are being estimated.
Page 143 of 388

(D) The weighted average molecular weight of TOC or organic 

HAP in the displaced gas, MWwavg, shall be calculated using 

Equation 8 of this subpart.

where:

C = TOC or organic HAP component

n = Number of TOC or organic HAP components in stream.

(ii) If the vessel contents are heated to a temperature 

greater than 50 K below the boiling point, then emissions from 

the heating of a vessel shall be calculated as the sum of the 

emissions calculated in accordance with paragraphs (b)(4)(ii)(A) 

and (b)(4)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) For the interval from the initial temperature to the 

temperature 50 K below the boiling point, emissions shall be 

calculated using Equation 5 of this subpart, where T2 is the 

temperature 50 K below the boiling point.

(B) For the interval from the temperature 50 K below the 

boiling point to the final temperature, emissions shall be 

calculated as the summation of emissions for each 5 K increment, 

where the emissions for each increment shall be calculated using 

Equation 5 of this subpart.
Page 144 of 388

(1) If the final temperature of the heatup is at or lower 

than 5 K below the boiling point, the final temperature for the 

last increment shall be the final temperature for the heatup, 

even if the last increment is less than 5 K.

(2) If the final temperature of the heatup is higher than 5 

K below the boiling point, the final temperature for the last 

increment shall be the temperature 5 K below the boiling point, 

even if the last increment is less than 5 K.

(3) If the vessel contents are heated to the boiling point 

and the vessel is not operating with a condenser, the final 

temperature for the final increment shall be the temperature 5 K 

below the boiling point, even if the last increment is less than 

5 K.

(iii) If the vessel is operating with a condenser, and the 

vessel contents are heated to the boiling point, the primary 

condenser, as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, is 

considered part of the process. Emissions shall be calculated as 

the sum of emissions calculated using Equation 5 of this 

subpart, which calculates emissions due to heating the vessel 

contents to the temperature of the gas existing the condenser, 

and emissions calculated using Equation 4 of this subpart, which 

calculates emissions due to the displacement of the remaining 

saturated noncondensible gas in the vessel. The final 

temperature in Equation 5 of this subpart shall be set equal to 
Page 145 of 388

the exit gas temperature of the condenser. Equation 4 of this 

subpart shall be used as written below in Equation 4a of this 

subpart, using free space volume, and T is set equal to the 

condenser exit gas temperature.

where:

Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.

y = Saturated mole fraction of all TOC or organic HAP in 

vapor phase.

Vfs = Volume of the free space in the vessel, m3.

P = Pressure in vessel vapor space, kPa.

MWwavg = Weighted average molecular weight of TOC or organic 

HAP in vapor, determined in accordance with paragraph 

(b)(4)(i)(D) of this section, kg/kmol.

R = Ideal gas constant, 8.314 m3•kPa/kmol•K.

T = Temperature of condenser exit stream, K.

(5) The owner or operator may estimate annual emissions for 

a batch emission episode by direct measurement. If direct 

measurement is used, the owner or operator shall either perform 

a test for the duration of a representative batch emission 

episode or perform a test during only those periods of the batch 

emission episode for which the emission rate for the entire 

episode can be determined or for which the emissions are greater 
Page 146 of 388

than the average emission rate of the batch emission episode. 

The owner or operator choosing either of these options shall 

develop an emission profile for the entire batch emission 

episode, based on either process knowledge or test data 

collected, to demonstrate that test periods are representative. 

Examples of information that could constitute process knowledge 

include calculations based on material balances and process 

stoichiometry. Previous test results may be used provided the 

results are still relevant to the current batch process vent 

conditions. Performance tests shall follow the procedures 

specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (b)(5)(iii) of this 

section. The procedures in either paragraph (b)(5)(iv) or 

(b)(5)(v) of this section shall be used to calculate the 

emissions per batch emission episode.

(i) Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A as 

appropriate, shall be used for selection of the sampling sites 

if the flow measuring device is a pitot tube. No traverse is 

necessary when Method 2A or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is 

used to determine gas stream volumetric flow rate.

(ii) Annual average batch vent flow rate shall be 

determined as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.

(iii) Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 

shall be used to determine the concentration of TOC or organic 

HAP, as appropriate. Alternatively, any other method or data 
Page 147 of 388

that has been validated according to the applicable procedures 

in Method 301 of appendix A of this part may be used. The use of 

Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall conform with the 

requirements in paragraphs (b)(5)(iii)(A) and (b)(5)(iii)(B) of 

this section.

(A) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 

25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP 

representing the largest percent by volume of the emissions.

(B) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is 

acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas 

is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from 

the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the 

most sensitive scale.

(iv) If an integrated sample is taken over the entire batch 

emission episode to determine the average batch vent 

concentration of TOC or total organic HAP, emissions shall be 

calculated using Equation 9 of this subpart.

Where:

Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.

K = Constant, 2.494 × 10−6 (ppmv)−1 (gm-mole/scm) (kg/gm) 

(min/hr), where standard temperature is 20 °C.
Page 148 of 388

Cj = Average batch vent concentration of TOC or sample 

organic HAP component j of the gas stream, dry basis, ppmv.

Mj = Molecular weight of TOC or sample organic HAP component 

j of the gas stream, gm/gm-mole.

AFR = Average batch vent flow rate of gas stream, dry 

basis, scmm.

Th = Hours/episode

n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not 

applicable if TOC emissions are being estimated using a TOC 

concentration measured using Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A.

(v) If grab samples are taken to determine the average 

batch vent concentration of TOC or total organic HAP, emissions 

shall be calculated according to paragraphs (b)(5)(v)(A) and 

(b)(5)(v)(B) of this section.

(A) For each measurement point, the emission rate shall be 

calculated using Equation 10 of this subpart.

Where:

Epoint = Emission rate for individual measurement point, 

kg/hr.

K = Constant, 2.494 × 10−6 (ppmv)−1 (gm-mole/scm) (kg/gm) 

(min/hr), where standard temperature is 20 °C.
Page 149 of 388

Cj = Concentration of TOC or sample organic HAP component j 

of the gas stream, dry basis, ppmv.

Mj = Molecular weight of TOC or sample organic HAP component 

j of the gas stream, gm/gm-mole.

FR = Flow rate of gas stream for the measurement point, dry 

basis, scmm.

n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation not 

applicable if TOC emissions are being estimated using a TOC 

concentration measured using Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A.

(B) The emissions per batch emission episode shall be 

calculated using Equation 11 of this subpart.

where:

Eepisode = Emissions, kg/episode.

DUR = Duration of the batch emission episode, hr/episode.

Ei = Emissions for measurement point i, kg/hr.

n = Number of measurements.

(6) Engineering assessment may be used to estimate 

emissions from a batch emission episode, if the criteria in 

paragraph (b)(6)(i) are met. Data or other information used to 

demonstrate that the criteria in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this 

section have been met shall be reported as specified in 
Page 150 of 388

paragraph (b)(6)(iii) of this section. Paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of 

this section defines engineering assessment, for the purposes of 

estimating emissions from a batch emissions episode. All data, 

assumptions, and procedures used in an engineering assessment 

shall be documented.

(i) If the criteria specified in paragraph (b)(6)(i)(A), 

(B), or (C) are met for a specific batch emission episode, the 

owner or operator may use engineering assessment, as described 

in paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section, to estimate emissions 

from that batch emission episode, and the owner or operator is 

not required to use the emissions estimation equations described 

in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section to estimate 

emissions from that batch emission episode.

(A) Previous test data, where the measurement of organic 

HAP or TOC emissions was an outcome of the test, show a greater 

than 20 percent discrepancy between the test value and the value 

estimated using the applicable equations in paragraphs (b)(1) 

through (b)(4) of this section. Paragraphs (b)(6)(i)(A)(1) and 

(2) of this section describe test data that will be acceptable 

under this paragraph (b)(6)(i)(A).

(1) Test data for the batch emission episode obtained 

during production of the product for which the demonstration is 

being made.
Page 151 of 388

(2) Test data obtained for a batch emission episode from 

another process train, where the test data were obtained during 

production of the product for which the demonstration is being 

made. Test data from another process train may be used only if 

the owner or operator can demonstrate that the data are 

representative of the batch emission episode for which the 

demonstration is being made, taking into account the nature, 

size, operating conditions, production rate, and sequence of 

process steps (e.g., reaction, distillation, etc.) of the 

equipment in the other process train.

(B) Previous test data obtained during the production of 

the product for which the demonstration is being made, for the 

batch emission episode with the highest organic HAP emissions on 

a mass basis, show a greater than 20 percent discrepancy between 

the test value and the value estimated using the applicable 

equations in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section. 

If the criteria in this paragraph (b)(6)(i)(B) are met, then 

engineering assessment may be used for all batch emission 

episodes associated with that batch cycle for the batch unit 

operation.

(C) The owner or operator has requested and been granted 

approval to use engineering assessment to estimate emissions 

from a batch emissions episode. The request to use engineering 

assessment to estimate emissions from a batch emissions episode 
Page 152 of 388

shall contain sufficient information and data to demonstrate to 

the Administrator that engineering assessment is an accurate 

means of estimating emissions for that particular batch 

emissions episode. The request to use engineering assessment to 

estimate emissions for a batch emissions episode shall be 

submitted in the Precompliance Report required under 

§63.1335(e)(3).

(ii) Engineering assessment includes, but is not limited 

to, the following:

(A) Previous test results, provided the tests are 

representative of current operating practices;

(B) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data obtained under 

conditions representative of current process operating 

conditions;

(C) Flow rate, TOC emission rate, or organic HAP emission 

rate specified or implied within a permit limit applicable to 

the batch process vent; and

(D) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 

principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or 

chemical laws or properties. Examples of analytical methods 

include, but are not limited to:

(1) Use of material balances;

(2) Estimation of flow rate based on physical equipment 

design such as pump or blower capacities;
Page 153 of 388

(3) Estimation of TOC or organic HAP concentrations based 

on saturation conditions; and

(4) Estimation of TOC or organic HAP concentrations based 

on grab samples of the liquid or vapor.

(iii) Data or other information used to demonstrate that 

the criteria in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section have been 

met shall be reported as specified in paragraphs (b)(6)(iii)(A) 

and (b)(6)(iii)(B) of this section.

(A) Data or other information used to demonstrate that the 

criteria in paragraph (b)(6)(i)(A) or (b)(6)(i)(B) of this 

section have been met shall be reported in the Notification of 

Compliance Status, as required in §63.1327(a)(6).

(B) The request for approval to use engineering assessment 

to estimate emissions from a batch emissions episode as allowed 

under paragraph (b)(6)(i)(C) of this section, and sufficient 

data or other information for demonstrating to the Administrator 

that engineering assessment is an accurate means of estimating 

emissions for that particular batch emissions episode shall be 

submitted with the Precompliance Report, as required in 

§63.1335(e)(3).

(7) For each batch process vent, the TOC or organic HAP 

emissions associated with a single batch cycle shall be 

calculated using Equation 12 of this subpart.
Page 154 of 388

Where:

Ecycle = Emissions for an individual batch cycle, kg/batch 

cycle

Eepisode,i = Emissions from batch emission episode i, 

kg/episode

n = Number of batch emission episodes for the batch cycle

(8) Annual TOC or organic HAP emissions from a batch 

process vent shall be calculated using Equation 13 of this 

subpart.

where:

AE = Annual emissions from a batch process vent, kg/yr.

Ni = Number of type i batch cycles performed annually, 

cycles/year

Ecycle,i = Emissions from the batch process vent associated 

with a single type i batch cycle, as determined in paragraph 

(b)(7) of this section, kg/batch cycle

n = Number of different types of batch cycles that cause 

the emission of TOC or organic HAP from the batch process vent

(9) Individual HAP partial pressures in multicomponent 

systems shall be determined using the appropriate method 
Page 155 of 388

specified in paragraphs (b)(9)(i) through (b)(9)(iii) of this 

section.

(i) If the components are miscible, use Raoult's law to 

calculate the partial pressures;

(ii) If the solution is a dilute aqueous mixture, use 

Henry's law constants to calculate partial pressures;

(iii) If Raoult's law or Henry's law are not appropriate or 

available, the owner or operator may use any of the options in 

paragraphs (b)(9)(iii)(A), (B), or (C) of this section.

(A) Experimentally obtained activity coefficients, Henry's 

law constants, or solubility data;

(B) Models, such as group-contribution models, to predict 

activity coefficients; or

(C) Assume the components of the system behave 

independently and use the summation of all vapor pressures from 

the HAPs as the total HAP partial pressure.

(c) [Reserved]

(d) Minimum emission level exemption. A batch process vent 

with annual emissions of TOC or organic HAP less than 11,800 

kg/yr is considered a Group 2 batch process vent and the owner 

or operator of said batch process vent shall comply with the 

requirements in §63.1322(f) or (g). Annual emissions of TOC or 

organic HAP are determined at the exit of the batch unit 

operation, as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and 
Page 156 of 388

are determined as specified in paragraph (b) of this section. 

The owner or operator of said batch process vent is not required 

to comply with the provisions in paragraphs (e) through (g) of 

this section.

(e) Determination of average batch vent flow rate and 

annual average batch vent flow rate. The owner or operator shall 

determine the average batch vent flow rate for each batch 

emission episode in accordance with one of the procedures 

provided in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(2) of this section. 

The annual average batch vent flow rate for a batch process vent 

shall be calculated as specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this 

section.

(1) Determination of the average batch vent flow rate for a 

batch emission episode by direct measurement shall be made using 

the procedures specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through 

(e)(1)(iii) of this section.

(i) The volumetric flow rate (FRi) for a batch emission 

episode, in standard cubic meters per minute (scmm) at 20 °C, 

shall be determined using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D, 40 CFR part 

60, appendix A, as appropriate.

(ii) The volumetric flow rate of a representative batch 

emission episode shall be measured every 15 minutes.

(iii) The average batch vent flow rate for a batch emission 

episode shall be calculated using Equation 14 of this subpart.
Page 157 of 388

Where:

AFRepisode = Average batch vent flow rate for the batch 

emission episode, scmm.

FRi = Flow rate for individual measurement i, scmm.

n = Number of flow rate measurements taken during the batch 

emission episode.

(2) The average batch vent flow rate for a batch emission 

episode may be determined by engineering assessment, as defined 

in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section. All data, assumptions, 

and procedures used shall be documented.

(3) The annual average batch vent flow rate for a batch 

process vent shall be calculated using Equation 15 of this 

subpart.

Where:

AFR = Annual average batch vent flow rate for the batch 

process vent, scmm.

DURi = Duration of type i batch emission episodes annually, 

hrs/yr.
Page 158 of 388

AFRepisode,i = Average batch vent flow rate for type i batch 

emission episode, scmm.

n = Number of types of batch emission episodes venting from 

the batch process vent.

(f) Determination of cutoff flow rate. For each batch 

process vent, the owner or operator shall calculate the cutoff 

flow rate using Equation 16 of this subpart.

CFR = (0.00437) (AE) − 51.6 [Eq. 16]

where:

CFR = Cutoff flow rate, scmm.

AE = Annual TOC or organic HAP emissions, as determined in 

paragraph (b)(8) of this section, kg/yr.

(g) Group 1/Group 2 status determination. The owner or 

operator shall compare the cutoff flow rate, calculated in 

accordance with paragraph (f) of this section, with the annual 

average batch vent flow rate, determined in accordance with 

paragraph (e)(3) of this section. The group determination status 

for each batch process vent shall be made using the criteria 

specified in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section.

(1) If the cutoff flow rate is greater than or equal to the 

annual average batch vent flow rate of the stream, the batch 

process vent is classified as a Group 1 batch process vent.
Page 159 of 388

(2) If the cutoff flow rate is less than the annual average 

batch vent flow rate of the stream, the batch process vent is 

classified as a Group 2 batch process vent.

(h) Determination of halogenation status. To determine 

whether a batch process vent or an aggregate batch vent stream 

is halogenated, the annual mass emission rate of halogen atoms 

contained in organic compounds shall be calculated using the 

procedures specified in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(3) of this 

section.

(1) The concentration of each organic compound containing 

halogen atoms (ppmv, by compound) for each batch emission 

episode shall be determined after the last recovery device (if 

any recovery devices are present), based on any one of the 

following procedures:

(i) Process knowledge that no halogens or hydrogen halides 

are present in the process may be used to demonstrate that a 

batch emission episode is nonhalogenated. Halogens or hydrogen 

halides that are unintentionally introduced into the process 

shall not be considered in making a finding that a batch 

emission episode is nonhalogenated.

(ii) Engineering assessment as discussed in paragraph 

(b)(6)(i) of this section.
Page 160 of 388

(iii) Average concentration of organic compounds containing 

halogens and hydrogen halides as measured by Method 26 or 26A, 

40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

(iv) Any other method or data that has been validated 

according to the applicable procedures in Method 301 of appendix 

A of this part.

(2) The annual mass emissions of halogen atoms for a batch 

process vent shall be calculated using Equation 17 of this 

subpart.

Where:

Ehalogen = Mass of halogen atoms, dry basis, kg/yr.

K = Constant, 0.022 (ppmv)−1 (kg-mole per scm) (minute/yr), 

where standard temperature is 20 °C.

AFR = Annual average batch vent flow rate of the batch 

process vent, determined according to paragraph (e) of this 

section, scmm.

Mj,i = Molecular weight of halogen atom i in compound j, 

kg/kg-mole.

Lj,i = Number of atoms of halogen i in compound j.

n = Number of halogenated compounds j in the batch process 

vent.
Page 161 of 388

m = Number of different halogens i in each compound j of 

the batch process vent.

Cavg,j = Annual average batch vent concentration of 

halogenated compound j in the batch process vent as determined 

by using Equation 18 of this subpart, dry basis, ppmv.

Where:

DURi = Duration of type i batch emission episodes annually, 

hrs/yr.

Ci = Average batch vent concentration of halogenated 

compound j in type i batch emission episode, ppmv.

n = Number of types of batch emission episodes venting from 

the batch process vent.

(3) The annual mass emissions of halogen atoms for an 

aggregate batch vent stream shall be the sum of the annual mass 

emissions of halogen atoms for all batch process vents included 

in the aggregate batch vent stream.

(i) Process changes affecting Group 2 batch process vents. 

Whenever process changes, as described in paragraph (i)(1) of 

this section, are made that affect one or more Group 2 batch 

process vents and that could reasonably be expected to change 

one or more Group 2 batch process vents to Group 1 batch process 
Page 162 of 388

vents or that could reasonably be expected to reduce the batch 

mass input limitation for one or more Group 2 batch process 

vents, the owner or operator shall comply with paragraphs (i)(2) 

and (3) of this section.

(1) Examples of process changes include the changes listed 

in paragraphs (i)(1)(i), (i)(1)(ii), and (i)(1)(iii) of this 

section.

(i) For all batch process vents, examples of process 

changes include, but are not limited to, changes in feedstock 

type or catalyst type; or whenever there is replacement, 

removal, or modification of recovery equipment considered part 

of the batch unit operation as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of 

this section; or increases in production capacity or production 

rate. For purposes of this paragraph (i), process changes do not 

include: Process upsets; unintentional, temporary process 

changes; and changes that are within the margin of variation on 

which the original group determination was based.

(ii) For Group 2 batch process vents where the group 

determination and batch mass input limitation are based on the 

expected mix of products, the situations described in paragraphs 

(i)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section shall be considered to be 

process changes.

(A) The production of combinations of products not 

considered in establishing the batch mass input limitation.
Page 163 of 388

(B) The production of a recipe of a product with a total 

mass of HAP charged to the reactor during the production of a 

single batch of product that is higher than the total mass of 

HAP for the recipe used as the single highest-HAP recipe for 

that product in the batch mass input limitation determination.

(iii) For Group 2 batch process vents where the group 

determination and batch mass input limitation are based on the 

single highest-HAP recipe (considering all products produced or 

processed in the batch unit operation), the production of a 

recipe having a total mass of HAP charged to the reactor (during 

the production of a single batch of product) that is higher than 

the total mass of HAP for the highest-HAP recipe used in the 

batch mass input limitation determination shall be considered to 

be a process change.

(2) For each batch process vent affected by a process 

change, the owner or operator shall redetermine the group status 

by repeating the procedures specified in paragraphs (b) through 

(g) of this section, as applicable; alternatively, engineering 

assessment, as described in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section, 

may be used to determine the effects of the process change.

(3) Based on the results from paragraph (i)(2) of this 

section, owners or operators of affected sources shall comply 

with either paragraph (i)(3)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
Page 164 of 388

(i) If the group redetermination described in paragraph 

(i)(2) of this section indicates that a Group 2 batch process 

vent has become a Group 1 batch process vent as a result of the 

process change, the owner or operator shall submit a report as 

specified in §63.1327(b) and shall comply with the Group 1 

provisions in §§63.1322 through 63.1327 in accordance with 

§63.1310(i)(2)(ii) or (i)(2)(iii), as applicable.

(ii) If the redetermination described in paragraph (i)(2) 

of this section indicates that a Group 2 batch process vent with 

annual emissions less than the level specified in paragraph (d) 

of this section, that is in compliance with §63.1322(g), now has 

annual emissions greater than or equal to the level specified in 

paragraph (d) of this section but remains a Group 2 batch 

process vent, the owner or operator shall comply with the 

provisions in paragraphs (i)(3)(ii)(A) through (C) of this 

section.

(A) Redetermine the batch mass input limitation;

(B) Submit a report as specified in §63.1327(c); and

(C) Comply with §63.1322(f), beginning with the year 

following the submittal of the report submitted according to 

paragraph (i)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.

(iii) If the group redetermination described in paragraph 

(i)(2) of this section indicates no change in group status or no 

change in the relation of annual emissions to the levels 
Page 165 of 388

specified in paragraph (d) of this section, the owner or 

operator shall comply with paragraphs (i)(3)(iii)(A) and 

(i)(3)(iii)(B) of this section.

(A) The owner or operator shall redetermine the batch mass 

input limitation; and

(B) The owner or operator shall submit the new batch mass 

input limitation in accordance with §63.1327(c).

(j) Process changes to new SAN affected sources using a 

batch process. Whenever process changes, as described in 

paragraph (j)(1) of this section, are made to a new affected 

source producing SAN using a batch process that could reasonably 

be expected to adversely impact the compliance status (i.e., 

achievement of 84 percent emission reduction) of the affected 

source, the owner or operator shall comply with paragraphs 

(j)(2) and (3) of this section.

(1) Examples of process changes include, but are not 

limited to, changes in production capacity, production rate, 

feedstock type, or catalyst type; replacement, removal, or 

addition of recovery equipment considered part of a batch unit 

operation, as specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section; 

replacement, removal, or addition of control equipment 

associated with a continuous or batch process vent or an 

aggregate batch vent stream. For purposes of this paragraph 
Page 166 of 388

(j)(1), process changes do not include process upsets or 

unintentional, temporary process changes.

(2) The owner or operator shall redetermine the percent 

emission reduction achieved using the procedures specified in 

§63.1333(c). If engineering assessment, as described in 

paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section, can demonstrate that the 

process change did not cause the percent emission reduction to 

decrease, it may be used in lieu of redetermining the percent 

reduction using the procedures specified in §63.1333(c).

(3) Where the redetermined percent reduction is less than 

84 percent, the owner or operator of the affected source shall 

submit a report as specified in §63.1327(d) and shall comply 

with §63.1322(a)(3) and all associated provisions in accordance 

with §63.1310(i).

§63.1324 Batch process vents—monitoring equipment.

(a) General requirements. Each owner or operator of a batch 

process vent or aggregate batch vent stream that uses a control 

device to comply with the requirements in §63.1322(a) or 

§63.1322(b), shall install the monitoring equipment specified in 

paragraph (c) of this section. All monitoring equipment shall be 

installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated according to 

manufacturer's specifications or other written procedures that 

provide adequate assurance that the equipment would reasonably 

be expected to monitor accurately.
Page 167 of 388

(1) This monitoring equipment shall be in operation at all 

times when batch emission episodes, or portions thereof, that 

the owner or operator has selected to control are vented to the 

control device, or at all times when an aggregate batch vent 

stream is vented to the control device.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the owner 

or operator shall operate control devices such that the daily 

average of monitored parameters, established as specified in 

paragraph (f) of this section, remains above the minimum level 

or below the maximum level, as appropriate.

(b) Continuous process vents. Each owner or operator of a 

continuous process vent that uses a control device or recovery 

device to comply with the requirements in §63.1322(a)(3) shall 

comply with the applicable requirements of §63.1315(a) as 

specified in §63.1321(b).

(c) Batch process vent and aggregate batch vent stream 

monitoring equipment. The monitoring equipment specified in 

paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(8) of this section shall be 

installed as specified in paragraph (a) of this section. The 

parameters to be monitored are specified in Table 7 of this 

subpart.

(1) Where an incinerator is used, a temperature monitoring 

device equipped with a continuous recorder is required.
Page 168 of 388

(i) Where an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator 

is used, the temperature monitoring device shall be installed in 

the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the 

firebox in a position before any substantial heat exchange 

occurs.

(ii) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, temperature 

monitoring devices shall be installed in the gas stream 

immediately before and after the catalyst bed.

(2) Where a flare is used, a device (including but not 

limited to a thermocouple, ultra-violet beam sensor, or infrared 

sensor) capable of continuously detecting the presence of a 

pilot flame is required.

(3) Where a boiler or process heater of less than 44 

megawatts design heat input capacity is used, a temperature 

monitoring device in the firebox equipped with a continuous 

recorder is required. Any boiler or process heater in which all 

batch process vents or aggregate batch vent streams are 

introduced with the primary fuel or are used as the primary fuel 

is exempt from this requirement.

(4) Where a scrubber is used with an incinerator, boiler, 

or process heater in concert with the combustion of halogenated 

batch process vents or halogenated aggregate batch vent streams, 

the following monitoring equipment is required for the scrubber.
Page 169 of 388

(i) A pH monitoring device equipped with a continuous 

recorder to monitor the pH of the scrubber effluent.

(ii) A flow measurement device equipped with a continuous 

recorder shall be located at the scrubber influent for liquid 

flow. Gas stream flow shall be determined using one of the 

procedures specified in paragraphs (c)(4)(ii)(A) through 

(c)(4)(ii)(C) of this section.

(A) The owner or operator may determine gas stream flow 

using the design blower capacity, with appropriate adjustments 

for pressure drop.

(B) If the scrubber is subject to regulations in 40 CFR 

parts 264 through 266 that have required a determination of the 

liquid to gas (L/G) ratio prior to the applicable compliance 

date for this subpart, the owner or operator may determine gas 

stream flow by the method that had been utilized to comply with 

those regulations. A determination that was conducted prior to 

the compliance date for this subpart may be utilized to comply 

with this subpart if it is still representative.

(C) The owner or operator may prepare and implement a gas 

stream flow determination plan that documents an appropriate 

method which will be used to determine the gas stream flow. The 

plan shall require determination of gas stream flow by a method 

which will at least provide a value for either a representative 

or the highest gas stream flow anticipated in the scrubber 
Page 170 of 388

during representative operating conditions other than start-ups, 

shutdowns, or malfunctions. The plan shall include a description 

of the methodology to be followed and an explanation of how the 

selected methodology will reliably determine the gas stream 

flow, and a description of the records that will be maintained 

to document the determination of gas stream flow. The owner or 

operator shall maintain the plan as specified in §63.1335(a).

(5) Where an absorber is used, a scrubbing liquid 

temperature monitoring device and a specific gravity monitoring 

device are required, each equipped with a continuous recorder.

(6) Where a condenser is used, a condenser exit temperature 

(product side) monitoring device equipped with a continuous 

recorder is required.

(7) Where a carbon adsorber is used, an integrating 

regeneration steam flow or nitrogen flow, or pressure monitoring 

device having an accuracy of ±10 percent of the flow rate, 

level, or pressure, or better, capable of recording the total 

regeneration steam flow or nitrogen flow, or pressure (gauge or 

absolute) for each regeneration cycle; and a carbon bed 

temperature monitoring device, capable of recording the carbon 

bed temperature after each regeneration and within 15 minutes of 

completing any cooling cycle are required.
Page 171 of 388

(8) As an alternate to paragraphs (c)(5) through (c)(7) of 

this section, the owner or operator may install an organic 

monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder.

(d) Alternative monitoring parameters. An owner or operator 

of a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream may 

request approval to monitor parameters other than those required 

by paragraph (c) of this section. The request shall be submitted 

according to the procedures specified in §63.1327(f) and 

§63.1335(f). Approval shall be requested if the owner or 

operator:

(1) Uses a control device other than those included in 

paragraph (c) of this section; or

(2) Uses one of the control devices included in paragraph 

(c) of this section, but seeks to monitor a parameter other than 

those specified in Table 7 of this subpart and paragraph (c) of 

this section.

(e) Monitoring of bypass lines. Owners or operators of a 

batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream using a vent 

system that contains bypass lines that could divert emissions 

away from a control device used to comply with §63.1322(a) or 

§63.1322(b) shall comply with either paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(2) 

of this section. Equipment such as low leg drains, high point 

bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended valves or lines, and pressure 
Page 172 of 388

relief valves needed for safety purposes are not subject to this 

paragraph (e).

(1) Properly install, maintain, and operate a flow 

indicator that takes a reading at least once every 15 minutes. 

Records shall be generated as specified in §63.1326(e)(3). The 

flow indicator shall be installed at the entrance to any bypass 

line that could divert emissions away from the control device 

and to the atmosphere; or

(2) Secure the bypass line damper or valve in the nondiverting position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type 

configuration. A visual inspection of the seal or closure 

mechanism shall be performed at least once every month to ensure 

that the damper or valve is maintained in the non-diverting 

position and emissions are not diverted through the bypass line. 

Records shall be generated as specified in §63.1326(e)(4).

(f) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels. Parameter 

monitoring levels for batch process vents and aggregate batch 

vent streams shall be established as specified in paragraphs 

(f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section. For continuous process 

vents complying with §63.1322(a)(3), parameter monitoring levels 

shall be established as specified in §63.1315(a), except as 

specified in paragraph (f)(4) of this section.

(1) For each parameter monitored under paragraph (c) or (d) 

of this section, the owner or operator shall establish a level, 
Page 173 of 388

defined as either a maximum or minimum operating parameter as 

denoted in Table 8 of this subpart, that indicates proper 

operation of the control device. The level shall be established 

in accordance with the procedures specified in §63.1334. The 

level may be based upon a prior performance test conducted for 

determining compliance with a regulation promulgated by EPA, and 

the owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 

test under §63.1325, provided that the prior performance test 

meets the conditions of §63.1325(b)(3).

(i) For batch process vents using a control device to 

comply with §63.1322(a)(2), the established level shall reflect 

the control efficiency established as part of the initial 

compliance demonstration specified in §63.1325(c)(2).

(ii) For aggregate batch vent streams using a control 

device to comply with §63.1322(b)(2), the established level 

shall reflect the emission reduction requirement of either 90 

percent or 20 ppmv specified in §63.1322(b)(2).

(iii) For batch process vents and aggregate batch vent 

streams using a control device to comply with §63.1322(a)(3), 

the established level shall reflect the control efficiency 

established as part of the initial compliance demonstration 

specified in §63.1325(f)(4).

(2) The established level, along with supporting 

documentation, shall be submitted in the Notification of 
Page 174 of 388

Compliance Status or the operating permit application as 

required in §63.1335(e)(5) or §63.1335(e)(8), respectively.

(3) The operating day shall be defined as part of 

establishing the parameter monitoring level and shall be 

submitted with the information in paragraph (f)(2) of this 

section. The definition of operating day shall specify the 

time(s) at which an operating day begins and ends. The operating 

day shall not exceed 24 hours.

(4) For continuous process vents using a control or 

recovery device to comply with §63.1322(a)(3), the established 

level shall reflect the control efficiency established as part 

of the initial compliance demonstration specified in 

§63.1325(f)(4).

§63.1325 Batch process vents—performance test methods and 

procedures to determine compliance.

(a) Use of a flare. When a flare is used to comply with 

§63.1322(a)(1), §63.1322(a)(3), §63.1322(b)(1), or 

§63.1322(b)(3), the owner or operator of an affected source 

shall comply with §63.1333(e).

(b) Exceptions to performance tests. An owner or operator 

is not required to conduct a performance test when a control 

device specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this 

section is used to comply with §63.1322(a)(2) or (a)(3).
Page 175 of 388

(1) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input 

capacity of 44 megawatts or greater.

(2) A boiler or process heater where the vent stream is 

introduced with the primary fuel or is used as the primary fuel.

(3) A control device for which a performance test was 

conducted for determining compliance with a regulation 

promulgated by the EPA and the test was conducted using the same 

Methods specified in this section and either no deliberate 

process changes have been made since the test, or the owner or 

operator can demonstrate that the results of the performance 

test, with or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate 

compliance despite process changes. Recovery devices used for 

controlling emissions from continuous process vents complying 

with §63.1322(a)(3) are also eligible for the exemption 

described in this paragraph (b)(3).

(4) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for 

which the owner or operator:

(i) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 

and complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart 

H; or

(ii) Has certified compliance with the interim status 

requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.

(5) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or 

operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 
Page 176 of 388

and complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart 

O, or has certified compliance with the interim status 

requirements of 40 CFR part 265, subpart O.

(c) Batch process vent testing and procedures for 

compliance with §63.1322(a)(2). Except as provided in paragraph 

(a) or (b) of this section, an owner or operator using a control 

device to comply with §63.1322(a)(2) shall conduct a performance 

test using the procedures specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this 

section in order to determine the control efficiency of the 

control device. An owner or operator shall determine the percent 

reduction for the batch cycle using the control efficiency of 

the control device as specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through 

(c)(2)(iii) of this section and the procedures specified in 

paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Compliance may be based on 

either total organic HAP or TOC. For purposes of this paragraph 

(c), the term “batch emission episode” shall have the meaning 

“period of the batch emission episode selected for control,” 

which may be the entire batch emission episode or may only be a 

portion of the batch emission episode.

(1) Performance tests shall be conducted as specified in 

paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (c)(1)(v) of this section.

(i) Except as specified in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this 

section, a test shall be performed for the entire period of each 

batch emission episode in the batch cycle that the owner or 
Page 177 of 388

operator selects to control as part of achieving the required 90 

percent emission reduction for the batch cycle specified in 

§63.1322(a)(2). Only one test is required for each batch 

emission episode selected by the owner or operator for control. 

The owner or operator shall follow the procedures listed in 

paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(B) through (c)(1)(i)(D) of this section.

(A) Alternatively, an owner or operator may choose to test 

only those periods of the batch emission episode during which 

the emission rate for the entire episode can be determined or 

during which the emissions are greater than the average emission 

rate of the batch emission episode. The owner or operator 

choosing either of these options shall develop an emission 

profile for the entire batch emission episode, based on either 

process knowledge or test data collected, to demonstrate that 

test periods are representative. Examples of information that 

could constitute process knowledge include calculations based on 

material balances and process stoichiometry. Previous test 

results may be used provided the results are still relevant to 

the current batch process vent conditions.

(B) Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as 

appropriate, shall be used for selection of the sampling sites 

if the flow measuring device is a pitot tube, except that 

references to particulate matter in Method 1A do not apply for 

the purposes of this subpart. No traverse is necessary when 
Page 178 of 388

Method 2A or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used to determine 

gas stream volumetric flow rate. Inlet sampling sites shall be 

located as specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(B)(1) and 

(c)(1)(i)(B)(2) of this section. Outlet sampling sites shall be 

located at the outlet of the control device prior to release to 

the atmosphere.

(1) The control device inlet sampling site shall be located 

at the exit from the batch unit operation before any control 

device. §63.1323(a)(2) describes those recovery devices 

considered part of the unit operation. Inlet sampling sites 

would be after these specified recovery devices.

(2) If a batch process vent is introduced with the 

combustion air or as a secondary fuel into a boiler or process 

heater with a design capacity less than 44 megawatts, selection 

of the location of the inlet sampling sites shall ensure the 

measurement of total organic HAP or TOC (minus methane and 

ethane) concentrations in all batch process vents and primary 

and secondary fuels introduced into the boiler or process 

heater.

(C) Gas stream volumetric flow rate and/or average batch 

vent flow rate shall be determined as specified in §63.1323(e).

(D) Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A 

shall be used to determine the concentration of organic HAP or 

TOC, as appropriate. Alternatively, any other method or data 
Page 179 of 388

that has been validated according to the applicable procedures 

in Method 301 of appendix A of this part may be used. The use of 

Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall conform with the 

requirements in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(D)(1) and (c)(1)(i)(D)(2) 

of this section.

(1) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 

25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP 

representing the largest percent by volume of the emissions.

(2) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is 

acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas 

is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from 

the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the 

most sensitive scale.

(ii) If an integrated sample is taken over the entire test 

period to determine average batch vent concentration of TOC or 

total organic HAP, emissions per batch emission episode shall be 

calculated using Equations 19 and 20 of this subpart.

Where:

Eepisode = Inlet or outlet emissions, kg/episode.
Page 180 of 388

K = Constant, 2.494×10−6 (ppmv)−1 (gm-mole/scm) (kg/gm) 

(min/hr), where standard temperature is 20 °C.

Cj = Average inlet or outlet concentration of TOC or sample 

organic HAP component j of the gas stream for the batch emission 

episode, dry basis, ppmv.

Mj = Molecular weight of TOC or sample organic HAP component 

j of the gas stream, gm/gm-mole.

AFR = Average inlet or outlet flow rate of gas stream for 

the batch emission episode, dry basis, scmm.

Th = Hours/episode.

n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation is not 

applicable if TOC emissions are being estimated using a TOC 

concentration measured using Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A.

(iii) If grab samples are taken to determine average batch 

vent concentration of TOC or total organic HAP, emissions shall 

be calculated according to paragraphs (c)(1)(iii)(A) and (B) of 

this section.

(A) For each measurement point, the emission rates shall be 

calculated using Equations 21 and 22 of this subpart.
Page 181 of 388

Where:

Epoint = Inlet or outlet emission rate for the measurement 

point, kg/hr.

K = Constant, 2.494 × 10−6 (ppmv)−1 (gm-mole/scm) (kg/gm) 

(min/hr), where standard temperature is 20 °C.

Cj = Inlet or outlet concentration of TOC or sample organic 

HAP component j of the gas stream, dry basis, ppmv.

Mj = Molecular weight of TOC or sample organic HAP component 

j of the gas stream, gm/gm-mole.

FR = Inlet or outlet flow rate of gas stream for the 

measurement point, dry basis, scmm.

n = Number of organic HAP in stream. Note: Summation is not 

applicable if TOC emissions are being estimated using a TOC 

concentration measured using Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A.

(B) The emissions per batch emission episode shall be 

calculated using Equations 23 and 24 of this subpart.
Page 182 of 388

where:

Eepisode = Inlet or outlet emissions, kg/episode.

DUR = Duration of the batch emission episode, hr/episode.

Epoint,i = Inlet or outlet emissions for measurement point i, 

kg/hr.

n = Number of measurements.

(iv) The control efficiency for the control device shall be 

calculated using Equation 25 of this subpart.

where:

R = Control efficiency of control device, percent.

Einlet = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP for batch 

emission episode i at the inlet to the control device as 

calculated under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) or (c)(1)(iii) of this 

section, kg/hr.

Eoutlet = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP for batch 

emission episode i at the outlet of the control device, as 

calculated under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) or (c)(1)(iii) of this 

section, kg/hr.
Page 183 of 388

n = Number of batch emission episodes in the batch cycle 

selected to be controlled.

(v) If the batch process vent entering a boiler or process

heater with a design capacity less than 44 megawatts is 

introduced with the combustion air or as a secondary fuel, the 

weight-percent reduction of total organic HAP or TOC across the 

device shall be determined by comparing the TOC or total organic 

HAP in all combusted batch process vents and primary and 

secondary fuels with the TOC or total organic HAP, respectively, 

exiting the combustion device.

(2) The percent reduction for the batch cycle shall be 

determined using Equation 26 of this subpart and the control 

device efficiencies specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through 

(c)(2)(iii) of this section. All information used to calculate 

the batch cycle percent reduction, including a definition of the 

batch cycle identifying all batch emission episodes, shall be 

recorded as specified in §63.1326(b)(2). This information shall 

include identification of those batch emission episodes, or 

portions thereof, selected for control.

Where:

PR = Percent reduction
Page 184 of 388

Eunc = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP for 

uncontrolled batch emission episode i, kg/hr.

Einlet,con = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP for 

controlled batch emission episode i at the inlet to the control 

device, kg/hr.

R = Control efficiency of control device as specified in 

paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section.

n = Number of uncontrolled batch emission episodes, 

controlled batch emission episodes, and control devices. The 

value of n is not necessarily the same for these three items.

(i) If a performance test is required by paragraph (c) of 

this section, the control efficiency of the control device shall 

be as determined in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section.

(ii) If a performance test is not required by paragraph (c) 

of this section for a combustion control device, as specified in 

paragraph (b) of this section, the control efficiency shall be 

98 percent. The control efficiency for a flare shall be 98 

percent.

(iii) If a performance test is not required by paragraph 

(c) of this section for a noncombustion control device, the 

control efficiency shall be determined by the owner or operator 

based on engineering assessment.

(d) Batch process vent and aggregate batch vent stream 

testing for compliance with §63.1322(c) [halogenated emission 
Page 185 of 388

streams]. An owner or operator controlling halogenated emissions 

in compliance with §63.1322(c) shall conduct a performance test 

to determine compliance with the control efficiency specified in 

§63.1322(c)(1) or the emission limit specified in §63.1322(c)(2) 

for hydrogen halides and halogens.

(1) Sampling sites shall be located at the inlet and outlet 

of the scrubber or other halogen reduction device used to reduce 

halogen emissions in complying with §63.1322(c)(1) or at the 

outlet of the halogen reduction device used to reduce halogen 

emissions in complying with §63.1322(c)(2).

(2) The mass emissions of each hydrogen halide and halogen 

compound for the batch cycle or aggregate batch vent stream 

shall be calculated from the measured concentrations and the gas 

stream flow rate(s) determined by the procedures specified in 

paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii) of this section except as 

specified in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.

(i) Method 26 or Method 26A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 

shall be used to determine the concentration, in Mg per dry scm, 

of total hydrogen halides and halogens present in the emissions 

stream.

(ii) Gas stream volumetric flow rate and/or average batch 

vent flow rate shall be determined as specified in §63.1323(e).

(3) To determine compliance with the percent reduction 

specified in §63.1322(c)(1), the mass emissions for any hydrogen 
Page 186 of 388

halides and halogens present at the inlet of the scrubber or 

other halogen reduction device shall be summed together. The 

mass emissions of any hydrogen halides or halogens present at 

the outlet of the scrubber or other halogen reduction device 

shall be summed together. Percent reduction shall be determined 

by subtracting the outlet mass emissions from the inlet mass 

emissions and then dividing the result by the inlet mass 

emissions and multiplying by 100.

(4) To determine compliance with the emission limit 

specified in §63.1322(c)(2), the annual mass emissions for any 

hydrogen halides and halogens present at the outlet of the 

halogen reduction device and prior to any combustion device 

shall be summed together and compared to the emission limit 

specified in §63.1322(c)(2).

(5) The owner or operator may use any other method to 

demonstrate compliance if the method or data has been validated 

according to the applicable procedures of Method 301 of appendix 

A of this part.

(e) Aggregate batch vent stream testing for compliance with 

§63.1322(b)(2) or (b)(3). Except as specified in paragraphs 

(e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section, owners or operators of 

aggregate batch vent streams complying with §63.1322(b)(2) or 

(b)(3) shall conduct a performance test using the performance 

testing procedures for continuous process vents in §63.116(c).
Page 187 of 388

(1) For purposes of this subpart, when the provisions of 

§63.116(c) specify that Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 

shall be used, Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 

A, may be used. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix 

A, shall conform with the requirements in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) 

and (e)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 

25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP 

representing the largest percent by volume of the emissions.

(ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is 

acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas 

is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from 

the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the 

most sensitive scale.

(2) When §63.116(c)(4) refers to complying with an emission 

reduction of 98 percent, for purposes of this subpart, the 90 

percent reduction requirement specified in §63.1322(b)(2) shall 

apply.

(3) When a combustion device is used to comply with the 20 

parts per million by volume outlet concentration standard 

specified in §63.1322(b)(2), the correction to 3 percent oxygen 

specified in the performance testing procedures of §63.116(c)(3) 

and §63.116(c)(3)(iii) is only required when supplemental 
Page 188 of 388

combustion air is used to combust the emissions, for the 

purposes of this subpart.

(f) Compliance with §63.1322(a)(3) [new SAN batch affected 

sources]. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, 

an owner or operator using a control or recovery device to 

comply with the percent reduction requirement in §63.1322(a)(3) 

shall conduct performance tests as specified in either paragraph 

(f)(1), (f)(2), or (f)(3) of this section, as applicable. 

Compliance with §63.1322(a)(3) shall be determined as specified 

in paragraph (f)(4) of this section.

(1) For batch process vents, performance tests shall be 

conducted using the procedures specified in paragraph (c) of 

this section, except that the owner or operator is not required 

to determine the percent reduction for the batch cycle as 

specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(2) For continuous process vents, performance tests shall 

be conducted as required by the applicable requirements of 

§63.1315(a) as specified in §63.1321(b).

(3) For aggregate batch vent streams, performance tests 

shall be conducted as specified in paragraph (e) of this 

section.

(4) Compliance with the percent reduction requirement of 

§63.1322(a)(3) shall be demonstrated using the procedures 

specified in §63.1333(c) and the control device efficiencies 
Page 189 of 388

specified in either paragraph (f)(4)(i) or (f)(4)(ii) of this 

section. Emissions for uncontrolled continuous process vents and 

aggregate batch vent streams shall be determined based on the 

direct measurement procedures specified in paragraph (f)(2) and 

(f)(3) of this section, respectively, or based on engineering 

assessment, as specified in §63.1323(b)(6)(i). At the discretion 

of the owner or operator, emissions for uncontrolled batch 

process vents shall be determined based on any of the procedures 

in §63.1323(b).

(i) For noncombustion devices, the control efficiency shall 

be as determined by the performance test required by paragraph 

(f)(1), (f)(2), or (f)(3) of this section. Alternatively, if a 

performance test is not required by paragraph (c) of this 

section, the control efficiency shall be determined by the owner 

or operator based on engineering assessment.

(ii) For combustion devices, the control efficiency shall 

be as determined by the performance test required by paragraph 

(f)(1), (f)(2), or (f)(3) of this section. Alternatively, if a 

performance test is not required, the control efficiency shall 

be 98 percent. The control efficiency for a flare shall be 98 

percent.

(g) Batch mass input limitation. The batch mass input 

limitation required by §63.1322(g)(1) shall be determined by the 

owner or operator such that annual emissions for the batch 
Page 190 of 388

process vent remain less than the level specified in 

§63.1323(d). The batch mass input limitation required by 

§63.1322(f)(1) shall be determined by the owner or operator such 

that annual emissions remain at a level that ensures that said 

batch process vent remains a Group 2 batch process vent, given 

the actual annual flow rate for said batch process vent 

determined according to the procedures specified in 

§63.1323(e)(3). The batch mass input limitation shall be 

determined using the same basis, as described in §63.1323(a)(1), 

used to make the group determination (i.e., expected mix of 

products or highest-HAP recipe.) The establishment of the batch 

mass input limitation is not dependent upon any past production 

or activity level.

(1) If the expected mix of products serves as the basis for 

the batch mass input limitation, the batch mass input limitation 

shall be determined based on any foreseeable combination of 

products that the owner or operator expects to manufacture.

(2) If the single highest-HAP recipe serves as the basis 

for the batch mass input limitation, the batch mass input 

limitation shall be determined based solely on the production of 

the single highest-HAP recipe, considering all products produced 

or processed in the batch unit operation.

§63.1326 Batch process vents—recordkeeping provisions.
Page 191 of 388

(a) Group determination records for batch process vents. 

Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(7) and (a)(8) of this 

section, each owner or operator of an affected source shall 

maintain the records specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through 

(a)(6) of this section for each batch process vent subject to 

the group determination procedures of §63.1323. Except for 

paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the records required by this 

paragraph (a) are restricted to the information developed and 

used to make the group determination under §§63.1323(b) through 

63.1323(g), as appropriate. If an owner or operator did not need 

to develop certain information (e.g., annual average batch vent 

flow rate) to determine the group status, this paragraph (a) 

does not require that additional information be developed. 

Paragraph (a)(9) of this section specifies the recordkeeping 

requirements for Group 2 batch process vents that are exempt 

from the batch mass input limitation provisions, as allowed 

under §63.1322(h).

(1) An identification of each unique product that has 

emissions from one or more batch emission episodes venting from 

the batch process vent, along with an identification of the 

single highest-HAP recipe for each product and the mass of HAP 

fed to the reactor for that recipe.

(2) A description of, and an emission estimate for, each 

batch emission episode, and the total emissions associated with 
Page 192 of 388

one batch cycle, as described in either paragraph (a)(2)(i) or 

(a)(2)(ii) of this section, as appropriate.

(i) If the group determination is based on the expected mix 

of products, records shall include the emission estimates for 

the single highest-HAP recipe of each unique product identified 

in paragraph (a)(1) of this section that was considered in 

making the group determination under §63.1323.

(ii) If the group determination is based on the single 

highest-HAP recipe (considering all products produced or 

processed in the batch unit operation), records shall include 

the emission estimates for the single highest-HAP recipe.

(3) Total annual uncontrolled TOC or organic HAP emissions, 

determined at the exit from the batch unit operation before any 

control device, determined in accordance with §63.1323(b).

(i) For Group 2 batch process vents, said emissions shall 

be determined at the batch mass input limitation.

(ii) For Group 1 batch process vents, said emissions shall 

be those used to determine the group status of the batch process 

vent.

(4) The annual average batch vent flow rate for the batch 

process vent, determined in accordance with §63.1323(e).

(5) The cutoff flow rate, determined in accordance with 

§63.1323(f).
Page 193 of 388

(6) The results of the batch process vent group 

determination, conducted in accordance with §63.1323(g).

(7) If a batch process vent is subject to §63.1322(a) or 

(b), none of the records in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of 

this section are required.

(8) If the total annual emissions from the batch process 

vent during the group determination are less than the 

appropriate level specified in §63.1323(d), only the records in 

paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section are required.

(9) For each Group 2 batch process vent that is exempt from 

the batch mass input limitation provisions because it meets the 

criteria of §63.1322(h), the records specified in paragraphs 

(a)(9)(i) and (ii) shall be maintained.

(i) Documentation of the maximum design capacity of the 

TPPU; and

(ii) The mass of HAP or material that can be charged 

annually to the batch unit operation at the maximum design 

capacity.

(b) Compliance demonstration records. Each owner or 

operator of a batch process vent or aggregate batch vent stream 

complying with §63.1322(a) or (b), shall keep the following 

records, as applicable, readily accessible:
Page 194 of 388

(1) The annual mass emissions of halogen atoms in the batch 

process vent or aggregate batch vent stream determined according 

to the procedures specified in §63.1323(h);

(2) If the owner or operator of a batch process vent has 

chosen to comply with §63.1322(a)(2), records documenting the 

batch cycle percent reduction as specified in §63.1325(c)(2); 

and

(3) When using a flare to comply with §63.1322 (a)(1), 

(a)(3), (b)(1), or (b)(3):

(i) The flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted or 

non-assisted);

(ii) All visible emission readings, heat content 

determinations, flow rate measurements, and exit velocity 

determinations made during the compliance determination required 

by §63.1333(e); and

(iii) Periods when all pilot flames were absent.

(4) The following information when using a control device 

to meet the percent reduction requirement specified in 

§63.1322(a)(2), (a)(3), (b)(2), or (b)(3):

(i) For an incinerator or non-combustion control device, 

the percent reduction of organic HAP or TOC achieved, as 

determined using the procedures specified in §63.1325(c) for 

batch process vents and §63.1325(e) for aggregate batch vent 

streams;
Page 195 of 388

(ii) For a boiler or process heater, a description of the 

location at which the vent stream is introduced into the boiler 

or process heater;

(iii) For a boiler or process heater with a design heat 

input capacity of less than 44 megawatts and where the vent 

stream is introduced with combustion air or used as a secondary 

fuel and is not mixed with the primary fuel, the percent 

reduction of organic HAP or TOC achieved, as determined using 

the procedures specified in §63.1325(c) for batch process vents 

and §63.1325(e) for aggregate batch vent streams; and

(iv) For a scrubber or other halogen reduction device 

following a combustion device to control halogenated batch 

process vents or halogenated aggregate batch vent streams, the 

percent reduction of total hydrogen halides and halogens as 

determined under §63.1325(d)(3) or the emission limit determined 

under §63.1325(d)(4).

(5) When complying with the 20 parts per million by volume 

outlet concentration standard specified in §63.1322(b)(2), 

records of the outlet concentration of organic HAP or TOC on a 

dry basis. If supplemental combustion air is used to combust the 

emissions, the outlet concentration shall be corrected to 3 

percent oxygen. If supplemental combustion air is not used, a 

correction to 3 percent oxygen is not required.
Page 196 of 388

(c) Establishment of parameter monitoring level records. 

For each parameter monitored according to §63.1324(c) and Table 

7 of this subpart, or for alternate parameters and/or parameters 

for alternate control devices monitored according to §63.1327(f) 

as allowed under §63.1324(d), maintain documentation showing the 

establishment of the level that indicates proper operation of 

the control device as required by §63.1324(f) for parameters 

specified in §63.1324(c) and as required by §63.1335(e) for 

alternate parameters. Said documentation shall include the 

parameter monitoring data used to establish the level.

(d) Group 2 batch process vent continuous compliance 

records. The owner or operator of a Group 2 batch process vent 

shall comply with either paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this 

section, as appropriate.

(1) The owner or operator of a Group 2 batch process vent 

that has chosen to comply with §63.1322(g) shall keep the 

following records readily accessible:

(i) Records designating the established batch mass input 

limitation required by §63.1322(g)(1) and specified in 

§63.1325(g).

(ii) Records specifying the mass of HAP or material charged 

to the batch unit operation.
Page 197 of 388

(2) The owner or operator of a Group 2 batch process vent 

that has chosen to comply with §63.1322(f) shall keep the 

following records readily accessible:

(i) Records designating the established batch mass input 

limitation required by §63.1322(f)(1) and specified in 

§63.1325(g).

(ii) Records specifying the mass of HAP or material charged 

to the batch unit operation.

(e) Controlled batch process vent continuous compliance 

records. Each owner or operator of a batch process vent that has 

chosen to use a control device to comply with §63.1322(a) shall 

keep the following records, as applicable, readily accessible:

(1) Continuous records of the equipment operating 

parameters specified to be monitored under §63.1324(c) as 

applicable, and listed in Table 7 of this subpart, or specified 

by the Administrator in accordance with §63.1327(f) as allowed 

under §63.1324(d). Said records shall be kept as specified under 

§63.1335(d), except as specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and 

(e)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) For flares, the records specified in Table 7 of this 

subpart shall be maintained in place of continuous records.

(ii) For carbon adsorbers, the records specified in Table 7 

of this subpart shall be maintained in place of batch cycle 

daily averages.
Page 198 of 388

(2) Records of the batch cycle daily average value of each 

continuously monitored parameter, except as provided in 

paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section, as calculated using the 

procedures specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (e)(2)(ii) of 

this section.

(i) The batch cycle daily average shall be calculated as 

the average of all parameter values measured for an operating 

day during those batch emission episodes, or portions thereof, 

in the batch cycle that the owner or operator has selected to 

control.

(ii) Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring 

system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (lowlevel) and high-level adjustments shall not be included in 

computing the batch cycle daily averages. In addition, 

monitoring data recorded during periods of non-operation of the 

TPPU (or specific portion thereof) resulting in cessation of 

organic HAP emissions, or periods of start-up, shutdown, or 

malfunction shall not be included in computing the batch cycle 

daily averages.

(iii) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter 

during an operating day are above the minimum or below the 

maximum level established in accordance with §63.1324(f), the 

owner or operator may record that all values were above the 

minimum or below the maximum level established rather than
Page 199 of 388

calculating and recording a batch cycle daily average for that 

operating day.

(3) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator for bypass 

lines specified in §63.1324(e)(1) was operating and whether a 

diversion was detected at any time during the hour. Also, 

records of the times of all periods when the vent is diverted 

from the control device or the flow indicator specified in 

§63.1324(e)(1) is not operating.

(4) Where a seal or closure mechanism is used to comply 

with §63.1324(e)(2), hourly records of whether a diversion was 

detected at any time are not required. The owner or operator 

shall record whether the monthly visual inspection of the seals 

or closure mechanisms has been done, and shall record the 

occurrence of all periods when the seal mechanism is broken, the 

bypass line damper or valve position has changed, or the key for 

a lock-and-key type configuration has been checked out, and 

records of any car-seal that has broken.

(5) Records specifying the times and duration of periods of 

monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 

zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments. In addition, 

records specifying any other periods of process or control 

device operation when monitors are not operating.

(f) Aggregate batch vent stream continuous compliance 

records. In addition to the records specified in paragraphs (b) 
Page 200 of 388

and (c) of this section, each owner or operator of an aggregate 

batch vent stream using a control device to comply with 

§63.1322(b)(1) or (b)(2) shall keep the following records 

readily accessible:

(1) Continuous records of the equipment operating 

parameters specified to be monitored under §63.1324(c) and 

listed in Table 7 of this subpart, as applicable, or specified 

by the Administrator in accordance with §63.1327(f), as allowed 

under §63.1324(d), with the exceptions listed in (f)(1)(i) and 

(f)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) For flares, the records specified in Table 7 of this 

subpart shall be maintained in place of continuous records.

(ii) For carbon adsorbers, the records specified in Table 7 

of this subpart shall be maintained in place of daily averages.

(2) Records of the daily average value of each continuously 

monitored parameter for each operating day determined according 

to the procedures specified in §63.1335(d).

(3) For demonstrating compliance with the monitoring of 

bypass lines as specified in §63.1324(e), records as specified 

in paragraphs (e)(3) or (e)(4) of this section, as appropriate.

(g) Documentation supporting the establishment of the batch 

mass input limitation shall include the information specified in 

paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(5) of this section, as 

appropriate.
Page 201 of 388

(1) Identification of whether the purpose of the batch mass 

input limitation is to comply with §63.1322(f)(1) or (g)(1).

(2) Identification of whether the batch mass input 

limitation is based on the single highest-HAP recipe 

(considering all products) or on the expected mix of products 

for the batch process vent as allowed under §63.1323(a)(1).

(3) Definition of the operating year, for the purposes of 

determining compliance with the batch mass input limitation.

(4) If the batch mass input limitation is based on the 

expected mix of products, the owner or operator shall provide 

documentation that describes as many scenarios for differing 

mixes of products (i.e., how many of each type of product) as 

the owner or operator desires the flexibility to accomplish. 

Alternatively, the owner or operator shall provide a description 

of the relationship among the mix of products that will allow a 

determination of compliance with the batch mass input limitation 

under any number of scenarios.

(5) The mass of HAP or material allowed to be charged to 

the batch unit operation per year under the batch mass input 

limitation.

§63.1327 Batch process vents—reporting requirements.

(a) The owner or operator of a batch process vent or 

aggregate batch vent stream at an affected source shall submit 

the information specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of 
Page 202 of 388

this section, as appropriate, as part of the Notification of 

Compliance Status specified in §63.1335(e)(5).

(1) For each batch process vent complying §63.1322(a) and 

each aggregate batch vent stream complying §63.1322(b), the 

information specified in §63.1326 (b) and (c), as applicable.

(2) For each Group 2 batch process vent with annual 

emissions less than the level specified in §63.1323(d), the 

information specified in §63.1326(d)(1)(i).

(3) For each Group 2 batch process vent with annual 

emissions greater than or equal to the level specified in 

§63.1323(d), the information specified in §63.1326(d)(2)(i).

(4) For each batch process vent subject to the group 

determination procedures, the information specified in 

§63.1326(a), as appropriate.

(5) For each Group 2 batch process vent that is exempt from 

the batch mass input limitation provisions because it meets the 

criteria of §63.1322(h), the information specified in 

§63.1326(a)(1) through (3), and the information specified in 

§63.1326(a)(4) through (6) as applicable, calculated at the 

conditions specified in §63.1322(h).

(6) When engineering assessment has been used to estimate 

emissions from a batch emissions episode and the criteria 

specified in §63.1323(b)(6)(i)(A) or (B) have been met, the 

owner or operator shall submit the information demonstrating 
Page 203 of 388

that the criteria specified in §63.1323(b)(6)(i)(A) or (B) have 

been met as part of the Notification of Compliance Status 

required by §63.1335(e)(5).

(b) Whenever a process change, as defined in 

§63.1323(i)(1), is made that causes a Group 2 batch process vent 

to become a Group 1 batch process vent, the owner or operator 

shall notify the Administrator and submit a description of the 

process change within 180 days after the process change is made 

or with the next Periodic Report, whichever is later. The owner 

or operator of an affected source shall comply with the Group 1 

batch process vent provisions in §§63.1321 through 63.1327 in 

accordance with §63.1310(i)(2)(ii).

(c) Whenever a process change, as defined in 

§63.1323(i)(1), is made that causes a Group 2 batch process vent 

with annual emissions less than the level specified in 

§63.1323(d) for which the owner or operator has chosen to comply 

with §63.1322(g) to have annual emissions greater than or equal 

to the level specified in §63.1323(d) but remains a Group 2 

batch process vent, or if a process change is made that requires 

the owner or operator to redetermine the batch mass input 

limitation as specified in §63.1323(i)(3), the owner or operator 

shall submit a report within 180 days after the process change 

is made or with the next Periodic Report, whichever is later. 

The following information shall be submitted:
Page 204 of 388

(1) A description of the process change;

(2) The batch mass input limitation determined in 

accordance with §63.1322(f)(1).

(d) Whenever a process change, as defined in 

§63.1323(j)(1), is made that could potentially cause the percent 

reduction for all process vents at a new SAN affected source 

using a batch process to be less than 84 percent, the owner or 

operator shall notify the Administrator and submit a description 

of the process change within 180 days after the process change 

is made or with the next Periodic Report, whichever is later. 

The owner or operator shall comply with §63.1322(a)(3) and all 

associated provisions in accordance with §63.1310(i).

(e) The owner or operator is not required to submit a 

report of a process change if one of the conditions specified in 

paragraphs (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this section is met.

(1) The change does not meet the description of a process 

change in §63.1323(i) or (j).

(2) The redetermined group status remains Group 2 for an 

individual batch process vent with annual emissions greater than 

or equal to the level specified in §63.1323(d) and the batch 

mass input limitation does not decrease, a Group 2 batch process 

vent with annual emissions less than the level specified in 

§63.1323(d) complying with §63.1322(g) continues to have 

emissions less than the level specified in §63.1323(d) and the 
Page 205 of 388

batch mass input limitation does not decrease, or the achieved 

emission reduction remains at 84 percent or greater for new SAN 

affected sources using a batch process.

(f) If an owner or operator uses a control device other 

than those specified in §63.1324(c) and listed in Table 7 of 

this subpart or requests approval to monitor a parameter other 

than those specified §63.1324(c) and listed in Table 7 of this 

subpart, the owner or operator shall submit a description of 

planned reporting and recordkeeping procedures, as specified in 

§63.1335(f), as part of the Precompliance Report required under 

§63.1335(e)(3). The Administrator will specify appropriate 

reporting and recordkeeping requirements as part of the review 

of the Precompliance Report.

(g) Owners or operators of affected sources complying with 

§63.1324(e), shall comply with paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of 

this section, as appropriate.

(1) Submit reports of the times of all periods recorded 

under §63.1326(e)(3) when the batch process vent is diverted 

from the control device through a bypass line, with the next 

Periodic Report.

(2) Submit reports of all occurrences recorded under 

§63.1326(e)(4) in which the seal mechanism is broken, the bypass 

line damper or valve position has changed, or the key to unlock 
Page 206 of 388

the bypass line damper or valve was checked out, with the next 

Periodic Report.

§63.1328 Heat exchange systems provisions.

(a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, 

each owner or operator of an affected source shall comply with 

§63.104, with the differences noted in paragraphs (c) through 

(h) of this section, for the purposes of this subpart.

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not 

apply to each process contact cooling tower that is associated 

with an existing affected source manufacturing PET.

(c) When the term “chemical manufacturing process unit” is 

used in §63.104, the term “thermoplastic product process unit” 

shall apply for purposes of this subpart, with the exception 

noted in paragraph (d) of this section.

(d) When the phrase “a chemical manufacturing process unit 

meeting the conditions of §63.100(b)(1) through (b)(3) of this 

subpart, except for chemical manufacturing process units meeting 

the condition specified in §63.100(c) of this subpart” is used 

in §63.104(a), the term “a TPPU, except for TPPUs meeting the 

condition specified in §63.1310(b)” shall apply for purposes of 

this subpart.

(e) When §63.104 refers to Table 4 of subpart F of this 

part or Table 9 of subpart G of this part, the owner or operator 

is only required to consider organic HAP listed on Table 6 of 
Page 207 of 388

this subpart, except for ethylene glycol which need not be 

considered under this section, for purposes of this subpart.

(f) When §63.104(c)(3) specifies the monitoring plan 

retention requirements, and when §63.104(f)(1) refers to the 

record retention requirements in §63.103(c)(1), the requirements 

in §§63.1335(a) and 63.1335(h) shall apply, for purposes of this 

subpart.

(g) When §63.104(f)(2) requires information to be reported 

in the Periodic Reports required by §63.152(c), the owner or 

operator shall instead report the information specified in 

§63.104(f)(2) in the Periodic Reports required by 

§63.1335(e)(6), for the purposes of this subpart.

(h) The compliance date for heat exchange systems subject 

to the provisions of this section is specified in §63.1311.

§63.1329 Process contact cooling towers provisions.

(a) The owner or operator of each new affected source that 

manufactures PET is required to comply with paragraph (b) of 

this section. The owner or operator of each existing affected 

source that manufactures PET using a continuous terephthalic 

acid high viscosity multiple end finisher process that utilizes 

a process contact cooling tower shall comply with paragraph (c) 

of this section, and is not required to comply with paragraph 

(b) of this section. The compliance date for process contact 
Page 208 of 388

cooling towers subject to the provisions of this section is 

specified in §63.1311.

(b) New affected source requirements. The owner or operator 

of a new affected source subject to this section shall comply 

with paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(2) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator of a new affected source subject 

to this section shall not send contact condenser effluent 

associated with a vacuum system to a process contact cooling 

tower.

(2) The owner or operator of a new affected source subject 

to this section shall indicate in the Notification of Compliance 

Status, as required in §63.1335(e)(5), that contact condenser 

effluent associated with vacuum systems is not sent to process 

contact cooling towers.

(c) Existing affected source requirements. The owner or 

operator of an existing affected source subject to this section 

who manufactures PET using a continuous terephthalic acid high 

viscosity multiple end finisher process, and who is subject or 

becomes subject to 40 CFR part 60, subpart DDD, shall maintain 

an ethylene glycol concentration in the process contact cooling 

tower at or below 46.0 percent by weight averaged on a daily 

basis over a rolling 14-day period of operating days. Compliance 

with this paragraph (c) shall be determined as specified in 

paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section. It should be 
Page 209 of 388

noted that compliance with this paragraph (c) does not exempt 

owners or operators from complying with the provisions of 

§63.1330 for those process wastewater streams that are sent to 

the process contact cooling tower.

(1) To determine the ethylene glycol concentration, owners 

or operators shall follow the procedures specified in 40 CFR 

60.564(j)(1), except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this 

section.

(i) At least one sample per operating day shall be 

collected using the procedures specified in 40 CFR 

60.564(j)(1)(i). An average ethylene glycol concentration by 

weight shall be calculated on a daily basis over a rolling 14-

day period of operating days. Each daily average ethylene glycol 

concentration so calculated constitutes a performance test.

(ii) The owner or operator may elect to reduce the sampling 

program to any 14 consecutive operating day period once every 

two calendar months, if at least seventeen consecutive 14-day 

rolling average concentrations immediately preceding the reduced 

sampling program are each less than 1.2 weight percent ethylene 

glycol. If the average concentration obtained over the 14 

operating day sampling during the reduced test period exceeds 

the upper 95 percent confidence interval calculated from the 

most recent test results in which no one 14-day average exceeded 

1.2 weight percent ethylene glycol, then the owner or operator 
Page 210 of 388

shall reinstitute a daily sampling program. The 95 percent 

confidence interval shall be calculated as specified in 

paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section. A reduced program may be 

reinstituted if the requirements specified in this paragraph 

(c)(1)(ii) are met.

(iii) The upper 95 percent confidence interval shall be 

calculated using the Equation 27 of this subpart:

Where:

CI95 = 95 percent confidence interval

Xi = daily ethylene glycol concentration for each operating 

day used to calculate each 14-day rolling average used in test 

results to justify implementing the reduced testing program.

n = number of ethylene glycol concentrations.

(2) Measuring an alternative parameter, such as carbon 

oxygen demand or biological oxygen demand, that is demonstrated 

to be directly proportional to the ethylene glycol concentration 

shall be allowed. Such parameter shall be measured during the 

initial 14-day performance test during which the facility is 

shown to be in compliance with the ethylene glycol concentration 

standard whereby the ethylene glycol concentration is determined 

using the procedures described in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
Page 211 of 388

section. The alternative parameter shall be measured on a daily 

basis and the average value of the alternative parameter shall 

be calculated on a daily basis over a rolling 14-day period of 

operating days. Each daily average value of the alternative 

parameter constitutes a performance test.

(i) Where 40 CFR 60.564(j)(1) requires the use of ASTM 

D2908–74 or 91, “Standard Practice for Measuring Volatile 

Organic Matter in Water by Aqueous-Injection Gas 

Chromatography,” ASTM D2908–91 (2011), D2908–91 (2005), D2908–91 

(2001), D2908–91, or D2908–74 (all standards incorporated by 

reference, see §63.14) may be used. 

(ii) Where 40 CFR 60.564(j)(1)(i) requires the use of ASTM 

D3370–76 or 95a, “Standard Practices for Sampling Water from 

Closed Conduits,” ASTM D3370–10, D3370–08, D3370–07, D3370–95a,

or D3370–76 (all standards incorporated by reference, see

§63.14) may be used.

(3) During each performance test, daily measurement and 

daily average 14-day rolling averages of the ethylene glycol 

concentration in the cooling tower water shall be recorded. For 

the initial performance test, these records shall be submitted 

in the Notification of Compliance Status report.

(4) All periods when the 14-day rolling average exceeds the 

standard shall be reported in the Periodic Report.

§63.1330 Wastewater provisions.
Page 212 of 388

(a) Except as specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this 

section, the owner or operator of each affected source shall 

comply with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.

(b) The owner or operator of each affected source shall 

comply with the requirements of §§63.132 through 63.149, with 

the differences noted in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(22) of 

this section for the purposes of this subpart.

(1) When the determination of equivalence criteria in 

§63.102(b) is referred to in §§63.132, 63.133, and 63.137, the 

provisions in §63.6(g) shall apply for the purposes of this 

subpart.

(2) When the storage vessel requirements contained in 

§§63.119 through 63.123 are referred to in §§63.132 through 

63.149, §§63.119 through 63.123 are applicable, with the 

exception of the differences referred to in §63.1314, for the 

purposes of this subpart.

(3) When §63.146(a) requires the submission of a request 

for approval to monitor alternative parameters according to the 

procedures specified in §63.151(f) or (g), owners or operators 

requesting to monitor alternative parameters shall follow the 

procedures specified in §63.1335(f) for the purposes of this 

subpart.

(4) When §63.147(d) requires owners or operators to keep 

records of the daily average value of each continuously 
Page 213 of 388

monitored parameter for each operating day as specified in 

§63.152(f), owners and operators shall instead keep records of 

the daily average value of each continuously monitored parameter 

as specified in §63.1335(d) for the purposes of this subpart.

(5) When §§63.132 through 63.149 refer to an “existing 

source,” the term “existing affected source,” as defined in 

§63.1310(a), shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(6) When §§63.132 through 63.149 refer to a “new source,” 

the term “new affected source,” as defined in §63.1310(a), shall 

apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(7) When §63.132(a) and (b) refer to the “applicable dates 

specified in §63.100 of subpart F of this part,” the compliance 

dates specified in §63.1311 shall apply for the purposes of this 

subpart.

(8) The provisions of paragraphs (b)(8)(i), (b)(8)(ii), and 

(b)(8)(iii) of this section clarify the organic HAP that an 

owner or operator shall consider when complying with the 

requirements in §§63.132 through 63.149.

(i) When §§63.132 through 63.149 refer to table 8 

compounds, the owner or operator is only required to consider 

1,3-butadiene for purposes of this subpart.

(ii) When §§63.132 through 63.149 refer to table 9 

compounds, the owner or operator is only required to consider 

compounds that meet the definition of organic HAP in §63.1312 
Page 214 of 388

and that are listed on table 9 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, for 

the purposes of this subpart, except for ethylene glycol which 

need not be considered.

(iii) When §§63.132 through 63.149 refer to compounds in 

table 36 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, or compounds on List 1 

and/or List 2, as listed on table 36 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart 

G, the owner or operator is only required to consider compounds 

that meet the definition of organic HAP in §63.1312 and that are 

listed in table 36 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, for the 

purposes of this subpart.

(9) Whenever §§63.132 through 63.149 refer to a “chemical 

manufacturing process unit,” the term “thermoplastic product 

process unit,” (or TPPU) as defined in §63.1312, shall apply for 

the purposes of this subpart. In addition, when §63.149 refers 

to “a chemical manufacturing process unit that meets the 

criteria of §63.100(b) of subpart F of this part,” the term “a 

TPPU as defined in §63.1312(b)” shall apply for the purposes of 

this subpart.

(10) Whenever §§63.132 through 63.149 refer to a Group 1 

wastewater stream or a Group 2 wastewater stream, the 

definitions of these terms contained in §63.1312 shall apply for 

the purposes of this subpart.

(11) When §63.149(d) refers to “§63.100(f) of subpart F”, 

the phrase “§63.1310(c)” shall apply for the purposes of this 
Page 215 of 388

subpart. In addition, where §63.149(d) states “and the item of 

equipment is not otherwise exempt from controls by the 

provisions of subpart A, F, G, or H of this part”, the phrase 

“and the item of equipment is not otherwise exempt from controls 

by the provisions of subparts A, F, G, H, or JJJ of this part” 

shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(12) When §63.149(e)(1) and (e)(2) refer to “a chemical 

manufacturing process unit subject to the new source 

requirements of 40 CFR §63.100(l)(1) or 40 CFR §63.100(l)(2),” 

the phrase “a TPPU that is part of a new affected source or that 

is a new affected source,” shall apply for the purposes of this 

subpart.

(13) When the Notification of Compliance Status 

requirements contained in §63.152(b) are referred to in §§63.138 

and 63.146, the Notification of Compliance Status requirements 

contained in §63.1335(e)(5) shall apply for the purposes of this

subpart. In addition, when §§63.132 through 63.149 require that 

information be reported according to §63.152(b) in the 

Notification of Compliance Status, the owner or operator of an 

affected source shall report the specified information in the 

Notification of Compliance Status required by §63.1335(e)(5) for 

the purposes of this subpart.

(14) When the Periodic Report requirements contained in 

§63.152(c) are referred to in §63.146, the Periodic Report 
Page 216 of 388

requirements contained in §63.1335(e)(6) shall apply for the 

purposes of this subpart. In addition, when §§63.132 through 

63.149 require that information be reported in the Periodic 

Reports required in §63.152(c), the owner or operator of an 

affected source shall report the specified information in the 

Periodic Reports required in §63.1335(e)(6) for the purposes of 

this subpart.

(15) When §63.143(f) specifies that owners or operators 

shall establish the range that indicates proper operation of the 

treatment process or control device, the owner or operator shall 

instead comply with the requirements of §63.1334(c) or (d) for 

establishing parameter level maximums/minimums for the purposes 

of this subpart.

(16) When §63.146(b)(7) and §63.146(b)(8) require that “the 

information on parameter ranges specified in §63.152(b)(2)” be 

reported in the Notification of Compliance Status, owners and 

operators of affected sources are instead required to report the 

information on parameter levels as specified in 

§63.1335(e)(5)(ii) for the purposes of this subpart.

(17) When the term “range” is used in §§63.132 through 

63.149, the term “level” apply instead for the purposes of this 

subpart. This level shall be determined using the procedures 

specified in §63.1334.
Page 217 of 388

(18) For the purposes of this subpart, the owner or 

operator of an affected source is not required to include 

process wastewater streams that contain styrene when conducting 

performance tests for the purposes of calculating the required 

mass removal (RMR) or the actual mass removal (AMR) under the 

provisions described in §63.145(f) or §63.145(g). For purposes 

of this paragraph, a process wastewater stream is considered to 

contain styrene if the wastewater stream meets the requirements 

in paragraph (b)(18)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of this 

section.

(i) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that 

produces ABS or ABS latex;

(ii) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that 

produces EPS;

(iii) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that 

produces MABS;

(iv) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that 

produces MBS; or

(v) The wastewater stream originates at equipment that 

produces SAN.

(19) When the provisions of §63.139(c)(1)(ii), 

§63.145(d)(4), or §63.145(i)(2) specify that Method 18, 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A, shall be used, Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 

CFR part 60, appendix A, may be used for the purposes of this 
Page 218 of 388

subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 

shall conform with the requirements in paragraphs (b)(19)(i) and 

(b)(19)(ii) of this section.

(i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 

25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP 

representing the largest percent by volume of the emissions.

(ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is 

acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas 

is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from 

the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the 

most sensitive scale.

(20) In §63.145(j), instead of the reference to §63.11(b), 

and instead of §63.145(j)(1) and §63.145(j)(2), the requirements 

in §63.1333(e) shall apply.

(21) The owner or operator of a facility which receives a 

Group 1 wastewater stream, or a residual removed from a Group 1 

wastewater stream, for treatment pursuant to §63.132(g) is 

subject to the requirements of §63.132(g) with the differences 

identified in this section, and is not subject to subpart DD of 

this part with respect to that material.

(22) When §63.132(g) refers to “§§63.133 through 63.137” or 

“§§63.133 through 63.147”, the provisions in this section 

63.1330 shall apply, for the purposes of this subpart.
Page 219 of 388

(c) For each affected source, the owner or operator shall 

comply with the requirements for maintenance wastewater in 

§63.105, except that when §63.105(a) refers to “organic HAPs 

listed in table 9 of subpart G of this part,” the owner or 

operator is only required to consider compounds that meet the 

definition of organic HAP in §63.1312 and that are listed in 

table 9 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart G, except for ethylene glycol 

which need not be considered, for the purposes of this subpart.

(d) The provisions of paragraph (b) of this section do not 

apply to each affected source producing ASA/AMSAN.

(e) The provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this 

section do not apply to each affected source producing 

polystyrene using either a continuous or batch process.

§63.1331 Equipment leak provisions.

(a) Except §63.165 and as provided for in paragraphs (b) 

and (c) of this section, the owner or operator of each affected 

source shall comply with the requirements of subpart H of this 

part, with the differences noted in paragraphs (a)(1) through 

(a)(13) of this section.

(1) For an affected source producing polystyrene resin, the 

indications of liquids dripping, as defined in subpart H of this 

part, from bleed ports in pumps and agitator seals in light 

liquid service shall not be considered to be a leak. For 

purposes of this subpart, a “bleed port” is a technologically-
Page 220 of 388

required feature of the pump or seal whereby polymer fluid used 

to provide lubrication and/or cooling of the pump or agitator 

shaft exits the pump, thereby resulting in a visible dripping of 

fluid.

(2) The compliance date for the equipment leak provisions 

contained in this section is provided in §63.1311. Whenever 

subpart H of this part refers to the compliance dates specified 

in any paragraph contained in §63.100, the compliance dates 

listed in §63.1311(d) shall instead apply, for the purposes of 

this subpart. When §63.182(c)(4) refers to “sources subject to 

subpart F,” the phrase “sources subject to this subpart” shall 

apply, for the purposes of this subpart. In addition, extensions 

of compliance dates are addressed by §63.1311(e) instead of 

§63.182(a)(6), for the purposes of this subpart.

(3) Owners and operators of an affected source subject to

this subpart are not required to submit the Initial Notification 

required by §63.182(a)(1) and §63.182(b).

(4) As specified in §63.1335(e)(5), the Notification of 

Compliance Status required by paragraphs §63.182(a)(2) and 

§63.182(c) shall be submitted within 150 days (rather than 90 

days) of the applicable compliance date specified in §63.1311 

for the equipment leak provisions.
Page 221 of 388

(5) The information specified by §63.182(a)(3) and 

§63.182(d) (i.e., Periodic Reports) shall be submitted as part 

of the Periodic Reports required by §63.1335(e)(6).

(6) For pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in heavy 

liquid service; pressure relief devices in light liquid or heavy 

liquid service; and instrumentation systems; owners or operators 

of affected sources producing PET shall comply with the 

requirements of paragraphs (a)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section 

instead of with the requirements of §63.139. Owners or operators 

of PET affected sources shall comply with all other provisions 

of subpart H of this part for pumps, valves, connectors, and 

agitators in heavy liquid service; pressure relief devices in 

light liquid or heavy liquid service; and instrumentation 

systems, except as specified in paragraphs (a)(6)(iii) through 

(v) of this section.

(i) A leak is determined to be detected if there is 

evidence of a potential leak found by visual, audible, or 

olfactory means. Method 21, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A may not 

be used to determine the presence or absence of a leak.

(ii)(A) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as 

soon as practical, but not later than 15 days after it is 

detected, except as provided in §63.171.

(B) The first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 

5 days after each leak is detected.
Page 222 of 388

(C) Repaired shall mean that the visual, audible, 

olfactory, or other indications of a leak have been eliminated; 

that no bubbles are observed at potential leak sites during a 

leak check using soap solution; or that the system will hold a 

test pressure.

(iii) An owner or operator is not required to develop an 

initial list of identification numbers as would otherwise be 

required under §63.181(b)(1)(i) or §63.181(b)(4).

(iv) When recording the detection of a leak under 

§63.182(d)(1), the owner or operator of an affected source shall 

comply with paragraphs (a)(6)(iv)(A) through (a)(6)(iv)(B) of 

this section.

(A) When complying with §63.181(d)(1), provide an 

identification number for the leaking equipment at the time of 

recordkeeping. Further, the owner or operator is not required to 

record the identification number of the instrument (i.e., Method 

21 instrument) because the use of Method 21 is not an acceptable 

method for determining a leak under this paragraph (a)(6).

(B) An owner or operator is not required to comply with 

§63.181(d)(4) which requires a record of the maximum instrument 

reading measured by Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.

(v) Indications of liquids dripping, as defined in subpart 

H of this part, from packing glands for pumps in ethylene glycol 

service where the pump seal is designed to weep fluid shall not 
Page 223 of 388

be considered to be a leak. Ethylene glycol dripping from pump 

seals must be captured in a catchpan and returned to the 

process.

(7) When §63.166(b)(4)(i) refers to Table 9 of subpart G of 

this part, the owner or operator is only required to consider 

organic HAP listed on Table 6 of this subpart for purposes of 

this subpart, except for ethylene glycol which need not be 

considered.

(8) When the provisions of subpart H of this part specify 

that Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be used, 

Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, may be used 

for the purposes of this subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A, shall conform with the requirements in 

paragraphs (a)(8)(i) and (a)(8)(ii) of this section.

(i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 

25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP 

representing the largest percent by volume of the emissions.

(ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is 

acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas 

is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from 

the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the 

most sensitive scale.

(9) Requirements for pressure relief devices. Except as 

specified in paragraph (a)(9)(iv) of this section, the owner or 
Page 224 of 388

operator must comply with the operating and pressure release 

requirements specified in paragraphs (a)(9)(i) and (ii) of this 

section for pressure relief devices in organic HAP gas or vapor 

service. Except as specified in paragraph (a)(9)(iv) of this 

section, the owner or operator must also comply with the 

pressure release management requirements specified in paragraph 

(a)(9)(iii) of this section for all pressure relief devices in 

organic HAP service.

(i) Operating requirements. Except during a pressure 

release event, operate each pressure relief device in organic 

HAP gas or vapor service with an instrument reading of less than 

500 ppm above background as detected by Method 21 of 40 CFR part 

60, appendix A.

(ii) Pressure release requirements. For pressure relief 

devices in organic HAP gas or vapor service, comply with 

paragraph (a)(9)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, as applicable.

(A) If the pressure relief device does not consist of or 

include a rupture disk, conduct instrument monitoring, as 

detected by Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, no later 

than 5 calendar days after the pressure release to verify that 

the pressure relief device is operating with an instrument 

reading of less than 500 ppm above background, except as 

provided in §63.171.
Page 225 of 388

(B) If the pressure relief device consists of or includes a 

rupture disk, install a replacement disk as soon as practicable 

after a pressure release, but no later than 5 calendar days 

after the pressure release, except as provided in §63.171.

(iii) Pressure release management. Except as specified in 

paragraph (a)(9)(iv) of this section, pressure releases to the 

atmosphere from pressure relief devices in organic HAP service 

are prohibited, and the owner or operator must comply with the 

requirements specified in paragraphs (a)(9)(iii)(A) and (B) of 

this section for all pressure relief devices in organic HAP 

service.

(A) For each pressure relief device in organic HAP service, 

the owner or operator must equip each pressure relief device 

with a device(s) or use a monitoring system that is capable of: 

1) identifying the pressure release; 2) recording the time and 

duration of each pressure release; and 3) notifying operators 

immediately that a pressure release is occurring. The device or 

monitoring system may be either specific to the pressure relief 

device itself or may be associated with the process system or 

piping, sufficient to indicate a pressure release to the 

atmosphere. Examples of these types of devices and systems 

include, but are not limited to, a rupture disk indicator, 

magnetic sensor, motion detector on the pressure relief valve 

stem, flow monitor, or pressure monitor.
Page 226 of 388

(B) If any pressure relief device in organic HAP service 

releases to atmosphere as a result of a pressure release event, 

the owner or operator must calculate the quantity of organic HAP 

released during each pressure release event and report this 

quantity as required in §63.1335(e)(6)(xiii). Calculations may 

be based on data from the pressure relief device monitoring 

alone or in combination with process parameter monitoring data 

and process knowledge.

(iv) Pressure relief devices routed to a control device,

process, or drain system. If a pressure relief device in organic 

HAP service is designed and operated to route all pressure 

releases through a closed vent system to a control device,

process, or drain system, the owner or operator is not required 

to comply with paragraphs (a)(9)(i), (ii), or (iii) (if 

applicable) of this section. Both the closed vent system and 

control device (if applicable) must meet the requirements of 

§63.172. The drain system (if applicable) must meet the 

requirements of §63.136.[Reserved]

(10) If specific items of equipment, comprising part of a 

process unit subject to this subpart, are managed by different 

administrative organizations (e.g., different companies, 

affiliates, departments, divisions, etc.), those items of 

equipment may be aggregated with any TPPU within the affected 
Page 227 of 388

source for all purposes under subpart H of this part, providing 

there is no delay in achieving the applicable compliance date.

(11) When the terms “equipment” and “equipment leak” are 

used in subpart H of this part, the definitions of these terms 

in §63.1312 shall apply for the purposes of this subpart.

(12) The phrase “the provisions of subparts F, I, or JJJ of 

this part” shall apply instead of the phrase “the provisions of 

subpart F or I of this part” throughout §§63.163 and 63.168, for 

the purposes of this subpart. In addition, the phrase “subparts 

F, I, and JJJ” shall apply instead of the phrase “subparts F and 

I” in §63.174(c)(2)(iii), for the purposes of this subpart.

(13) An owner or operator using a flare to comply with the 

requirements of this section shall conduct a compliance 

demonstration as specified in §63.1333(e).

(b) The provisions of this section do not apply to each 

TPPU producing PET using a process other than a continuous 

terephthalic acid (TPA) high viscosity multiple end finisher 

process that is part of an affected source if all of the 

equipment leak components subject to this section §63.1331 in 

the TPPU are either in vacuum service or in heavy liquid 

service.

(1) Owners and operators of a TPPU exempted under paragraph 

(b) of this section shall comply with paragraph (b)(1)(i) or 

(b)(1)(ii) of this section.
Page 228 of 388

(i) Retain information, data, and analyses used to 

demonstrate that all of the components in the exempted TPPU are 

either in vacuum service or in heavy liquid service. For 

components in vacuum service, examples of information that could 

document this include, but are not limited to, analyses of 

process stream composition and process conditions, engineering 

calculations, or process knowledge. For components in heavy 

liquid service, such documentation shall include an analysis or 

demonstration that the process fluids do not meet the criteria 

of “in light liquid service” or “in gas or vapor service.”

(ii) When requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that 

all of the components in the TPPU are either in vacuum service 

or in heavy liquid service.

(2) If changes occur at a TPPU exempted under paragraph (b) 

of this section such that all of the components in the TPPU are 

no longer either in vacuum service or in heavy liquid service 

(e.g., by either process changes or the addition of new 

components), the owner or operator of the affected source shall 

comply with the provisions of this section for all of the 

components at the TPPU. The owner or operator shall submit a 

report within 180 days after the process change is made or the 

information regarding the process change is known to the owner 

or operator. This report may be included in the next Periodic 

Report, as specified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section. A 
Page 229 of 388

description of the process change shall be submitted with this 

report.

(c) The provisions of this section do not apply to each 

affected source producing PET using a continuous TPA high 

viscosity multiple end finisher process.(1) Each affected source 

producing PET using a continuous TPA high viscosity multiple end 

finisher process shall monitor for leaks upon startup following 

an outage where changes have been made to equipment in gas/vapor 

or light liquid service. This leak check shall consist of the 

introduction of hot ethylene glycol vapors into the system for a 

period of no less than two hours during which time sensory 

monitoring of the equipment shall be conducted.

(2) A leak is determined to be detected if there is 

evidence of a potential leak found by visual, audible, or 

olfactory means.

(3) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon 

as practical, but not later than 15 days after it is detected, 

except as provided in §63.171.

(i) The first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 

5 days after each leak is detected.

(ii) Repaired shall mean that the visual, audible, 

olfactory, or other indications of a leak have been eliminated; 

that no bubbles are observed at potential leak sites during a 
Page 230 of 388

leak check using soap solution; or that the system will hold a 

test pressure.

(4) When a leak is detected, the following information 

shall be recorded and kept for 2 years and reported in the next 

periodic report:

(i) The instrument and the equipment identification number 

and the operator name, initials, or identification number.

(ii) The date the leak was detected and the date of first 

attempt to repair the leak.

(iii) The date of successful repair of the leak.

§63.1332 Emissions averaging provisions.

(a) This section applies to owners or operators of existing 

affected sources who seek to comply with §63.1313(b) by using 

emissions averaging rather than following the provisions of 

§§63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 through 63.1320, 63.1321, and 

63.1330.

(1) The following emission point limitations apply to the 

use of these provisions:

(i) All emission points included in an emissions average 

shall be from the same affected source. There may be an 

emissions average for each affected source located at a plant 

site.

(ii)(A) If a plant site has only one affected source for 

which emissions averaging is being used to demonstrate 
Page 231 of 388

compliance, the number of emission points allowed in the 

emissions average for said affected source is limited to twenty. 

This number may be increased by up to five additional emission 

points if pollution prevention measures are used to control five 

or more of the emission points included in the emissions 

average.

(B) If a plant site has two or more affected sources for 

which emissions averaging is being used to demonstrate 

compliance, the number of emission points allowed in the 

emissions averages for said affected sources is limited to 

twenty. This number may be increased by up to five additional 

emission points if pollution prevention measures are used to 

control five or more of the emission points included in the 

emissions averages.

(2) Compliance with the provisions of this section may be 

based on either organic HAP or TOC.

(3) For the purposes of these provisions, whenever Method 

18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is specified within the 

paragraphs of this section or is specified by reference through 

provisions outside this section, Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A, may be used. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A, shall conform with the requirements in 

paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and (a)(3)(ii) of this section.
Page 232 of 388

(i) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 

25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP 

representing the largest percent by volume of the emissions.

(ii) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is 

acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas 

is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from 

the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the 

most sensitive scale.

(b) Unless an operating permit application has been 

submitted, the owner or operator shall develop and submit for 

approval an Emissions Averaging Plan containing all of the 

information required in §63.1335(e)(4) for all emission points 

to be included in an emissions average.

(c) Paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this section 

describe the emission points that may be used to generate 

emissions averaging credits if control was applied after 

November 15, 1990, and if sufficient information is available to 

determine the appropriate value of credits for the emission 

point. Paragraph (c)(6) of this section discusses the use of 

pollution prevention in generating emissions averaging credits.

(1) Storage vessels, batch process vents, aggregate batch 

vent streams, continuous process vents subject to §63.1315, and 

process wastewater streams that are determined to be Group 2 

emission points. The term “continuous process vents subject to 
Page 233 of 388

§63.1315” includes continuous process vents subject to §63.1316 

(b)(1)(iii), (b)(2)(iii), and (c)(2), which reference §63.1315.

(2) Continuous process vents located in the collection of 

material recovery sections within the affected source at an 

existing affected source producing PET using a continuous 

dimethyl terephthalate process subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i) 

where the uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from said 

continuous process vents are equal to or less than 0.12 kg 

organic HAP per Mg of product. These continuous process vents 

shall be considered Group 2 emission points for the purposes of 

this section.

(3) Storage vessels, continuous process vents subject to 

§63.1315, and process wastewater streams that are determined to 

be Group 1 emission points and that are controlled by a 

technology that the Administrator or permitting authority agrees 

has a higher nominal efficiency than the reference control 

technology. Information on the nominal efficiencies for such 

technologies shall be submitted and approved as provided in 

paragraph (i) of this section.

(4) Batch process vents and aggregate batch vent streams 

that are determined to be Group 1 emission points and that are 

controlled to a level more stringent than the applicable 

standard.
Page 234 of 388

(5) Continuous process vents subject to §63.1316 (b)(1)(i), 

(b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) located in the 

collection of process sections within the affected source, as 

specified in paragraphs (c)(5)(i) through (c)(5)(ii) of this 

section. The continuous process vents identified in paragraphs 

(c)(5)(i) through (c)(5)(ii) of this section shall be considered 

to be Group 1 emission points for the purposes of this section.

(i) Continuous process vents subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i) 

located in the collection of material recovery sections within 

the affected source where the uncontrolled organic HAP emissions 

for said continuous process vents are greater than 0.12 kg 

organic HAP per Mg of product and said continuous process vents 

are controlled to a level more stringent than the applicable 

standard.

(ii) Continuous process vents subject to 

§63.1316(b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) located in 

the collection of process sections within the affected source 

where the uncontrolled organic HAP emissions from said 

continuous process vents are controlled to a level more 

stringent than the applicable standard.

(6) The percent reduction for any storage vessel, batch 

process vent, aggregate batch vent stream, continuous process 

vent, and process wastewater stream from which emissions are 
Page 235 of 388

reduced by pollution prevention measures shall be determined 

using the procedures specified in paragraph (j) of this section.

(i) For a Group 1 storage vessel, batch process vent, 

aggregate batch vent stream, continuous process vent, or process 

wastewater stream, the pollution prevention measure must reduce 

emissions more than if the applicable reference control 

technology or standard had been applied to the emission point 

instead of the pollution prevention measure, except as provided 

in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section.

(ii) If a pollution prevention measure is used in 

conjunction with other controls for a Group 1 storage vessel, 

batch process vent, aggregate batch vent stream, continuous 

process vent, or process wastewater stream, the pollution 

prevention measure alone does not have to reduce emissions more 

than the applicable reference control technology or standard, 

but the combination of the pollution prevention measure and 

other controls must reduce emissions more than if the applicable 

reference control technology or standard had been applied 

instead of the pollution prevention measure.

(d) The following emission points cannot be used to 

generate emissions averaging credits:

(1) Emission points already controlled on or before 

November 15, 1990, cannot be used to generate credits unless the 

level of control is increased after November 15, 1990. In this 
Page 236 of 388

case, credit will be allowed only for the increase in control 

after November 15, 1990.

(2) Group 1 emission points, identified in paragraph (c)(3) 

of this section, that are controlled by a reference control 

technology cannot be used to generate credits unless the 

reference control technology has been approved for use in a 

different manner and a higher nominal efficiency has been 

assigned according to the procedures in paragraph (i) of this 

section.

(3) Emission points for nonoperating TPPU cannot be used to 

generate credits. TPPU that are shutdown cannot be used to 

generate credits or debits.

(4) Maintenance wastewater cannot be used to generate 

credits. Wastewater streams treated in biological treatment 

units cannot be used to generate credits. These two types of 

wastewater cannot be used to generate credits or debits. For the 

purposes of this section, the terms wastewater and wastewater 

stream are used to mean process wastewater.

(5) Emission points controlled to comply with a State or 

Federal rule other than this subpart cannot be used to generate 

credits, unless the level of control has been increased after 

November 15, 1990, to a level above what is required by the 

other State or Federal rule. Only the control above what is 

required by the other State or Federal rule will be credited. 
Page 237 of 388

However, if an emission point has been used to generate 

emissions averaging credit in an approved emissions average, and 

the emission point is subsequently made subject to a State or 

Federal rule other than this subpart, the emission point may 

continue to generate emissions averaging credit for the purpose 

of complying with the previously approved emissions average.

(e) For all emission points included in an emissions 

average, the owner or operator shall perform the following 

tasks:

(1) Calculate and record monthly debits for all Group 1 

emission points that are controlled to a level less stringent 

than the reference control technology or standard for those 

emission points. Said Group 1 emission points are identified in 

paragraphs (c)(3) through (c)(5) of this section. Equations in 

paragraph (g) of this section shall be used to calculate debits.

(2) Calculate and record monthly credits for all Group 1 

and Group 2 emission points that are over-controlled to 

compensate for the debits. Equations in paragraph (h) of this 

section shall be used to calculate credits. Emission points and 

controls that meet the criteria of paragraph (c) of this section 

may be included in the credit calculation, whereas those 

described in paragraph (d) of this section shall not be 

included.
Page 238 of 388

(3) Demonstrate that annual credits calculated according to 

paragraph (h) of this section are greater than or equal to 

debits calculated for the same annual compliance period 

according to paragraph (g) of this section.

(i) The owner or operator may choose to include more than 

the required number of credit-generating emission points in an 

emissions average in order to increase the likelihood of being 

in compliance.

(ii) The initial demonstration in the Emissions Averaging 

Plan or operating permit application that credit-generating 

emission points will be capable of generating sufficient credits 

to offset the debits from the debit-generating emission points 

shall be made under representative operating conditions. After 

the compliance date, actual operating data will be used for all 

debit and credit calculations.

(4) Demonstrate that debits calculated for a quarterly (3-

month) period according to paragraph (g) of this section are not 

more than 1.30 times the credits for the same period calculated 

according to paragraph (h) of this section. Compliance for the 

quarter shall be determined based on the ratio of credits and 

debits from that quarter, with 30 percent more debits than 

credits allowed on a quarterly basis.

(5) Record and report quarterly and annual credits and 

debits in the Periodic Reports as specified in §63.1335(e)(6). 
Page 239 of 388

Every fourth Periodic Report shall include a certification of 

compliance with the emissions averaging provisions as required 

by §63.1335(e)(6)(x)(C)(2).

(f) Debits and credits shall be calculated in accordance 

with the methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (g) and 

(h) of this section, respectively, and shall not include 

emissions during the following periods:

(1) Emissions during periods of start-up, shutdown, and 

malfunction, as described in the Start-up, Shutdown, and 

Malfunction Plan.

(2) Emissions during periods of monitoring excursions, as 

defined in §63.1334(df). For these periods, the calculation of 

monthly credits and debits shall be adjusted as specified in 

paragraphs (f)(12)(i) through (3f)(2)(iii) of this section.

(i1) No credits would be assigned to the credit-generating 

emission point.

(ii2) Maximum debits would be assigned to the debitgenerating emission point.

(iii3) The owner or operator may demonstrate to the 

Administrator that full or partial credits or debits should be 

assigned using the procedures in paragraph (l) of this section.

(g) Debits are generated by the difference between the 

actual emissions from a Group 1 emission point that is 

uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the 
Page 240 of 388

applicable reference control technology or standard and the 

emissions allowed for the Group 1 emission point. Said Group 1 

emission points are identified in paragraphs (c)(3) through 

(c)(5) of this section. Debits shall be calculated as follows:

(1) Source-wide debits shall be calculated using Equation 

28 of this subpart. Debits and all terms of Equation 28 of this 

subpart are in units of megagrams per month:

Where:

ECPViACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 continuous process 

vent i subject to §63.1315 that is uncontrolled or is controlled 

to a level less stringent than the applicable reference control 

technology. ECPViACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph (g)(2) 

of this section.

(0.02)ECPViu = Emissions from each Group 1 continuous 

process vent i subject to §63.1315 if the applicable reference 

control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 

emissions. ECPViu is calculated according to paragraph (g)(2) of 

this section.
Page 241 of 388

ECPVSjACTUAL = Emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents 

subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), 

or (c)(1) located in the collection of process sections j within 

the affected source that are uncontrolled or controlled to a 

level less stringent than the applicable standard. ECPVSjACTUAL is 

calculated according to paragraph (g)(3) of this section.

ECPVSjSTD = Emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents 

subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), 

or (c)(1) located in the collection of process sections j within 

the affected source if the applicable standard had been applied 

to the uncontrolled emissions. ECPVSjSTD is calculated according 

to paragraph (g)(3) of this section.

ESiACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i that 

is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than 

the applicable reference control technology or standard. ESiACTUAL

is calculated according to paragraph (g)(4) of this section.

(BL)ESiu = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i if 

the applicable reference control technology or standard had been 

applied to the uncontrolled emissions. ESiu is calculated 

according to paragraph (g)(4) of this section. For calculating 

emissions, BL = 0.05 for each Group 1 storage vessel i subject 

to §63.1314(a); and BL = 0.02 for each storage vessel i subject 

to §63.1314(c).
Page 242 of 388

EWWiACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i 

that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent 

than the applicable reference control technology. EWWiACTUAL is 

calculated according to paragraph (g)(5) of this section.

EWWic = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i if 

the reference control technology had been applied to the 

uncontrolled emissions. EWWic is calculated according to 

paragraph (g)(5) of this section.

EBPViACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 batch process vent i 

that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent 

than the applicable standard. EBPVACTUAL is calculated according 

to paragraph (g)(6) of this section.

(0.10)EBPViu = Emissions from each Group 1 batch process 

vent i if the applicable standard had been applied to the 

uncontrolled emissions. EBPViu is calculated according to 

paragraph (g)(6) of this section.

EABViACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 aggregate batch vent 

stream i that is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less 

stringent than the applicable standard. EABPViACTUAL is calculated 

according to paragraph (g)(7) of this section.

(0.10)EABViu = Emissions from each Group 1 aggregate batch 

vent stream i if the applicable standard had been applied to the 

uncontrolled emissions. EABViu is calculated according to 

paragraph (g)(7) of this section.
Page 243 of 388

n = The number of emission points being included in the 

emissions average.

(2) Emissions from continuous process vents subject to 

§63.1315 shall be calculated as follows:

(i) For purposes of determining continuous process vent 

stream flow rate, organic HAP concentrations, and temperature, 

the sampling site shall be after the final product recovery 

device, if any recovery devices are present; before any control 

device (for continuous process vents, recovery devices shall not 

be considered control devices); and before discharge to the 

atmosphere. Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be 

used for selection of the sampling site.

(ii) ECPViu for each continuous process vent i shall be 

calculated using Equation 29 of this subpart.

Where:

ECPViu = Uncontrolled continuous process vent emission rate 

from continuous process vent i, megagrams per month.

Q = Vent stream flow rate, dry standard cubic meters per 

minute, measured using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A, as appropriate.

h = Monthly hours of operation during which positive flow 

is present in the continuous process vent, hours per month.
Page 244 of 388

Cj = Concentration, parts per million by volume, dry basis, 

of organic HAP j as measured by Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A.

Mj = Molecular weight of organic HAP j, gram per gram-mole.

n = Number of organic HAP in stream.

(A) The values of Q and Cj shall be determined during a 

performance test conducted under representative operating 

conditions. The values of Q and Cj shall be established in the 

Notification of Compliance Status and shall be updated as 

provided in paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(B) If there is a change in capacity utilization other than 

a change in monthly operating hours, or if any other change is 

made to the process or product recovery equipment or operation 

such that the previously measured values of Q and Cj are no 

longer representative, a new performance test shall be conducted 

to determine new representative values of Q and Cj. These new 

values shall be used to calculate debits and credits from the 

time of the change forward, and the new values shall be reported 

in the next Periodic Report.

(iii) The following procedures and equations shall be used 

to calculate ECPViACTUAL:

(A) If the continuous process vent is not controlled by a 

control device or pollution prevention measure, ECPViACTUAL = 
Page 245 of 388

ECPViu, where ECPViu is calculated according to the procedures in 

paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section.

(B) If the continuous process vent is controlled using a 

control device or a pollution prevention measure achieving less 

than 98 percent reduction, calculate ECPViACTUAL using Equation 30 

of this subpart.

(1) The percent reduction shall be measured according to 

the procedures in §63.116 if a combustion control device is 

used. For a flare meeting the criteria in §63.116(a), or a 

boiler or process heater meeting the criteria in §63.116(b), the 

percent reduction shall be 98 percent. If a noncombustion 

control device is used, percent reduction shall be demonstrated 

by a performance test at the inlet and outlet of the device, or, 

if testing is not feasible, by a control design evaluation and 

documented engineering calculations.

(2) For determining debits from Group 1 continuous process 

vents, product recovery devices shall not be considered control 

devices and cannot be assigned a percent reduction in 

calculating ECPViACTUAL. The sampling site for measurement of 

uncontrolled emissions is after the final product recovery 

device. However, as provided in §63.113(a)(3), a Group 1 

continuous process vent may add sufficient product recovery to 
Page 246 of 388

raise the TRE index value above 1.0 or, for Group 1 continuous 

process vents at an existing affected source producing MBS, 

above 3.7, thereby becoming a Group 2 continuous process vent. 

Such a continuous process vent would not be a Group 1 continuous 

process vent and would, therefore, not be included in 

determining debits under this paragraph (g)(2)(iii)(B)(2).

(3) Procedures for calculating the percent reduction of 

pollution prevention measures are specified in paragraph (j) of 

this section.

(3) Emissions from continuous process vents located in the 

collection of process sections within the affected source 

subject to §63.1316 (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), 

(b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) shall be calculated as follows:

(i) The total organic HAP emissions from continuous process 

vents located in the collection of process sections j within the 

affected source, ECPVSjACTUAL, shall be calculated as follows. The 

procedures in paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this section shall be 

used to determine the organic HAP emissions for each individual

continuous process vent, except that paragraph (g)(2)(iii)(B)(2) 

of this section shall not apply and the sampling site shall be 

after those recovery devices installed as part of normal 

operation; before any add-on control devices (i.e., those 

required by regulation); and prior to discharge to the 
Page 247 of 388

atmosphere. Then, individual continuous process vent emissions 

shall be summed to determine ECPVSjACTUAL.

(ii)(A) ECPVSjstd shall be calculated using Equation 31 of 

this subpart.

Where:

ECPVSjstd = Emissions if the applicable standard had been 

applied to the uncontrolled emissions, megagrams per month.

EFstd = 0.000018 Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, if the 

collection of process sections within the affected source is 

subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i).

= 0.00002 Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, if the collection 

of process sections within the affected source is subject to 

§63.1316 (b)(1)(ii) or (b)(2)(ii).

= 0.00004 Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, if the collection 

of process sections within the affected source is subject to 

§63.1316(b)(2)(i).

= 0.0000036 Mg organic HAP/Mg of product, if the 

collection of process sections within the affected source is 

subject to §63.1316(c)(1).

PPj = Polymer produced, Mg/month, for the collection of 

process sections j within the affected source, as calculated 

according to paragraph (g)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.
Page 248 of 388

(B) The amount of polymer produced, Mg per month, for the 

collection of process sections j within the affected source 

shall be determined by determining the weight of polymer pulled 

from the process line(s) during a 30-day period. The polymer 

produced shall be determined by direct measurement or by an 

alternate methodology, such as materials balance. If an 

alternate methodology is used, a description of the methodology, 

including all procedures, data, and assumptions shall be 

submitted as part of the Emissions Averaging Plan required by 

§63.1335(e)(4).

(C) Alternatively, ECPVSjstd for continuous process vents 

located in the collection of process sections within the 

affected source subject to §63.1316(c)(1) may be calculated 

using the procedures in paragraph (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of 

this section to determine the organic HAP emissions for each 

individual continuous process vent, except that the sampling 

site shall be after recovery devices installed as part of normal 

operation; before any add-on control devices (i.e., those 

required by regulation); and prior to discharge to the 

atmosphere. Then, individual continuous process vent emissions 

shall be summed and multiplied by 0.02 to determine ECPVSjstd.

(4) Emissions from storage vessels shall be calculated 

using the procedures specified in §63.150(g)(3).
Page 249 of 388

(5) Emissions from wastewater streams shall be calculated 

using the procedures in §63.150(g)(5).

(6) Emissions from batch process vents shall be calculated 

as follows:

(i) EBPViu for each batch process vent i shall be calculated 

using the procedures specified in §63.1323(b).

(ii) The following procedures and equations shall be used 

to determine EBPViACTUAL:

(A) If the batch process vent is not controlled by a 

control device or pollution prevention measure, EBPViACTUAL = 

EBPViu, where EBPViu is calculated using the procedures in 

§63.1323(b).

(B) If the batch process vent is controlled using a control 

device or a pollution prevention measure achieving less than 90 

percent reduction for the batch cycle, calculate EBPViACTUAL using 

Equation 32 of this subpart, where percent reduction is for the 

batch cycle.

(1) The percent reduction for the batch cycle shall be 

calculated according to the procedures in §63.1325(c)(2).

(2) The percent reduction for control devices shall be 

calculated according to the procedures in §63.1325 (c)(2)(i) 

through (c)(2)(iii).
Page 250 of 388

(3) The percent reduction of pollution prevention measures 

shall be calculated using the procedures specified in paragraph 

(j) of this section.

(7) Emissions from aggregate batch vent streams shall be 

calculated as follows:

(i) For purposes of determining aggregate batch vent stream 

flow rate, organic HAP concentrations, and temperature, the 

sampling site shall be before any control device and before 

discharge to the atmosphere. Method 1 or 1A, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A, shall be used for selection of the sampling site.

(ii) EABViu for each aggregate batch vent stream i shall be 

calculated using Equation 33 of this subpart.

Where:

EABViu = Uncontrolled aggregate batch vent stream emission 

rate from aggregate batch vent stream i, megagrams per month.

Q = Vent stream flow rate, dry standard cubic meters per 

minute, measured using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A, as appropriate.

h = Monthly hours of operation during which positive flow 

is present from the aggregate batch vent stream, hours per 

month.
Page 251 of 388

Cj = Concentration, parts per million by volume, dry basis, 

of organic HAP j as measured by Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, 

appendix A.

Mj = Molecular weight of organic HAP j, gram per gram-mole.

n = Number of organic HAP in the stream.

(A) The values of Q and Cj shall be determined during a 

performance test conducted under representative operating 

conditions. The values of Q and Cj shall be established in the 

Notification of Compliance Status and shall be updated as 

provided in paragraph (g)(7)(ii)(B) of this section.

(B) If there is a change in capacity utilization other than 

a change in monthly operating hours, or if any other change is 

made to the process or product recovery equipment or operation 

such that the previously measured values of Q and Cj are no 

longer representative, a new performance test shall be conducted 

to determine new representative values of Q and Cj. These new 

values shall be used to calculate debits and credits from the 

time of the change forward, and the new values shall be reported 

in the next Periodic Report.

(iii) The following procedures and equations shall be used 

to calculate EABViACTUAL:

(A) If the aggregate batch vent stream is not controlled by 

a control device or pollution prevention measure, EABViACTUAL = 
Page 252 of 388

EABViu, where EABViu is calculated according to the procedures in 

paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and (g)(7)(ii) of this section.

(B) If the aggregate batch vent stream is controlled using 

a control device or a pollution prevention measure achieving 

less than 90 percent reduction, calculate EABViACTUAL using 

Equation 34 of this subpart.

(1) The percent reduction for control devices shall be 

determined according to the procedures in §63.1325(e).

(2) The percent reduction for pollution prevention measures 

shall be calculated according to the procedures specified in 

paragraph (j) of this section.

(h) Credits are generated by the difference between 

emissions that are allowed for each Group 1 and Group 2 emission 

point and the actual emissions from that Group 1 or Group 2 

emission point that has been controlled after November 15, 1990 

to a level more stringent than what is required by this subpart 

or any other State or Federal rule or statute. Said Group 1 and 

Group 2 emission points are identified in paragraphs (c)(1) 

through (c)(5) of this section. Credits shall be calculated 

using Equation 35 of this subpart.

(1) Sourcewide credits shall be calculated using Equation 

35 of this subpart. Credits and all terms of Equation 35 of this 
Page 253 of 388

subpart are in units of megagrams per month, and the baseline 

date is November 15, 1990:

Where:

D = Discount factor = 0.9 for all credit generating 

emission points except those controlled by a pollution 

prevention measure; discount factor = 1.0 for each credit 

generating emission point controlled by a pollution prevention 

measure (i.e., no discount provided).

ECPV1iACTUAL = Emissions for each Group 1 continuous process 

vent i subject to §63.1315 that is controlled to a level more 

stringent than the reference control technology. ECPV1iACTUAL is 

calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

(0.02)ECPV1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 continuous 

process vent i subject to §63.1315 if the applicable reference 

control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
Page 254 of 388

emissions. ECPV1iu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of 

this section.

ECPVS1jSTD = Emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents 

subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), 

or (c)(1) located in the collection of process sections j within 

the affected source if the applicable standard had been applied 

to the uncontrolled emissions. ECPVS1jSTD is calculated according 

to paragraph (h)(3) of this section.

ECPVS1jACTUAL = Emissions from Group 1 continuous process 

vents subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), 

(b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) located in the collection of process 

sections j within the affected source that are controlled to a 

level more stringent than the applicable standard. ECPVS1jACTUAL is 

calculated according to paragraph (h)(3) of this section.

ECPV2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 continuous process 

vent i subject to §63.1315 that is controlled. ECPV2iACTUAL is 

calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

ECPV2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 continuous process 

vent i subject to §63.1315 at the baseline date. ECPV2iBASE is 

calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

ECPVS2jBASE = Emissions from Group 2 continuous process vents 

subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the collection of 

material recovery sections j within the affected source at the 
Page 255 of 388

baseline date. ECPVS2jBASE is calculated according to paragraph 

(h)(3) of this section.

ECPVS2jACTUAL = Emissions from Group 2 continuous process 

vents subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the collection of 

material recovery sections j within the affected source that are 

controlled. ECPVS2jACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph 

(h)(3) of this section.

ES1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i that 

is controlled to a level more stringent than the applicable 

reference control technology or standard. ES1iACTUAL is calculated 

according to paragraph (h)(4) of this section.

(BL)ES1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i if 

the applicable reference control technology or standard had been 

applied to the uncontrolled emissions. ES1iu is calculated 

according to paragraph (h)(4) of this section. For calculating 

these emissions, BL = 0.05 for each Group 1 storage vessel i 

subject to §63.1314(a); and BL = 0.02 for each storage vessel i 

subject to §63.1314(c).

ES2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i that 

is controlled. ES2iACTUAL is calculated according to paragraph 

(h)(4) of this section.

ES2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i at 

the baseline date. ES2iBASE is calculated according to paragraph 

(h)(4) of this section.
Page 256 of 388

EWW1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i 

that is controlled to a level more stringent than the reference 

control technology. EWW1iACTUAL is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(5) of this section.

EWW1ic = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i if 

the reference control technology had been applied to the 

uncontrolled emissions. EWW1ic is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(5) of this section.

EWW2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream i 

that is controlled. EWW2iACTUAL is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(5) of this section.

EWW2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream i 

at the baseline date. EWW2iBASE is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(5) of this section.

(0.10)EBPV1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 batch process 

vent i if the applicable standard had been applied to the 

uncontrolled emissions. EBPV1iu is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(6) of this section.

EBPV1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 batch process vent 

i that is controlled to a level more stringent than the 

applicable standard. EBPV1iACTUAL is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(6) of this section.

(0.10)EABV1iu = Emissions from each Group 1 aggregate batch 

vent stream i if the applicable standard had been applied to the 
Page 257 of 388

uncontrolled emissions. EABV1iu is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(7) of this section.

EABV1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 aggregate batch 

vent stream i that is controlled to a level more stringent than 

the applicable standard. EABV1iACTUAL is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(7) of this section.

EBPV2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 batch process vent i 

at the baseline date. EBPV2iBASE is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(6) of this section.

EBPV2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 batch process vent 

i that is controlled. EBPV2iACTUAL is calculated according to 

paragraph (h)(6) of this section.

EABV2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 aggregate batch vent 

stream i at the baseline date. EABV2iBASE is calculated according 

to paragraph (h)(7) of this section.

EABV2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 aggregate batch 

vent stream i that is controlled. EABV2iACTUAL is calculated 

according to paragraph (h)(7) of this section.

n = Number of Group 1 emission points included in the 

emissions average. The value of n is not necessarily the same 

for continuous process vents, batch process vents, aggregate 

batch vent streams, storage vessels, wastewater streams, or the 

collection of process sections within the affected source.
Page 258 of 388

m = Number of Group 2 emission points included in the 

emissions average. The value of m is not necessarily the same 

for continuous process vents, batch process vents, aggregate 

batch vent streams, storage vessels, wastewater streams, or the 

collection of process sections within the affected source.

(i) Except as specified in paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this 

section, for an emission point controlled using a reference 

control technology, the percent reduction for calculating 

credits shall be no greater than the nominal efficiency 

associated with the reference control technology, unless a 

higher nominal efficiency is assigned as specified in paragraph 

(h)(1)(ii) of this section.

(ii) For an emission point controlled to a level more 

stringent than the reference control technology, the nominal 

efficiency for calculating credits shall be assigned as 

described in paragraph (i) of this section. A reference control 

technology may be approved for use in a different manner and 

assigned a higher nominal efficiency according to the procedures 

in paragraph (i) of this section.

(iii) For an emission point controlled using a pollution 

prevention measure, the nominal efficiency for calculating 

credits shall be as determined as described in paragraph (j) of 

this section.
Page 259 of 388

(iv) For Group 1 and Group 2 batch process vents and Group 

1 and Group 2 aggregate batch vent streams, the percent 

reduction for calculating credits shall be the percent reduction 

determined according to the procedures in paragraphs (h)(6)(ii) 

and (h)(6)(iii) of this section for batch process vents and 

paragraphs (h)(7)(ii) and (h)(7)(iii) of this section for 

aggregate batch vent streams.

(2) Emissions from continuous process vents subject to 

§63.1315 shall be determined as follows:

(i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 continuous process 

vents (ECPV1iu) shall be calculated according to the procedures 

and equation for ECPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of 

this section.

(ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents 

controlled using a technology with an approved nominal 

efficiency greater than 98 percent or a pollution prevention 

measure achieving greater than 98 percent emission reduction 

(ECPV1iACTUAL) shall be calculated using Equation 36 of this 

subpart.

(iii) The following procedures shall be used to calculate 

actual emissions from Group 2 continuous process vents 

(ECPV2iACTUAL):
Page 260 of 388

(A) For a Group 2 continuous process vent controlled by a 

control device, a recovery device applied as a pollution 

prevention project, or a pollution prevention measure, where the 

control achieves a percent reduction less than or equal to 98 

percent reduction, use Equation 37 of this subpart.

(1) ECPV2iu shall be calculated according to the equations 

and procedures for ECPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) 

of this section, except as provided in paragraph 

(h)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this section.

(2) The percent reduction shall be calculated according to 

the procedures in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii)(B)(1) through 

(g)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of this section, except as provided in 

paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(4) of this section.

(3) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution 

prevention project, ECPV2iu shall be calculated prior to that 

recovery device. The equation for ECPViu in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) 

of this section shall be used to calculate ECPV2iu; however, the 

sampling site for measurement of vent stream flow rate and 

organic HAP concentration shall be at the inlet of the recovery 

device.

(4) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution 

prevention project, the percent reduction shall be demonstrated 
Page 261 of 388

by conducting a performance test at the inlet and outlet of that 

recovery device.

(B) For a Group 2 continuous process vent controlled using 

a technology with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 98 

percent or a pollution prevention measure achieving greater than 

98 percent reduction, use Equation 38 of this subpart.

(iv) Emissions from Group 2 continuous process vents at 

baseline shall be calculated as follows:

(A) If the continuous process vent was uncontrolled on 

November 15, 1990, ECPV2iBASE = ECPV2iu and shall be calculated 

according to the procedures and equation for ECPViu in paragraphs 

(g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section.

(B) If the continuous process vent was controlled on 

November 15, 1990, use Equation 39 of this subpart.

(1) ECPV2iu is calculated according to the procedures and 

equation for ECPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of 

this section.

(2) The percent reduction shall be calculated according to 

the procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii)(B)(1) through 

(g)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of this section.
Page 262 of 388

(C) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution 

prevention project initiated after November 15, 1990, ECPV2iBASE = 

ECPV2iu, where ECPV2iu is calculated according to paragraph 

(h)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this section.

(3) Emissions from continuous process vents subject to 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) 

shall be determined as follows:

(i) Emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents located 

in the collection of process sections j within the affected

source if the applicable standard had been applied to the 

uncontrolled emissions (ECPVS1jstd) shall be calculated according 

to paragraph (g)(3)(ii) of this section.

(ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 continuous process vents 

located in the collection of process sections j within the 

affected source controlled to a level more stringent than the 

applicable standard (ECPVS1jACTUAL) shall be calculated using the 

procedures in paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(A) and (g)(3)(ii)(B) of this 

section, except that the actual emission level, Mg organic 

HAP/Mg of product, shall be used as EFstd in Equation 31 of this 

subpart. Further, ECPVS1jACTUAL for continuous process vents 

subject to §63.1316(c)(1) controlled in accordance with 

§63.1316(c)(1)(iii) shall be calculated using the procedures in 

paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this section for individual continuous 

process vents and then summing said emissions to get ECPVS1jACTUAL, 
Page 263 of 388

except that the sampling site shall be after recovery devices 

installed as part of normal operation; before any add-on control 

devices (i.e., those required by regulation); and prior to 

discharge to the atmosphere.

(iii) Actual emissions from Group 2 continuous process 

vents subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the collection of 

material recovery sections j within the affected source 

(ECPVS2jACTUAL) shall be calculated using the procedures in 

paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(A) and (g)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, 

except that the actual emission level, Mg organic HAP/Mg of 

product, shall be used as EFstd in Equation 31 of this subpart.

(iv) Emissions from Group 2 continuous process vents 

subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the collection of 

material recovery sections j within the affected source at 

baseline (ECPVS2jBASE) shall be calculated using the procedures in 

paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(A) and (g)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, 

except that the actual emission level, Mg organic HAP/Mg of 

product, at baseline shall be used as EFstd in Equation 31 of 

this subpart.

(4)(i) Emissions from storage vessels shall be calculated 

using the procedures specified in §63.150(h)(3).

(ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 storage vessels at an 

existing affected source producing ASA/AMSAN subject to 

§63.1314(c) using a technology with an approved nominal 
Page 264 of 388

efficiency greater than 98 percent or a pollution prevention 

measure achieving greater than 98 percent emission reduction 

shall be calculated using the procedures specified in 

§63.150(h)(3)(ii).

(5) Emissions from wastewater streams shall be calculated 

using the procedures specified in §63.150(h)(5).

(6) Emissions from batch process vents shall be determined 

as follows:

(i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 batch process vents 

(EBPV1iu) shall be calculated using the procedures §63.1323(b).

(ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 batch process vents 

controlled to a level more stringent than the standard 

(EBPV1iACTUAL) shall be calculated using Equation 40 of this 

subpart, where percent reduction is for the batch cycle:

(A) The percent reduction for the batch cycle shall be 

calculated according to the procedures in §63.1325(c)(2).

(B) The percent reduction for control devices shall be 

determined according to the procedures in §63.1325(c)(2)(i) 

through (c)(2)(iii).

(C) The percent reduction of pollution prevention measures 

shall be calculated using the procedures specified in paragraph 

(j) of this section.
Page 265 of 388

(iii) Actual emissions from Group 2 batch process vents 

(EBPV2iACTUAL) shall be calculated using Equation 41 of this 

subpart and the procedures in paragraphs (h)(6)(ii)(A) through 

(h)(6)(ii)(C) of this section. EBPV2iu shall be calculated using 

the procedures specified in §63.1323(b).

(iv) Emissions from Group 2 batch process vents at baseline 

(EBPV2iBASE) shall be calculated as follows:

(A) If the batch process vent was uncontrolled on November 

15, 1990, EBPV2iBASE = EBPV2iu and shall be calculated using the 

procedures specified in §63.1323(b).

(B) If the batch process vent was controlled on November 

15, 1990, use Equation 42 of this subpart and the procedures in 

paragraphs (h)(6)(ii)(A) through (h)(6)(ii)(C) of this section. 

EBPV2iu shall be calculated using the procedures specified in 

§63.1323(b).

(7) Emissions from aggregate batch vent streams shall be 

determined as follows:

(i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 aggregate batch 

vent streams (EABV1iu) shall be calculated according to the 
Page 266 of 388

procedures and equation for EABViu in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and 

(g)(7)(ii) of this section.

(ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 aggregate batch vent 

streams controlled to a level more stringent than the standard 

(EABV1iACTUAL) shall be calculated using Equation 43 of this 

subpart:

(A) The percent reduction for control devices shall be 

determined according to the procedures in §63.1325(e).

(B) The percent reduction of pollution prevention measures 

shall be calculated using the procedures specified in paragraph 

(j) of this section.

(iii) Actual emissions from Group 2 aggregate batch vent 

streams (EABV2iACTUAL) shall be calculated using Equation 44 of 

this subpart and the procedures in paragraphs (h)(7)(ii)(A) 

through (h)(7)(ii)(B) of this section. EABV2iu shall be 

calculated according to the equations and procedures for EABViu

in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and (g)(7)(ii) of this section.

(iv) Emissions from Group 2 aggregate batch vent streams at 

baseline shall be calculated as follows:
Page 267 of 388

(A) If the aggregate batch vent stream was uncontrolled on 

November 15, 1990, EABV2iBASE = EABV2iu and shall be calculated 

according to the procedures and equation for EABViu in paragraphs 

(g)(7)(i) and (g)(7)(ii) of this section.

(B) If the aggregate batch vent stream was controlled on 

November 15, 1990, use Equation 45 of this subpart and the 

procedures in paragraphs (h)(7)(ii)(A) through (h)(7)(ii)(B) of 

this section. EABV2iu shall be calculated according to the 

equations and procedures for EABViu in paragraphs (g)(7)(i) and 

(g)(7)(ii) of this section.

(i) The following procedures shall be followed to establish 

nominal efficiencies for emission controls for storage vessels, 

continuous process vents, and process wastewater streams. The 

procedures in paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(6) of this section 

shall be followed for control technologies that are different in 

use or design from the reference control technologies and 

achieve greater percent reductions than the percent efficiencies 

assigned to the reference control technologies in §63.111.

(1) In those cases where the owner or operator is seeking 

permission to take credit for use of a control technology that 

is different in use or design from the reference control 

technology, and the different control technology will be used in 
Page 268 of 388

more than three applications at a single plant-site, the owner 

or operator shall submit the information specified in paragraphs 

(i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iv) of this section, as specified in 

§63.1335(e)(7)(ii), to the Director of the EPA Office of Air 

Quality Planning and Standards in writing:

(i) Emission stream characteristics of each emission point 

to which the control technology is or will be applied including 

the kind of emission point, flow, organic HAP concentration, and 

all other stream characteristics necessary to design the control 

technology or determine its performance.

(ii) Description of the control technology including design 

specifications.

(iii) Documentation demonstrating to the Administrator's 

satisfaction the control efficiency of the control technology. 

This may include performance test data collected using an 

appropriate EPA Method or any other method validated according 

to Method 301, 40 CFR part 63, appendix A, of this part. If it 

is infeasible to obtain test data, documentation may include a 

design evaluation and calculations. The engineering basis of the 

calculation procedures and all inputs and assumptions made in 

the calculations shall be documented.

(iv) A description of the parameter or parameters to be 

monitored to ensure that the control technology will be operated 
Page 269 of 388

in conformance with its design and an explanation of the 

criteria used for selection of that parameter (or parameters).

(2) The Administrator shall determine within 120 days 

whether an application presents sufficient information to 

determine nominal efficiency. The Administrator reserves the 

right to request specific data in addition to the items listed 

in paragraph (i)(1) of this section.

(3) The Administrator shall determine within 120 days of 

the submittal of sufficient data whether a control technology 

shall have a nominal efficiency and the level of that nominal 

efficiency. If, in the Administrator's judgment, the control 

technology achieves a level of emission reduction greater than 

the reference control technology for a particular kind of 

emission point, the Administrator will publish a 

Federal Register notice establishing a nominal efficiency for 

the control technology.

(4) The Administrator may grant permission to take emission 

credits for use of the control technology. The Administrator may 

also impose requirements that may be necessary to ensure 

operation and maintenance to achieve the specified nominal 

efficiency.

(5) In those cases where the owner or operator is seeking 

permission to take credit for use of a control technology that 

is different in use or design from the reference control 
Page 270 of 388

technology and the different control technology will be used in 

no more than three applications at a single plant site, the 

owner or operator shall submit the information listed in 

paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iv) of this section, as 

specified in §63.1335(e)(7)(ii), to the Administrator.

(i) In these instances, use and conditions for use of the 

control technology may be approved by the permitting authority 

as part of an operating permit application or modification. The 

permitting authority shall follow the procedures specified in 

paragraphs (i)(2) through (i)(4) of this section except that, in 

these instances, a Federal Register notice is not required to 

establish the nominal efficiency for the different technology.

(ii) If, in reviewing the application, the permitting 

authority believes the control technology has broad 

applicability for use by other affected sources, the permitting 

authority shall submit the information provided in the 

application to the Director of the EPA Office of Air Quality 

Planning and Standards. The Administrator shall review the 

technology for broad applicability and may publish a 

Federal Register notice; however, this review shall not affect 

the permitting authority's approval of the nominal efficiency of 

the control technology for the specific application.

(6) If, in reviewing an application for a control 

technology for an emission point, the Administrator or 
Page 271 of 388

permitting authority determines the control technology is not 

different in use or design from the reference control 

technology, the Administrator or permitting authority shall deny 

the application.

(j) The following procedures shall be used for calculating 

the efficiency (percent reduction) of pollution prevention 

measures for storage vessels, continuous process vents, batch 

process vents, aggregate batch vent streams, and wastewater 

streams:

(1) A pollution prevention measure is any practice that 

meets the criteria of paragraphs (j)(1)(i) and (j)(1)(ii) of 

this section.

(i) A pollution prevention measure is any practice that 

results in a lesser quantity of organic HAP emissions per unit 

of product released to the atmosphere prior to out-of-process 

recycling, treatment, or control of emissions, while the same 

product is produced.

(ii) Pollution prevention measures may include: 

substitution of feedstocks that reduce organic HAP emissions; 

alterations to the production process to reduce the volume of 

materials released to the environment; equipment modifications; 

housekeeping measures; and in-process recycling that returns 

waste materials directly to production as raw materials. 

Production cutbacks do not qualify as pollution prevention.
Page 272 of 388

(2) The emission reduction efficiency of pollution 

prevention measures implemented after November 15, 1990, may be 

used in calculating the actual emissions from an emission point 

in the debit and credit equations in paragraphs (g) and (h) of 

this section.

(i) For pollution prevention measures, the percent 

reduction used in the equations in paragraphs (g)(2) through 

(g)(7) of this section and paragraphs (h)(2) through (h)(7) of 

this section is the percent difference between the monthly 

organic HAP emissions for each emission point after the 

pollution prevention measure for the most recent month versus 

monthly emissions from the same emission point before the 

pollution prevention measure, adjusted by the volume of product 

produced during the two monthly periods.

(ii) Equation 46 of this subpart shall be used to calculate 

the percent reduction of a pollution prevention measure for each 

emission point.

Where:

Percent reduction = Efficiency of pollution prevention 

measure (percent organic HAP reduction).
Page 273 of 388

EB = Monthly emissions before the pollution prevention 

measure, megagrams per month, determined as specified in 

paragraphs (j)(2)(ii)(A), (j)(2)(ii)(B), and (j)(2)(ii)(C) of 

this section.

Epp = Monthly emissions after the pollution prevention 

measure, megagrams per month, as determined for the most recent 

month, determined as specified in either paragraphs 

(j)(2)(ii)(D) or (j)(2)(ii)(E) of this section.

PB = Monthly production before the pollution prevention 

measure, megagrams per month, during the same period over which 

EBis calculated.

Ppp = Monthly production after the pollution prevention 

measure, megagrams per month, as determined for the most recent 

month.

(A) The monthly emissions before the pollution prevention 

measure, EB, shall be determined in a manner consistent with the 

equations and procedures in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this 

section for continuous process vents, paragraph (g)(4) of this 

section for storage vessels, paragraph (g)(6) of this section 

for batch process vents, and paragraph (g)(7) of this section 

for aggregate batch vent streams.

(B) For wastewater, EB shall be calculated using Equation 47 

of this subpart:
Page 274 of 388

Where:

n = Number of wastewater streams.

QBi = Annual average flow rate for wastewater stream i 

before the pollution prevention measure, defined and determined 

according to §63.144(c)(3), liters per minute, before 

implementation of the pollution prevention measure.

HBi = Number of hours per month that wastewater stream i was 

discharged before the pollution prevention measure, hours per 

month.

s = Total number of organic HAP in wastewater stream i.

Fem = Fraction emitted of organic HAP m in wastewater from 

Table 34 of subpart G of this part, dimensionless.

HAPBim = Annual average concentration of organic HAP m in 

wastewater stream i, defined and determined according to 

paragraph §63.150(g)(5)(i) of this section, before the pollution 

prevention measure, parts per million by weight, as measured 

before the implementation of the pollution measure.

(C) If the pollution prevention measure was implemented 

prior to September 12, 1996 records may be used to determine EB.

(D) The monthly emissions after the pollution prevention 

measure, Epp, may be determined during a performance test or by a 

design evaluation and documented engineering calculations. Once 
Page 275 of 388

an emissions-to-production ratio has been established, the ratio 

can be used to estimate monthly emissions from monthly 

production records.

(E) For wastewater, Epp shall be calculated using Equation 

48 of this subpart and n, Qppi, Hppi, s, Fem, and HAPppim are 

defined and determined as described in paragraph (j)(2)(ii)(B) 

of this section, except that Qppi, Hppi, and HAPppim shall be 

determined after the pollution prevention measure has been 

implemented.

(iii) All equations, calculations, test procedures, test 

results, and other information used to determine the percent 

reduction achieved by a pollution prevention measure for each 

emission point shall be fully documented.

(iv) The same pollution prevention measure may reduce 

emissions from multiple emission points. In such cases, the 

percent reduction in emissions for each emission point shall be 

calculated.

(v) For the purposes of the equations in paragraphs (h)(2) 

through (h)(7) of this section used to calculate credits for 

emission points controlled more stringently than the reference 

control technology or standard, the nominal efficiency of a 

pollution prevention measure is equivalent to the percent 
Page 276 of 388

reduction of the pollution prevention measure. When a pollution 

prevention measure is used, the owner or operator of an affected 

source is not required to apply to the Administrator for a 

nominal efficiency and is not subject to paragraph (i) of this 

section.

(k) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that the 

emissions from the emission points proposed to be included in 

the emissions average will not result in greater hazard or, at 

the option of the Administrator, greater risk to human health or 

the environment than if the emission points were controlled 

according to the provisions in §§63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 

through 63.1320, 63.1321, and 63.1330.

(1) This demonstration of hazard or risk equivalency shall 

be made to the satisfaction of the Administrator.

(i) The Administrator may require owners and operators to 

use specific methodologies and procedures for making a hazard or 

risk determination.

(ii) The demonstration and approval of hazard or risk 

equivalency shall be made according to any guidance that the 

Administrator makes available for use.

(2) Owners and operators shall provide documentation 

demonstrating the hazard or risk equivalency of their proposed 

emissions average in their operating permit application or in 
Page 277 of 388

their Emissions Averaging Plan if an operating permit 

application has not yet been submitted.

(3) An Emissions Averaging Plan that does not demonstrate 

hazard or risk equivalency to the satisfaction of the 

Administrator shall not be approved. The Administrator may 

require such adjustments to the Emissions Averaging Plan as are 

necessary in order to ensure that the emissions average will not 

result in greater hazard or risk to human health or the 

environment than would result if the emission points were 

controlled according to §§63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 through 

63.1320, 63.1321, and 63.1330.

(4) A hazard or risk equivalency demonstration shall:

(i) Be a quantitative, bona fide chemical hazard or risk 

assessment;

(ii) Account for differences in chemical hazard or risk to 

human health or the environment; and

(iii) Meet any requirements set by the Administrator for 

such demonstrations.

(l) For periods of parameter monitoring excursions, an 

owner or operator may request that the provisions of paragraphs 

(l)(1) through (l)(4) of this section be followed instead of the 

procedures in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this 

section.
Page 278 of 388

(1) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of 

monitoring excursions in the Periodic Reports as required in 

§63.1335(e)(6).

(2) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that other 

types of monitoring data or engineering calculations are 

appropriate to establish that the control device for the 

emission point was operating in such a fashion to warrant 

assigning full or partial credits and debits. This demonstration 

shall be made to the Administrator's satisfaction, and the 

Administrator may establish procedures of demonstrating 

compliance that are acceptable.

(3) The owner or operator shall provide documentation of 

the excursion and the other type of monitoring data or 

engineering calculations to be used to demonstrate that the 

control device for the emission point was operating in such a 

fashion to warrant assigning full or partial credits and debits.

(4) The Administrator may assign full or partial credit and 

debits upon review of the information provided.

(m) For each emission point included in an emissions 

average, the owner or operator shall perform testing, 

monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting equivalent to that 

required for Group 1 emission points complying with §§63.1314, 

63.1315, 63.1316 through 63.1320, 63.1321, and 63.1330, as 

applicable. The specific requirements for continuous process 
Page 279 of 388

vents, batch process vents, aggregate batch vent streams, 

storage vessels, and wastewater operations that are included in 

an emissions average for an affected source are identified in 

paragraphs (m)(1) through (m)(7) of this section.

(1) For each continuous process vent subject to §63.1315 

equipped with a flare, incinerator, boiler, or process heater, 

as appropriate to the control technique:

(i) Determine whether the continuous process vent is Group 

1 or Group 2 according to the procedures specified in §63.1315;

(ii) Conduct initial performance tests to determine percent 

reduction according to the procedures specified in §63.1315; and

(iii) Monitor the operating parameters, keep records, and 

submit reports according to the procedures specified in 

§63.1315.

(2) For each continuous process vent subject to §63.1315 

equipped with a carbon adsorber, absorber, or condenser but not 

equipped with a control device, as appropriate to the control 

technique:

(i) Determine the flow rate, organic HAP concentration, and 

TRE index value according to the procedures specified in 

§63.1315; and

(ii) Monitor the operating parameters, keep records, and 

submit reports according to the procedures specified in 

§63.1315.
Page 280 of 388

(3) For continuous process vents subject to 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1):

(i) Determine whether the emissions from the continuous 

process vents subject to §63.1316(b)(1)(i) located in the 

collection of material recovery sections within the affected 

source are greater than, equal to, or less than 0.12 kg organic 

HAP per Mg of product according to the procedures specified in 

§63.1318(b);

(ii) Determine the emission rate, ERHAP, for each collection 

of process sections within the affected source according to the 

procedures specified in §63.1318(b); and

(iii) [Reserved]

(iv) Monitor the operating parameters, keep records, and 

submit reports according to the procedures specified in 

§63.1317, §63.1319, §63.1320.

(4) For each storage vessel controlled with an internal 

floating roof, external roof, or a closed vent system with a 

control device, as appropriate to the control technique:

(i) Perform the monitoring or inspection procedures 

according to the procedures specified in §63.1314;

(ii) Perform the reporting and recordkeeping procedures 

according to the procedures specified in §63.1314; and
Page 281 of 388

(iii) For closed vent systems with control devices, conduct 

an initial design evaluation and submit an operating plan 

according to the procedures specified in §63.1314.

(5) For wastewater emission points, as appropriate to the 

control technique:

(i) For wastewater treatment processes, conduct tests 

according to the procedures specified in §63.1330;

(ii) Conduct inspections and monitoring according to the 

procedures specified in §63.1330;

(iii) Implement a recordkeeping program according to the 

procedures specified in §63.1330; and

(iv) Implement a reporting program according to the 

procedures specified in §63.1330.

(6) For each batch process vent and aggregate batch vent 

stream equipped with a control device, as appropriate to the 

control technique:

(i) Determine whether the batch process vent or aggregate 

batch vent stream is Group 1 or Group 2 according to the 

procedures in §63.1323;

(ii) Conduct performance tests according to the procedures 

specified in §63.1325;

(iii) Conduct monitoring according to the procedures 

specified in §63.1324; and
Page 282 of 388

(iv) Perform the recordkeeping and reporting procedures 

according to the procedures specified in §§63.1326 and 63.1327.

(7) If an emission point in an emissions average is 

controlled using a pollution prevention measure or a device or 

technique for which no monitoring parameters or inspection 

procedures are required by §§63.1314, 63.1315, 63.1316 through 

63.1320, 63.1321, or 63.1330, the owner or operator shall submit 

the information specified in §63.1335(f) for alternate 

monitoring parameters or inspection procedures in the Emissions 

Averaging Plan or operating permit application.

(n) Records of all information required to calculate 

emission debits and credits shall be retained for 5 years.

(o) Precompliance Reports, Emission Averaging Plans, 

Notifications of Compliance Status, Periodic Reports, and other 

reports shall be submitted as required by §63.1335.

§63.1333 Additional requirements for performance testing.

(a) Performance testsing shall be conducted under such 

conditions as the Administrator specifies to the owner or 

operator based on representative performance of the affected 

source for the period being tested and in accordance with 

§63.7(a)(1), (a)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(4), (g), and (h), 

with the exceptions specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through 

(a)(5) of this section and the additions specified in paragraphs 

(b) through (d) of this section. Representative conditions 
Page 283 of 388

exclude periods of startup and shutdown unless specified by the 

Administrator or an applicable subpart. The owner or operator 

may not conduct performance tests during periods of malfunction. 

The owner or operator must record the process information that 

is necessary to document operating conditions during the test 

and include in such record an explanation to support that such 

conditions represent normal operation. Upon request, the owner 

or operator shall make available to the Administrator such 

records as may be necessary to determine the conditions of 

performance tests. Sections 63.1314 through 63.1330 also contain 

specific testing requirements.

(1) Performance tests shall be conducted according to the 

provisions of §63.7(e)(1) and (e)(2), except that performance

tests shall be conducted at maximum representative operating 

conditions achievable during one of the time periods described 

in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, without causing any of 

the situations described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section 

to occur.

(i) The 6-month period that ends 2 months before the 

Notification of Compliance Status is due, according to 

§63.1335(e)(5); or the 6-month period that begins 3 months 

before the performance test and ends 3 months after the 

performance test.
Page 284 of 388

(ii) Causing damage to equipment; necessitating that the 

owner or operator make product that does not meet an existing 

specification for sale to a customer; or necessitating that the 

owner or operator make product in excess of demand.

(2) The requirements in §63.1335(e)(5) shall apply instead 

of the references in §63.7(g) to the Notification of Compliance 

Status requirements in §63.9(h).

(3) Because the site-specific test plans in §63.7(c)(3) are 

not required, §63.7(h)(4)(ii) is not applicable.

(4) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of 

the intention to conduct a performance test at least 30 days 

before the performance test is scheduled to allow the 

Administrator the opportunity to have an observer present during 

the test. If after 30 days notice for an initially scheduled 

performance test, there is a delay (due to operational problems, 

etc.) in conducting the scheduled performance test, the owner or 

operator of an affected facility shall notify the Administrator 

as soon as possible of any delay in the original test date, 

either by providing at least 7 days prior notice of the 

rescheduled date of the performance test, or by arranging a 

rescheduled date with the Administrator by mutual agreement.

(5) Performance tests shall be performed no later than 150 

days after the compliance dates specified in this subpart (i.e., 

in time for the results to be included in the Notification of 
Page 285 of 388

Compliance Status), rather than according to the time periods in 

§63.7(a)(2) of subpart A of this part.

(b) Each owner or operator of an existing affected source 

producing MBS complying with §63.1315(b)(2) shall determine 

compliance with the mass emission per mass product standard by 

using Equation 49 of this subpart. When determining Ei, when the 

provisions of §63.116(c)(4) specify that Method 18, 40 CFR part 

60, appendix A, shall be used, Method 18 or Method 25A, 40 CFR 

part 60, appendix A, may be used for the purposes of this 

subpart. The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 

shall conform with the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) and 

(b)(2) of this section. During periods of startup or shutdown, 

as an alternative to using Equation 49 of this subpart, the 

owner or operator may divide the emission rate of total organic 

HAP or TOC during startup or shutdown by the rate of polymer 

produced from the most recent performance test associated with a 

production rate greater than zero to comply with the emission 

limit.

Where:

ERMBS = Emission rate of organic HAP or TOC from continuous 

process vents, kg/Mg product.
Page 286 of 388

Ei = Emission rate of organic HAP or TOC from continuous 

process vent i as calculated using the procedures specified in 

§63.116(c)(4), kg/month.

PPM = Amount of polymer produced in one month as determined 

by the procedures specified in §63.1318(b)(1)(ii), Mg/month.

n = Number of continuous process vents.

(1) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 

25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be the single organic HAP 

representing the largest percent by volume.

(2) The use of Method 25A, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, is 

acceptable if the response from the high-level calibration gas 

is at least 20 times the standard deviation of the response from 

the zero calibration gas when the instrument is zeroed on the 

most sensitive scale.

(c) The owner or operator of an affected source, complying 

with §63.1322(a)(3) shall determine compliance with the percent 

reduction requirement using Equation 50 of this subpart.

Where:

PR = Percent reduction

Hj = Number of operating hours in a year for control device 

j.
Page 287 of 388

Ei = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP at the inlet of 

control device j, calculated as specified in §63.1325(f), kg/hr. 

This value includes all continuous process vents, batch process 

vents, and aggregate batch vent streams routed to control device 

j.

Eo = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP at the outlet of 

control device j, calculated as specified in §63.1325(f), kg/hr.

Hk = Number of hours of operation during which positive flow 

is present in uncontrolled continuous process vent or aggregate 

batch vent stream k, hr/yr.

Eku = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP of uncontrolled 

continuous process vent or aggregate batch vent stream k, 

calculated as specified in §63.1325(f)(4), kg/hr.

AEunc = Mass rate of TOC or total organic HAP of 

uncontrolled batch process vent l, calculated as specified in 

§63.1325(f)(4), kg/yr.

n = Number of control devices, uncontrolled continuous 

process vents and aggregate batch vent streams, and uncontrolled 

batch process vents. The value of n is not necessarily the same 

for these three items.

(d) Data shall be reduced in accordance with the EPA 

approved methods specified in the applicable subpart or, if 

other test methods are used, the data and methods shall be 
Page 288 of 388

validated according to the protocol in Method 301 of appendix A 

of this part.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, if 

an owner or operator of an affected source uses a flare to 

comply with any of the requirements of this subpart, the owner 

or operator shall comply with paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) 

of this section. The owner or operator is not required to 

conduct a performance test to determine percent emission 

reduction or outlet organic HAP or TOC concentration. If a 

compliance demonstration has been conducted previously for a 

flare, using the techniques specified in paragraphs (e)(1) 

through (e)(3) of this section, that compliance demonstration 

may be used to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph if 

either no deliberate process changes have been made since the 

compliance demonstration, or the results of the compliance 

demonstration reliably demonstrate compliance despite process 

changes.

(1) Conduct a visible emission test using the techniques 

specified in §63.11(b)(4);

(2) Determine the net heating value of the gas being 

combusted, using the techniques specified in §63.11(b)(6); and

(3) Determine the exit velocity using the techniques 

specified in either §63.11(b)(7)(i) (and §63.11(b)(7)(iii), 

where applicable) or §63.11(b)(8), as appropriate.
Page 289 of 388

§63.1334 Parameter monitoring levels and excursions.

(a) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels. The owner 

or operator of a control or recovery device that has one or more 

parameter monitoring level requirements specified under this 

subpart shall establish a maximum or minimum level for each 

measured parameter. If a performance test is required by this 

subpart for a control device, the owner or operator shall use 

the procedures in either paragraph (b) or (c) of this section to 

establish the parameter monitoring level(s). If a performance 

test is not required by this subpart for a control device, the 

owner or operator may use the procedures in paragraph (b), (c) 

or (d) of this section to establish the parameter monitoring 

level(s). When using the procedures specified in paragraph (c) 

or (d) of this section, the owner or operator shall submit the 

information specified in §63.1335(e)(3)(vii) for review and 

approval as part of the Precompliance Report.

(1) The owner or operator shall operate control and 

recovery devices such that the daily average of monitored 

parameters remains above the minimum established level or below 

the maximum established level, except as otherwise stated in 

this subpart.

(2) As specified in §63.1335(e)(5), all established levels, 

along with their supporting documentation and the definition of 
Page 290 of 388

an operating day, shall be submitted as part of the Notification 

of Compliance Status.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed to allow a 

monitoring parameter excursion caused by an activity that 

violates other applicable provisions of subpart A, F, G, or H of 

this part.

(b) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels based 

exclusively on performance tests. In cases where a performance

test is required by this subpart, or the owner or operator of 

the affected source elects to do a performance test in 

accordance with the provisions of this subpart, and an owner or 

operator elects to establish a parameter monitoring level for a 

control, recovery, or recapture device based exclusively on 

parameter values measured during the performance test, the owner 

or operator of the affected source shall comply with the 

procedures in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section, 

as applicable.

(1) [Reserved]

(2) Continuous process vents. During initial compliance 

testing, the appropriate parameter shall be continuously 

monitored during the required 1-hour runs. The monitoring 

level(s) shall then be established as the average of the maximum 

(or minimum) point values from the three test runs. The average 

of the maximum values shall be used when establishing a maximum 
Page 291 of 388

level, and the average of the minimum values shall be used when 

establishing a minimum level.

(3) Batch process vents. The monitoring level(s) shall be 

established using the procedures specified in either paragraph 

(b)(3)(i) or (b)(3)(ii) of this section. The procedures 

specified in this paragraph (b)(3) may only be used if the batch 

emission episodes, or portions thereof, selected to be 

controlled were tested, and monitoring data were collected, 

during the entire period in which emissions were vented to the 

control device, as specified in §63.1325(c)(1)(i). If the owner 

or operator chose to test only a portion of the batch emission 

episode, or portion thereof, selected to be controlled, the 

procedures in paragraph (c) of this section shall be used.

(i) If more than one batch emission episode or more than 

one portion of a batch emission episode has been selected to be 

controlled, a single level for the batch cycle shall be 

calculated as follows:

(A) The average monitored parameter value shall be 

calculated for each batch emission episode, or portion thereof, 

in the batch cycle selected to be controlled. The average shall 

be based on all values measured during the required performance 

test.

(B) If the level to be established is a maximum operating 

parameter, the level shall be defined as the minimum of the 
Page 292 of 388

average parameter values of the batch emission episodes, or 

portions thereof, in the batch cycle selected to be controlled 

(i.e., identify the emission episode, or portion thereof, which 

requires the lowest parameter value in order to assure 

compliance. The average parameter value that is necessary to 

assure compliance for that emission episode, or portion thereof, 

shall be the level for all emission episodes, or portions 

thereof, in the batch cycle, that are selected to be 

controlled).

(C) If the level to be established is a minimum operating 

parameter, the level shall be defined as the maximum of the 

average parameter values of the batch emission episodes, or 

portions thereof, in the batch cycle selected to be controlled 

(i.e., identify the emission episode, or portion thereof, which 

requires the highest parameter value in order to assure 

compliance. The average parameter value that is necessary to 

assure compliance for that emission episode, or portion thereof, 

shall be the level for all emission episodes, or portions 

thereof, in the batch cycle, that are selected to be 

controlled).

(D) Alternatively, an average monitored parameter value 

shall be calculated for the entire batch cycle based on all 

values measured during each batch emission episode, or portion 

thereof, selected to be controlled.
Page 293 of 388

(ii) Instead of establishing a single level for the batch 

cycle, as described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, an 

owner or operator may establish separate levels for each batch 

emission episode, or portion thereof, selected to be controlled. 

Each level shall be determined as specified in paragraph 

(b)(3)(i)(A) of this section.

(iii) The batch cycle shall be defined in the Notification 

of Compliance Status, as specified in §63.1335(e)(5). Said 

definition shall include an identification of each batch 

emission episode and the information required to determine 

parameter monitoring compliance for partial batch cycles (i.e., 

when part of a batch cycle is accomplished during two different 

operating days).

(4) Aggregate batch vent streams. For aggregate batch vent 

streams, the monitoring level shall be established in accordance 

with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(c) Establishment of parameter monitoring levels based on 

performance tests, supplemented by engineering assessments 

and/or manufacturer's recommendations. In cases where a 

performance test is required by this subpart, or the owner or 

operator elects to do a performance test in accordance with the 

provisions of this subpart, and an owner or operator elects to 

establish a parameter monitoring level for a control, recovery, 

or recapture device under this paragraph (c), the owner or 
Page 294 of 388

operator shall supplement the parameter values measured during 

the performance test with engineering assessments and/or 

manufacturer's recommendations. Performance testing is not 

required to be conducted over the entire range of expected 

parameter values.

(d) Establishment of parameter monitoring based on 

engineering assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations. 

In cases where a performance test is not required by this 

subpart and an owner or operator elects to establish a parameter 

monitoring level for a control, recovery, or recapture device 

under this paragraph (d), the determination of the parameter 

monitoring level shall be based exclusively on engineering 

assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations.

(e) [Reserved]

(f) Parameter monitoring excursion definitions. (1) With 

respect to storage vessels (where the applicable monitoring plan 

specifies continuous monitoring), continuous process vents, 

aggregate batch vent streams, and process wastewater streams, an 

excursion means any of the three cases listed in paragraphs 

(f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iii) of this section. For a control or 

recovery device where multiple parameters are monitored, if one 

or more of the parameters meets the excursion criteria in 

paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iii) of this section, this 

is considered a single excursion for the control or recovery 
Page 295 of 388

device. For each excursion, the owner or operator shall be 

deemed out of compliance with the provisions of this subpart, 

except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section.

(i) When the daily average value of one or more monitored 

parameters is above the maximum level or below the minimum level 

established for the given parameters.

(ii) When the period of control or recovery device 

operation, with the exception noted in paragraph (f)(1)(v) of 

this section, is 4 hours or greater in an operating day, and 

monitoring data are insufficient, as defined in paragraph 

(f)(1)(iv) of this section, to constitute a valid hour of data 

for at least 75 percent of the operating hours.

(iii) When the period of control or recovery device 

operation, with the exception noted in paragraph (f)(1)(v) of 

this section, is less than 4 hours in an operating day and more 

than two of the hours during the period of operation do not 

constitute a valid hour of data due to insufficient monitoring 

data, as defined in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section.

(iv) Monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid 

hour of data, as used in paragraphs (f)(1)(ii) and (f)(1)(iii) 

of this section, if measured values are unavailable for any of 

the 15-minute periods within the hour. For data compression 

systems approved under §63.1335(g)(3), monitoring data are 
Page 296 of 388

insufficient to calculate a valid hour of data if there are less 

than four data measurements made during the hour.

(v) The periods listed in paragraphs (f)(1)(v)(A) through 

(f)(1)(v)and (EB) of this section are not considered to be part 

of the period of control or recovery device operation, for the 

purposes of paragraphs (f)(1)(ii) and (f)(1)(iii) of this 

section.

(A) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration 

checks, and zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments; or

(B) Start-ups;

(C) Shutdowns;

(D) Malfunctions; or

(E) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or 

portion thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to 

which the monitoring applies.

(2) With respect to batch process vents, an excursion means 

one of the two cases listed in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and 

(f)(2)(ii) of this section. For a control device where multiple 

parameters are monitored, if one or more of the parameters meets 

the excursion criteria in either paragraph (f)(2)(i) or 

(f)(2)(ii) of this section, this is considered a single 

excursion for the control device. For each excursion, the owner 

or operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the 
Page 297 of 388

provisions of this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) 

of this section.

(i) When the batch cycle daily average value of one or more 

monitored parameters is above the maximum or below the minimum 

established level for the given parameters.

(ii) When monitoring data are insufficient for an operating 

day. Monitoring data shall be considered insufficient when 

measured values are not available for at least 75 percent of the 

15-minute periods when batch emission episodes selected to be 

controlled are being vented to the control device during the 

operating day, using the procedures specified in paragraphs 

(f)(2)(ii)(A) through (f)(2)(ii)(D) of this section.

(A) Determine the total amount of time during the operating 

day when batch emission episodes selected to be controlled are 

being vented to the control device.

(B) Subtract the time during the periods of monitoring 

system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (lowlevel) and high-level adjustments listed in paragraphs 

(f)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through (f)(2)(ii)(B)(4) of this section from 

the total amount of time determined in paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A) 

of this section, to obtain the operating time used to determine 

if monitoring data are insufficient.

(1) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration 

checks, and zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
Page 298 of 388

(2) Start-ups;

(3) Shutdowns; or

(4) Malfunctions.

(C) Determine the total number of 15-minute periods in the 

operating time used to determine if monitoring data are 

insufficient, as was determined in accordance with paragraph 

(f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(D) If measured values are not available for at least 75 

percent of the total number of 15-minute periods determined in 

paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(C) of this section, the monitoring data are 

insufficient for the operating day.

(3) For storage vessels where the applicable monitoring 

plan does not specify continuous monitoring, an excursion is 

defined in paragraph (f)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section, as 

applicable. For a control or recovery device where multiple 

parameters are monitored, if one or more of the parameters meets 

the excursion criteria, this is considered a single excursion 

for the control or recovery device. For each excursion, the 

owner or operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the 

provisions of this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) 

of this section.

(i) If the monitoring plan specifies monitoring a parameter 

and recording its value at specific intervals (such as every 15 

minutes or every hour), either of the cases listed in paragraph 
Page 299 of 388

(f)(3)(i)(A) or (f)(3)(i)(B) of this section is considered a 

single excursion for the control device. For each excursion, the 

owner or operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the 

provisions of this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) 

of this section.

(A) When the average value of one or more parameters, 

averaged over the duration of the filling period for the storage 

vessel, is above the maximum level or below the minimum level 

established for the given parameters.

(B) When monitoring data are insufficient. Monitoring data 

shall be considered insufficient when measured values are not 

available for at least 75 percent of the specific intervals at 

which parameters are to be monitored and recorded, according to 

the storage vessel's monitoring plan, during the filling period 

for the storage vessel.

(ii) If the monitoring plan does not specify monitoring a 

parameter and recording its value at specific intervals (for 

example, if the relevant operating requirement is to exchange a 

disposable carbon canister before expiration of its rated 

service life), the monitoring plan shall define an excursion in 

terms of the relevant operating requirement.

(4) With respect to continuous process vents complying with 

the mass emissions per mass product requirements specified in 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i)(A), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or 
Page 300 of 388

(c)(1)(i), an excursion has occurred when the mass emission rate 

calculated as specified in §63.1318(c) exceeds the appropriate 

mass emissions per mass product requirement. For each excursion, 

the owner or operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the 

provisions of this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) 

of this section.

(5) With respect to continuous process vents complying with 

the temperature limits for final condensers specified in 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i)(B) or (c)(1)(ii), an excursion has occurred 

when the daily average exit temperature exceeds the appropriate 

condenser temperature limit. For each excursion, the owner or 

operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the provisions 

of this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) of this 

section. The periods listed in paragraphs (f)(5)(i) through 

(f)(5)and (vii) of this section are not considered to be part of 

the period of operation for the condenser for purposes of 

determining the daily average exit temperature.

(i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration 

checks, and zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments; or

(ii) Start-ups;

(iii) Shutdowns;

(iv) Malfunctions; or
Page 301 of 388

(v) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or 

portion thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to 

which the monitoring applies.

(6) With respect to new affected sources producing SAN 

using a batch process, an excursion has occurred when the 

percent reduction calculated using the procedures specified in 

§63.1333(c) is less than 84 percent. For each excursion, the 

owner or operator shall be deemed out of compliance with the 

provisions of this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (g) 

of this section. The periods listed in paragraphs (f)(6)(i) 

through (f)(6)and (vii) of this section are not considered to be 

part of the period of control or recovery device operation for 

purposes of determining the percent reduction.

(i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration 

checks, and zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments; or

(ii) Start-ups;

(iii) Shutdowns;

(iv) Malfunctions; or

(v) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or 

portion thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to 

which the monitoring applies.

(7) With respect to continuous process vents complying with 

the mass emissions per mass product requirement specified in 

§63.1315(b)(2), an excursion has occurred when the mass emission 
Page 302 of 388

rate calculated as specified in §63.1333(b) exceeds the mass 

emissions per mass product requirement specified in 

§63.1315(b)(2). For each excursion, the owner or operator shall 

be deemed out of compliance with the provisions of this subpart, 

except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section.

(g) Excused excursions. A number of excused excursions 

shall be allowed for each control or recovery device for each 

semiannual period. The number of excused excursions for each 

semiannual period is specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through 

(g)(6) of this section. This paragraph (g) applies to affected 

sources required to submit Periodic Reports semiannually or 

quarterly. The first semiannual period is the 6-month period 

starting the date the Notification of Compliance Status is due.

(1) For the first semiannual period—six excused excursions.

(2) For the second semiannual period—five excused 

excursions.

(3) For the third semiannual period—four excused 

excursions.

(4) For the fourth semiannual period—three excused 

excursions.

(5) For the fifth semiannual period—two excused excursions.

(6) For the sixth and all subsequent semiannual periods—one 

excused excursion.

§63.1335 General recordkeeping and reporting provisions.
Page 303 of 388

(a) Data retention. Unless otherwise specified in this 

subpart, the owner or operator of an affected source shall keep 

copies of all applicable records and reports required by this 

subpart for at least 5 years, as specified in paragraph (a)(1) 

of this section, with the exception listed in paragraph (a)(2) 

of this section.

(1) All applicable records shall be maintained in such a 

manner that they can be readily accessed. The most recent 6 

months of records shall be retained on site or shall be 

accessible from a central location by computer or other means 

that provides access within 2 hours after a request. The 

remaining 4 and one-half years of records may be retained 

offsite. Records may be maintained in hard copy or computerreadable form including, but not limited to, on paper, 

microfilm, computer, floppy disk, magnetic tape, or microfiche.

(2) If an owner or operator submits copies of reports to 

the appropriate EPA Regional Office, the owner or operator is 

not required to maintain copies of reports. If the EPA Regional 

Office has waived the requirement of §63.10(a)(4)(ii) for 

submittal of copies of reports, the owner or operator is not 

required to maintain copies of those reports.

(b) Requirements of subpart A of this part. The owner or 

operator of an affected source shall comply with the applicable 

recordkeeping and reporting requirements in subpart A of this 
Page 304 of 388

part as specified in Table 1 of this subpart. These requirements 

include, but are not limited to, the requirements specified in 

paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.

(1) Start-up, shutdown, and mMalfunction recordkeeping and 

reportingplan. The owner or operator of an affected source shall 

develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan as 

specified in §63.6(e)(3). This plan shall describe, in detail, 

procedures for operating and maintaining the affected source 

during periods of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction and a 

program for corrective action for malfunctioning process and air 

pollution control equipment used to comply with this subpart. 

Inclusion of Group 2 emission points is not required, unless 

these points are included in an emissions average. For equipment 

leaks (subject to §63.1331), the start-up, shutdown, and 

malfunction plan requirement is limited to control devices and 

is optional for other equipment. For equipment leaks, the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan may include written 

procedures that identify conditions that justify a delay of 

repair. A provision for ceasing to collect, during a start-up, 

shutdown, or malfunction, monitoring data that would otherwise 

be required by the provisions of this subpart may be included in 

the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan only if the owner 

or operator has demonstrated to the Administrator, through the 

Precompliance Report or a supplement to the Precompliance 
Page 305 of 388

Report, that the monitoring system would be damaged or destroyed 

if it were not shut down during the start-up, shutdown, or 

malfunction. The affected source shall keep the start-up, 

shutdown, and malfunction plan on-site. Records associated with 

the plan shall be kept as specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) 

through (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section. Reports related to the 

plan shall be submitted as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of 

this section.

(i) Records of start-up, shutdown, and malfunctions. The 

owner or operator shall keep the records specified in paragraphs 

(b)(1)(i)(A) through (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section.

(A) In the event that an affected unit fails to meet an 

applicable standard, record the number of failures. For each 

failure record the date, time, and duration of each 

failure.Records of the occurrence and duration of each start-up, 

shutdown, and malfunction of operation of process equipment or 

control devices or recovery devices or continuous monitoring 

systems used to comply with this subpart during which excess 

emissions (as defined in §63.1310(j)(4)) occur.

(B) For each failure to meet an applicable standard, record 

and retain a list of the affected sources or equipment, an 

estimate of the quantity of each regulated pollutant emitted 

over any emission limit, and a description of the method used to 

estimate the emissions.For each start-up, shutdown, or 
Page 306 of 388

malfunction during which excess emissions (as defined in 

§63.1310(j)(4)) occur, records reflecting whether the procedures 

specified in the affected source's start-up, shutdown, and 

malfunction plan were followed, and documentation of actions 

taken that are not consistent with the plan. For example, if a 

start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan includes procedures for 

routing a control device to a backup control device, records 

shall be kept of whether the plan was followed. These records 

may take the form of a “checklist,” or other form of 

recordkeeping that confirms conformance with the start-up 

shutdown, and malfunction plan for the event.

(C) Record actions taken to minimize emissions in 

accordance with §63.1310(j)(4), and any corrective actions taken 

to return the affected unit to its normal or usual manner of 

operation.Records specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) through 

(b)(1)(i)(B) of this section are not required if they pertain 

solely to Group 2 emission points that are not included in an 

emissions average.

(ii) Reports of start-up, shutdown, and malfunctions. If a 

source fails to meet an applicable standard, report such events 

in the Periodic Report. Report the number of failures to meet an 

applicable standard. For each instance, report the date, time,

and duration of each failure. For each failure the report must 

include a list of the affected sources or equipment, an estimate 
Page 307 of 388

of the quantity of each regulated pollutant emitted over any 

emission limit, and a description of the method used to estimate 

the emissions.For the purposes of this subpart, the semiannual 

start-up, shutdown, and malfunction reports shall be submitted 

on the same schedule as the Periodic Reports required under 

paragraph (e)(6) of this section instead of being submitted on 

the schedule specified in §63.10(d)(5)(i). The reports shall 

include the information specified in §63.10(d)(5)(i).

(2) Application for approval of construction or 

reconstruction. For new affected sources, each owner or operator 

shall comply with the provisions in §63.5 regarding construction 

and reconstruction, excluding the provisions specified in 

§63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H), (d)(1)(iii), (d)(2), and (d)(3)(ii).

(c) [Reserved]

(d) Recordkeeping and documentation. Owners or operators 

required to keep continuous records shall keep records as 

specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(107) of this section, 

unless an alternative recordkeeping system has been requested 

and approved as specified in paragraph (g) of this section, and 

except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section. If a 

monitoring plan for storage vessels pursuant to §63.1314(a)(9) 

requires continuous records, the monitoring plan shall specify 

which provisions, if any, of paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(107) 

of this section apply. As described in §63.1314(a)(9), certain 
Page 308 of 388

storage vessels are not required to keep continuous records as 

specified in this paragraph. Owners and operators of such 

storage vessels shall keep records as specified in the 

monitoring plan required by §63.1314(a)(9). Paragraphs (d)(8) 

and (d)(9) of this section specify documentation requirements.

(1) The monitoring system shall measure data values at 

least once every 15 minutes.

(2) The owner or operator shall record either each measured 

data value or block average values for 1 hour or shorter periods 

calculated from all measured data values during each period. If 

values are measured more frequently than once per minute, a 

single value for each minute may be used to calculate the hourly 

(or shorter period) block average instead of all measured 

values. Owners or operators of batch process vents shall record 

each measured data value.

(3) Daily average (or batch cycle daily average) values of 

each continuously monitored parameter shall be calculated for 

each operating day as specified in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) through 

(d)(3)(ii) of this section, except as specified in paragraphs 

(d)(6) and (d)(7) of this section.

(i) The daily average value or batch cycle daily average 

shall be calculated as the average of all parameter values 

recorded during the operating day, except as specified in 

paragraph (d)(7) of this section. For batch process vents, as 
Page 309 of 388

specified in §63.1326(e)(2)(i), only parameter values measured 

during those batch emission episodes, or portions thereof, in 

the batch cycle that the owner or operator has chosen to control 

shall be used to calculate the average. The calculated average 

shall cover a 24-hour period if operation is continuous, or the 

number of hours of operation per operating day if operation is 

not continuous.

(ii) The operating day shall be the period the owner or 

operator specifies in the operating permit or the Notification 

of Compliance Status for purposes of determining daily average 

values or batch cycle daily average values of monitored 

parameters.

(4)–(5) [Reserved]

(6) Records required when all recorded values are within 

the established limits. If all recorded values for a monitored 

parameter during an operating day are above the minimum level or 

below the maximum level established in the Notification of 

Compliance Status or operating permit, the owner or operator may 

record that all values were above the minimum level or below the 

maximum level rather than calculating and recording a daily 

average (or batch cycle daily average) for that operating day.

(7) Monitoring data recorded during periods identified in 

paragraphs (d)(7)(i) through and (iid)(7)(v) of this section 

shall not be included in any average computed under this 
Page 310 of 388

subpart. Records shall be kept of the times and durations of all 

such periods and any other periods during process or control 

device or recovery device operation when monitors are not 

operating.

(i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration 

checks, and zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments; or

(ii) Start-ups;

(iii) Shutdowns;

(iv) Malfunctions;

(v) Periods of non-operation of the affected source (or 

portion thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to 

which the monitoring applies.

(8) For continuous monitoring systems used to comply with 

this subpart, records documenting the completion of calibration 

checks, and records documenting the maintenance of continuous 

monitoring systems that are specified in the manufacturer's 

instructions or that are specified in other written procedures 

that provide adequate assurance that the equipment would 

reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.

(9) The owner or operator of an affected source granted a 

waiver under §63.10(f) shall maintain the information, if any, 

specified by the Administrator as a condition of the waiver of 

recordkeeping or reporting requirements.
Page 311 of 388

(10) For pressure relief devices in organic HAP service, 

keep records of the information specified in paragraphs 

(d)(10)(i) through (v) of this section, as applicable.

(i) A list of identification numbers for pressure relief 

devices that the owner or operator elects to equip with a 

closed-vent system and control device, subject to the provisions 

in §63.1331(a)(9)(iv).

(ii) A list of identification numbers for pressure relief 

devices subject to the provisions in §63.1331(a)(9)(i).

(iii) A list of identification numbers for pressure relief 

devices equipped with rupture disks, subject to the provisions 

in §63.1331(a)(9)(ii)(B).

(iv) The dates and results of the Method 21 of 40 CFR part 

60, appendix A, monitoring following a pressure release for each 

pressure relief device subject to the provisions in 

§63.1331(a)(9)(i) and (ii). The results shall include:

(A) The background level measured during each compliance 

test.

(B) The maximum instrument reading measured at each piece 

of equipment during each compliance test.

(v) For pressure relief devices in organic HAP service

subject to §63.1331(a)(9)(iii), keep records of each pressure 

release to the atmosphere, including the following information:

(A) The source, nature, and cause of the pressure release.
Page 312 of 388

(B) The date, time, and duration of the pressure release.

(C) The quantity of total HAP emitted during the pressure 

release and the calculations used for determining this quantity.

(D) The actions taken to prevent this pressure release.

(E) The measures adopted to prevent future such pressure 

releases.

(e) Reporting and notification. In addition to the reports 

and notifications required by subpart A of this part as 

specified in Table 1 of this subpart, the owner or operator of 

an affected source shall prepare and submit the reports listed 

in paragraphs (e)(3) through (e)(89) of this section, as 

applicable. All reports required by this subpart, and the 

schedule for their submittal, are listed in Table 9 of this 

subpart.

(1) Owners and operators shall not be in violation of the 

reporting requirements of this subpart for failing to submit 

information required to be included in a specified report if the 

owner or operator meets the requirements in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) 

through (e)(1)(iii) of this section. Examples of circumstances 

where this paragraph may apply include information related to 

newly-added equipment or emission points, changes in the 

process, changes in equipment required or utilized for 

compliance with the requirements of this subpart, or changes in 
Page 313 of 388

methods or equipment for monitoring, recordkeeping, or 

reporting.

(i) The information was not known in time for inclusion in 

the report specified by this subpart;

(ii) The owner or operator has been diligent in obtaining 

the information; and

(iii) The owner or operator submits a report according to 

the provisions of paragraphs (e)(1)(iii)(A) through 

(e)(1)(iii)(C) of this section.

(A) If this subpart expressly provides for supplements to 

the report in which the information is required, the owner or 

operator shall submit the information as a supplement to that 

report. The information shall be submitted no later than 60 days 

after it is obtained, unless otherwise specified in this 

subpart.

(B) If this subpart does not expressly provide for 

supplements, but the owner or operator must submit a request for 

revision of an operating permit pursuant to part 70 or part 71, 

due to circumstances to which the information pertains, the 

owner or operator shall submit the information with the request 

for revision to the operating permit.

(C) In any case not addressed by paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(A) 

or (e)(1)(iii)(B) of this paragraph, the owner or operator shall 

submit the information with the first Periodic Report, as 
Page 314 of 388

required by this subpart, which has a submission deadline at 

least 60 days after the information is obtained.

(2) All reports required under this subpart shall be sent 

to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in 

§63.13. If acceptable to both the Administrator and the owner or 

operator of an affected source, reports may be submitted on 

electronic media.

(3) Precompliance Report. Owners or operators of affected 

sources requesting an extension for compliance; requesting 

approval to use alternative monitoring parameters, alternative 

continuous monitoring and recordkeeping, or alternative 

controls; requesting approval to use engineering assessment to 

estimate emissions from a batch emissions episode, as described 

in §63.1323(b)(6)(i)(C); or wishing to establish parameter 

monitoring levels according to the procedures contained in 

§63.1334(c) or (d); or requesting approval to incorporate a 

provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data, during a 

start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, into the start-up, shutdown, 

and malfunction plan, when that monitoring equipment would be 

damaged if it did not cease to collect monitoring data, as 

permitted under §63.1310(j)(3), shall submit a Precompliance 

Report according to the schedule described in paragraph 

(e)(3)(i) of this section. The Precompliance Report shall 
Page 315 of 388

contain the information specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) 

through (e)(3)(viii) of this section, as appropriate.

(i) Submittal dates. The Precompliance Report shall be 

submitted to the Administrator no later than December 19, 2000. 

If a Precompliance Report was submitted prior to June 19, 2000 

and no changes need to be made to that Precompliance Report, the 

owner or operator shall re-submit the earlier report or submit 

notification that the previously submitted report is still 

valid. Unless the Administrator objects to a request submitted 

in the Precompliance Report within 45 days after its receipt, 

the request shall be deemed approved. For new affected sources, 

the Precompliance Report shall be submitted to the Administrator 

with the application for approval of construction or 

reconstruction required in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. 

Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be submitted as 

specified in paragraph (e)(3)(ix) of this section. To submit a 

Precompliance Report for the first time after the compliance 

date to request an extension for compliance; request approval to 

use alternative monitoring parameters, alternative continuous 

monitoring and recordkeeping or alternative controls; request 

approval to use engineering assessment to estimate emissions 

from a batch emissions episode, as described in 

§63.1323(b)(6)(i)(C); or to request to establish parameter 

monitoring levels according to the procedures contained in 
Page 316 of 388

§63.1334(c) or (d), the owner or operator shall notify the 

Administrator at least 90 days before the planned change is to 

be implemented; the change shall be considered approved if the 

Administrator either approves the change in writing, or fails to 

disapprove the change in writing within 45 days of receipt.

(ii) A request for an extension for compliance, as 

specified in §63.1311(e), may be submitted in the Precompliance 

Report. The request for a compliance extension shall include the 

data outlined in §63.6(i)(6)(i)(A), (B), and (D), as required in 

§63.1311(e)(1).

(iii) The alternative monitoring parameter information 

required in paragraph (f) of this section shall be submitted in 

the Precompliance Report if, for any emission point, the owner 

or operator of an affected source seeks to comply through the 

use of a control technique other than those for which monitoring 

parameters are specified in this subpart or in subpart G of this 

part or seeks to comply by monitoring a different parameter than 

those specified in this subpart or in subpart G of this part.

(iv) If the affected source seeks to comply using 

alternative continuous monitoring and recordkeeping as specified 

in paragraph (g) of this section, the owner or operator shall 

submit a request for approval in the Precompliance Report.

(v) The owner or operator shall report the intent to use 

alternative controls emission standards to comply with the 
Page 317 of 388

provisions of this subpart in the Precompliance Report. The 

Administrator may deem alternative controls emission standards 

to be equivalent to the controls standard required by the 

standardsubpart, under the procedures outlined in §63.6(g).

(vi) If a request for approval to use engineering 

assessment to estimate emissions from a batch emissions episode, 

as described in §63.1323(b)(6)(i)(C) is being made, the 

information required by §63.1323(b)(6)(iii)(B) shall be 

submitted in the Precompliance Report.

(vii) If an owner or operator establishes parameter 

monitoring levels according to the procedures contained in 

§63.1334(c) or (d), the following information shall be submitted 

in the Precompliance Report:

(A) Identification of which procedures (i.e., §63.1334(c) 

or (d)) are to be used; and

(B) A description of how the parameter monitoring level is 

to be established. If the procedures in §63.1334(c) are to be 

used, a description of how performance test data will be used 

shall be included.

(viii) If the owner or operator is requesting approval to 

incorporate a provision for ceasing to collect monitoring data, 

during a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, into the start-up, 

shutdown, and malfunction plan, when that monitoring equipment 

would be damaged if it did not cease to collect monitoring data, 
Page 318 of 388

the information specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(viii)(A) and (B) 

shall be supplied in the Precompliance Report or in a supplement 

to the Precompliance Report. The Administrator shall evaluate 

the supporting documentation and shall approve the request only 

if, in the Administrator's judgment, the specific monitoring 

equipment would be damaged by the contemporaneous start-up, 

shutdown, or malfunction.

(A) Documentation supporting a claim that the monitoring 

equipment would be damaged by the contemporaneous start-up, 

shutdown, or malfunction; and

(B) A request to incorporate such a provision for ceasing 

to collect monitoring data during a start-up, shutdown, or 

malfunction, into the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction 

plan.[Reserved]

(ix) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be 

submitted as specified in paragraphs (e)(3)(ix)(A) or 

(e)(3)(ix)(B) of this section. Unless the Administrator objects 

to a request submitted in a supplement to the Precompliance 

Report within 45 days after its receipt, the request shall be 

deemed approved.

(A) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be 

submitted to clarify or modify information previously submitted.

(B) Supplements to the Precompliance Report may be 

submitted to request approval to use alternative monitoring 
Page 319 of 388

parameters, as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this 

section; to use alternative continuous monitoring and 

recordkeeping, as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(iv) of this 

section; to use alternative controls, as specified in paragraph 

(e)(3)(v) of this section; to use engineering assessment to 

estimate emissions from a batch emissions episode, as specified 

in paragraph (e)(3)(vi) of this section; or to establish 

parameter monitoring levels according to the procedures 

contained in §63.1334(c) or (d), as specified in paragraph 

(e)(3)(vii) of this section; or to include a provision for 

ceasing to collect monitoring data during a start-up, shutdown, 

or malfunction, in the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan, 

when that monitoring equipment would be damaged if it did not 

cease to collect monitoring data, as specified in paragraph 

(e)(3)(viii) of this section.

(4) Emissions Averaging Plan. For all existing affected 

sources using emissions averaging, an Emissions Averaging Plan 

shall be submitted for approval according to the schedule and 

procedures described in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section. The 

Emissions Averaging Plan shall contain the information specified 

in paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section, unless the information 

required in paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section is submitted 

with an operating permit application. An owner or operator of an 

affected source who submits an operating permit application 
Page 320 of 388

instead of an Emissions Averaging Plan shall submit the 

information specified in paragraph (e)(8) of this section. In 

addition, a supplement to the Emissions Averaging Plan, as 

required under paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section, is to be 

submitted whenever additional alternative controls or operating 

scenarios may be used to comply with this subpart. Updates to 

the Emissions Averaging Plan shall be submitted in accordance 

with paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this section.

(i) Submittal and approval. The Emissions Averaging Plan 

shall be submitted no later than September 19, 2000, and it is 

subject to Administrator approval. If an Emissions Averaging 

Plan was submitted prior to June 19, 2000 and no changes need to 

be made to that Emissions Averaging Plan, the owner or operator 

shall re-submit the earlier plan or submit notification that the 

previously submitted plan is still valid. The Administrator 

shall determine within 120 days whether the Emissions Averaging 

Plan submitted presents sufficient information. The 

Administrator shall either approve the Emissions Averaging Plan, 

request changes, or request that the owner or operator submit 

additional information. Once the Administrator receives 

sufficient information, the Administrator shall approve, 

disapprove, or request changes to the plan within 120 days.

(ii) Information required. The Emissions Averaging Plan 

shall contain the information listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(A) 
Page 321 of 388

through (e)(4)(ii)(N) of this section for all emission points 

included in an emissions average.

(A) The required information shall include the 

identification of all emission points in the planned emissions 

average and, where applicable, notation of whether each storage 

vessel, continuous process vent, batch process vent, aggregate 

batch vent stream, and process wastewater stream is a Group 1 or 

Group 2 emission point, as defined in §63.1312 or as designated 

under §63.1332 (c)(3) through (c)(5).

(B) The required information shall include the projected 

emission debits and credits for each emission point and the sum 

for the emission points involved in the average calculated 

according to §63.1332. The projected credits shall be greater 

than or equal to the projected debits, as required under 

§63.1332(e)(3).

(C) The required information shall include the specific 

control technology or pollution prevention measure that will be 

used for each emission point included in the average and date of 

application or expected date of application.

(D) The required information shall include the specific 

identification of each emission point affected by a pollution 

prevention measure. To be considered a pollution prevention 

measure, the criteria in §63.1332(j)(1) shall be met. If the 

same pollution prevention measure reduces or eliminates 
Page 322 of 388

emissions from multiple emission points in the average, the 

owner or operator shall identify each of these emission points.

(E) The required information shall include a statement that 

the compliance demonstration, monitoring, inspection, 

recordkeeping, and reporting provisions in §63.1332 (m), (n), 

and (o) that are applicable to each emission point in the 

emissions average will be implemented beginning on or before the 

date of compliance.

(F) The required information shall include documentation of 

the data listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(F)(1) through 

(e)(4)(ii)(F)(5) of this section for each storage vessel and 

continuous process vent subject to §63.1315 included in the 

average.

(1) The required documentation shall include the values of 

the parameters used to determine whether the emission point is 

Group 1 or Group 2. Where TRE index value is used for continuous 

process vent group determination, the estimated or measured 

values of the parameters used in the TRE equation in §63.115(d) 

and the resulting TRE index value shall be submitted.

(2) The required documentation shall include the estimated 

values of all parameters needed for input to the emission debit 

and credit calculations in §63.1332(g) and (h). These parameter 

values shall be specified in the affected source's Emissions 

Averaging Plan (or operating permit) as enforceable operating 
Page 323 of 388

conditions. Changes to these parameters shall be reported as 

required by paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this section.

(3) The required documentation shall include the estimated 

percent reduction if a control technology achieving a lower 

percent reduction than the efficiency of the applicable 

reference control technology or standard is or will be applied 

to the emission point.

(4) The required documentation shall include the 

anticipated nominal efficiency if a control technology achieving 

a greater percent emission reduction than the efficiency of the 

reference control technology is or will be applied to the 

emission point. The procedures in §63.1332(i) shall be followed 

to apply for a nominal efficiency, and the report specified in 

paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this section shall be submitted with the 

Emissions Averaging Plan as specified in paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(A) 

of this section.

(5) The required documentation shall include the monitoring 

plan specified in §63.122(b), to include the information 

specified in §63.120(d)(2)(i) and in either §63.120(d)(2)(ii) or 

(d)(2)(iii) for each storage vessel controlled with a closedvent system using a control device other than a flare.

(G) The information specified in paragraph (f) of this 

section shall be included in the Emissions Averaging Plan for:
Page 324 of 388

(1) Each continuous process vent subject to §63.1315 

controlled by a pollution prevention measure or control 

technique for which monitoring parameters or inspection 

procedures are not specified in §63.114; and

(2) Each storage vessel controlled by pollution prevention

or a control technique other than an internal or external 

floating roof or a closed vent system with a control device.

(H) The required information shall include documentation of 

the data listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(H)(1) through 

(e)(4)(ii)(H)(5) of this section for each collection of 

continuous process vents located in a process section within the 

affected source subject to §63.1316 (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), 

(b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) included in the average.

(1) For continuous process vents subject to 

§63.1316(b)(1)(i), the required documentation shall include the 

values of the parameters used to determine whether the emission 

point is Group 1 or Group 2. Continuous process vents subject to 

§63.1316 (b)(1)(ii), (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) are

considered Group 1 emission points for purposes of emissions 

averaging, as specified in §63.1332(c)(5).

(2) The required documentation shall include the estimated 

values of all parameters needed for input to the emission debit 

and credit calculations in §63.1332(g) and (h). These parameter 

values shall be specified in the affected source's Emissions 
Page 325 of 388

Averaging Plan (or operating permit) as enforceable operating 

conditions. Changes to these parameters shall be reported as 

required by paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this section.

(3) For process sections generating debits or credits by 

comparing actual emissions expressed as kg HAP emissions per Mg 

of product to the applicable standard, the required 

documentation shall include the actual emission level expressed 

as kg HAP emissions per Mg of product.

(4) For process sections using combustion control devices, 

the required documentation shall include the estimated percent 

reduction if a control technology achieving a lower percent 

reduction than the efficiency of the applicable reference 

control technology or standard is or will be applied to the 

emission point.

(5) For process sections using combustion control devices, 

the required documentation shall include the anticipated nominal 

efficiency if a control technology achieving a greater percent 

emission reduction than the efficiency of the reference control 

technology is or will be applied to the emission point. The 

procedures in §63.1332(i) shall be followed to apply for a 

nominal efficiency.

(I) For each pollution prevention measure or control device 

used to reduce air emissions of organic HAP from each collection 

of continuous process vents located in a process section within 
Page 326 of 388

the affected source subject to §63.1316 (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), 

(b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (c)(1) and for which no monitoring 

parameters or inspection procedures are specified in §63.114, 

the information specified in paragraph (f) of this section, 

Alternative Monitoring Parameters, shall be included in the 

Emissions Averaging Plan.

(J) The required information shall include documentation of 

the data listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(J)(1) through 

(e)(4)(ii)(J)(3) of this section for each batch process vent and 

aggregate batch vent stream included in the average.

(1) The required documentation shall include the values of 

the parameters used to determine whether the emission point is 

Group 1 or Group 2.

(2) The required documentation shall include the estimated 

values of all parameters needed for input to the emission debit 

and credit calculations in §63.1332(g) and (h). These parameter 

values shall be specified in the affected source's Emissions 

Averaging Plan (or operating permit) as enforceable operating 

conditions. Changes to these parameters shall be reported as 

required by paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this section.

(3) For batch process vents, the required documentation 

shall include the estimated percent reduction for the batch 

cycle. For aggregate batch vent streams, the required 
Page 327 of 388

documentation shall include the estimated percent reduction 

achieved on a continuous basis.

(K) For each pollution prevention measure or control device 

used to reduce air emissions of organic HAP from batch process 

vents or aggregate batch vent streams and for which no 

monitoring parameters or inspection procedures are specified in

§63.1324, the information specified in paragraph (f) of this 

section, Alternative Monitoring Parameters, shall be included in 

the Emissions Averaging Plan.

(L) The required information shall include documentation of 

the data listed in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii)(L)(1) through 

(e)(4)(ii)(L)(4) of this section for each process wastewater 

stream included in the average.

(1) The required documentation shall include the data used 

to determine whether the wastewater stream is a Group 1 or Group 

2 wastewater stream.

(2) The required documentation shall include the estimated 

values of all parameters needed for input to the wastewater 

emission credit and debit calculations in §63.1332(g) and (h). 

These parameter values shall be specified in the affected 

source's Emissions Averaging Plan (or operating permit) as 

enforceable operating conditions. Changes to these parameters 

shall be reported as required by paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this 

section.
Page 328 of 388

(3) The required documentation shall include the estimated 

percent reduction if:

(i) A control technology that achieves an emission 

reduction less than or equal to the emission reduction that 

would otherwise have been achieved by a steam stripper designed 

to the specifications found in §63.138(g) is or will be applied 

to the wastewater stream;

(ii) A control technology achieving less than or equal to 

95 percent emission reduction is or will be applied to the vapor 

stream(s) vented and collected from the treatment processes; or

(iii) A pollution prevention measure is or will be applied.

(4) The required documentation shall include the 

anticipated nominal efficiency if the owner or operator plans to 

apply for a nominal efficiency under §63.1332(i). A nominal 

efficiency shall be applied for if:

(i) A control technology that achieves an emission 

reduction greater than the emission reduction that would have 

been achieved by a steam stripper designed to the specifications 

found in §63.138(g), is or will be applied to the wastewater 

stream; or

(ii) A control technology achieving greater than 95 percent 

emission reduction is or will be applied to the vapor stream(s) 

vented and collected from the treatment processes.
Page 329 of 388

(M) For each pollution prevention measure, treatment 

process, or control device used to reduce air emissions of 

organic HAP from wastewater and for which no monitoring 

parameters or inspection procedures are specified in §63.143, 

the information specified in paragraph (f) of this section, 

Alternative Monitoring Parameters, shall be included in the 

Emissions Averaging Plan.

(N) The required information shall include documentation of 

the data required by §63.1332(k). The documentation shall 

demonstrate that the emissions from the emission points proposed 

to be included in the average will not result in greater hazard 

or, at the option of the Administrator, greater risk to human 

health or the environment than if the emission points were not 

included in an emissions average.

(iii) Supplement to Emissions Averaging Plan. The owner or 

operator required to prepare an Emissions Averaging Plan under 

paragraph (e)(4) of this section shall also prepare a supplement 

to the Emissions Averaging Plan for any additional alternative 

controls or operating scenarios that may be used to achieve 

compliance.

(iv) Updates to Emissions Averaging Plan. The owner or 

operator of an affected source required to submit an Emissions 

Averaging Plan under paragraph (e)(4) of this section shall also 

submit written updates of the Emissions Averaging Plan to the 
Page 330 of 388

Administrator for approval under the circumstances described in 

paragraphs (e)(4)(iv)(A) through (e)(4)(iv)(C) of this section 

unless the relevant information has been included and submitted 

in an operating permit application or amendment.

(A) The owner or operator who plans to make a change listed 

in either paragraph (e)(4)(iv)(A)(1) or (e)(4)(iv)(A)(2) of this 

section shall submit an Emissions Averaging Plan update at least 

120 days prior to making the change.

(1) An Emissions Averaging Plan update shall be submitted 

whenever an owner or operator elects to achieve compliance with 

the emissions averaging provisions in §63.1332 by using a 

control technique other than that specified in the Emissions 

Averaging Plan or plans to monitor a different parameter or 

operate a control device in a manner other than that specified 

in the Emissions Averaging Plan.

(2) An Emissions Averaging Plan update shall be submitted 

whenever an emission point or a TPPU is added to an existing 

affected source and is planned to be included in an emissions 

average, or whenever an emission point not included in the 

emissions average described in the Emissions Averaging Plan is 

to be added to an emissions average. The information in 

paragraph (e)(4) of this section shall be updated to include the 

additional emission point.
Page 331 of 388

(B) The owner or operator who has made a change as defined 

in paragraph (e)(4)(iv)(B)(1) or (e)(4)(iv)(B)(2) of this 

section shall submit an Emissions Averaging Plan update within 

90 days after the information regarding the change is known to 

the affected source. The update may be submitted in the next 

quarterly periodic report if the change is made after the date 

the Notification of Compliance Status is due.

(1) An Emissions Averaging Plan update shall be submitted 

whenever a process change is made such that the group status of 

any emission point in an emissions average changes.

(2) An Emissions Averaging Plan update shall be submitted 

whenever a value of a parameter in the emission credit or debit 

equations in §63.1332 (g) or (h) changes such that it is below 

the minimum or above the maximum established level specified in 

the Emissions Averaging Plan and causes a decrease in the 

projected credits or an increase in the projected debits.

(C) The Administrator shall approve or request changes to 

the Emissions Averaging Plan update within 120 days of receipt 

of sufficient information regarding the change for emission 

points included in emissions averages.

(5) Notification of Compliance Status. For existing and new 

affected sources, a Notification of Compliance Status shall be 

submitted. For equipment leaks subject to §63.1331, the owner or 

operator shall submit the information required in §63.182(c) in 
Page 332 of 388

the Notification of Compliance Status within 150 days after the 

first applicable compliance date for equipment leaks in the 

affected source, and an update shall be provided in the first 

Periodic Report that is due at least 150 days after each 

subsequent applicable compliance date for equipment leaks in the 

affected source. For all other emission points, including heat 

exchange systems, the Notification of Compliance Status shall 

contain the information listed in paragraphs (e)(5)(i) through 

(e)(5)(xi) of this section, as applicable, and shall be 

submitted no later than 150 days after the compliance dates 

specified in this subpart. For pressure relief devices subject 

to the requirements of §63.1331(a)(9)(iii), the owner or 

operator shall submit the information listed in paragraph 

(e)(5)(xii) of this section in the Notification of Compliance 

Status within 150 days after the first applicable compliance 

date for pressure relief device monitoring.

(i) The results of any emission point group determinations, 

process section applicability determinations, performance tests, 

inspections, any other information used to demonstrate 

compliance, values of monitored parameters established during 

performance tests, and any other information required to be 

included in the Notification of Compliance Status under 

§§63.1311(m), 63.122, and 63.1314 for storage vessels, §63.117 

for continuous process vents, §63.146 for process wastewater, 
Page 333 of 388

§§63.1316 through 63.1320 for continuous process vents subject 

to §63.1316, §63.1327 for batch process vents, §63.1329 for 

process contact cooling towers, and §63.1332 for emission points 

included in an emissions average. In addition, the owner or 

operator of an affected source shall comply with paragraphs 

(e)(5)(i)(A) and (e)(5)(i)(B) of this section.

(A) For performance tests, group determinations, and 

process section applicability determinations that are based on 

measurements, the Notification of Compliance Status shall 

include one complete test report, as described in paragraph 

(e)(5)(i)(B) of this section, for each test method used for a 

particular kind of emission point. For additional tests 

performed for the same kind of emission point using the same 

method, the results and any other information, from the test 

report, that is requested on a case-by-case basis by the 

Administrator shall be submitted, but a complete test report is 

not required.

(B) A complete test report shall include a brief process 

description, sampling site description, description of sampling 

and analysis procedures and any modifications to standard 

procedures, quality assurance procedures, record of operating 

conditions during the test, record of preparation of standards, 

record of calibrations, raw data sheets for field sampling, raw 

data sheets for field and laboratory analyses, documentation of 
Page 334 of 388

calculations, and any other information required by the test 

method.

(ii) For each monitored parameter for which a maximum or 

minimum level is required to be established under §63.114(e) for 

continuous process vents, §63.1324 for batch process vents and 

aggregate batch vent streams, §63.143(f) for process wastewater, 

§63.1332(m) for emission points in emissions averages, paragraph 

(e)(8) of this section, or paragraph (f) of this section, the 

Notification of Compliance Status shall contain the information 

specified in paragraphs (e)(5)(ii)(A) through (e)(5)(ii)(D) of 

this section, unless this information has been established and 

provided in the operating permit application. Further, as 

described in §63.1314(a)(9), for those storage vessels for which 

the monitoring plan required by §63.1314(a)(9) specifies 

compliance with the provisions of §63.1334, the owner or 

operator shall provide the information specified in paragraphs 

(e)(5)(ii)(A) through (e)(5)(ii)(D) of this section for each 

monitored parameter, unless this information has been 

established and provided in the operating permit application. 

For those storage vessels for which the monitoring plan required 

by §63.1314(a)(9) does not require compliance with the 

provisions of §63.1334, the owner or operator shall provide the 

information specified in §63.120(d)(3) as part of the 

Notification of Compliance Status, unless this information has 
Page 335 of 388

been established and provided in the operating permit 

application.

(A) The required information shall include the specific 

maximum or minimum level of the monitored parameter(s) for each 

emission point.

(B) The required information shall include the rationale 

for the specific maximum or minimum level for each parameter for 

each emission point, including any data and calculations used to 

develop the level and a description of why the level indicates 

proper operation of the control device.

(C) The required information shall include a definition of 

the affected source's operating day, as specified in paragraph 

(d)(3)(ii) of this section, for purposes of determining daily 

average values or batch cycle daily average values of monitored 

parameters.

(D) For batch process vents, the required information shall 

include a definition of each batch cycle that requires the 

control of one or more batch emission episodes during the cycle, 

as specified in §63.1325(c)(2) and §63.1334(b)(3)(iii).

(iii) For emission points included in an emissions average, 

the Notification of Compliance Status shall contain the values 

of all parameters needed for input to the emission credit and 

debit equations in §63.1332 (g) and (h), calculated or measured 

according to the procedures in §63.1332 (g) and (h), and the 
Page 336 of 388

resulting calculation of credits and debits for the first 

quarter of the year. The first quarter begins on the compliance 

date specified.

(iv) The determination of applicability for flexible 

operation units as specified in §63.1310(f).

(v) The parameter monitoring levels for flexible operation 

units, and the basis on which these levels were selected, or a 

demonstration that these levels are appropriate at all times, as 

specified in §63.1310(f)(7).

(vi) The results for each predominant use determination 

made under §63.1310(g), for storage vessels assigned to an 

affected source subject to this subpart.

(vii) The results for each predominant use determination 

made under §63.1310(h), for recovery operations equipment 

assigned to an affected source subject to this subpart.

(viii) For owners or operators of Group 2 batch process 

vents establishing a batch mass input limitation as specified in 

§63.1325(g), the affected source's operating year for purposes 

of determining compliance with the batch mass input limitation.

(ix) If any emission point is subject to this subpart and 

to other standards as specified in §63.1311, and if the 

provisions of §63.1311 allow the owner or operator to choose 

which testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping 

provisions will be followed, then the Notification of Compliance 
Page 337 of 388

Status shall indicate which rule's requirements will be followed 

for testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping.

(x) An owner or operator who transfers a Group 1 wastewater 

stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream for 

treatment pursuant to §63.132(g) shall include in the 

Notification of Compliance Status the name and location of the 

transferee and a description of the Group 1 wastewater stream or 

residual sent to the treatment facility.

(xi) An owner or operator complying with paragraph (h)(1) 

of this section shall notify the Administrator of the election 

to comply with paragraph (h)(1) of this section as part of the 

Notification of Compliance Status or as part of the appropriate 

Periodic Report as specified in paragraph (e)(6)(ix) of this 

section.

(xii) For pressure relief devices in organic HAP service, a 

description of the device or monitoring system to be 

implemented, including the pressure relief devices and process 

parameters to be monitored (if applicable), a description of the 

alarms or other methods by which operators will be notified of a 

pressure release, and a description of how the owner or operator 

will determine the information to be recorded under paragraph 

(d)(10)(v)(B)-(C) of this section (i.e., the duration of the

pressure release and the methodology and calculations for 
Page 338 of 388

determining of the quantity of total HAP emitted during the 

pressure release).

(6) Periodic Reports. For existing and new affected 

sources, the owner or operator shall submit Periodic Reports as 

specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(i) through (e)(6)(xiii) of this 

section. In addition, for equipment leaks subject to §63.1331, 

with the exception of §63.1331(c), the owner or operator shall 

submit the information specified in §63.182(d) under the 

conditions listed in §63.182(d), and for heat exchange systems 

subject to §63.1328, the owner or operator shall submit the 

information specified in §63.104(f)(2) as part of the Periodic 

Report required by this paragraph (e)(6). Section 63.1334 shall 

govern the use of monitoring data to determine compliance for 

Group 1 emissions points and for Group 1 and Group 2 emission 

points included in emissions averages with the following 

exception: As discussed in §63.1314(a)(9), for storage vessels 

to which the provisions of §63.1334 do not apply, as specified 

in the monitoring plan required by §63.120(d)(2), the owner or 

operator is required to comply with the requirements set out in 

the monitoring plan, and monitoring records may be used to 

determine compliance.

(i) Except as specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(xi) and 

(e)(6)(xii) of this section, a report containing the information 

in paragraph (e)(6)(ii) of this section or containing the 
Page 339 of 388

information in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) through (e)(6)(x) of this 

section, as appropriate, shall be submitted semiannually no 

later than 60 days after the end of each 6-month period. The 

first report shall be submitted no later than 240 days after the 

date the Notification of Compliance Status is due and shall 

cover the 6-month period beginning on the date the Notification 

of Compliance Status is due.

(ii) If none of the compliance exceptions specified in 

paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) through (e)(6)(ix) of this section 

occurred during the 6-month period, the Periodic Report required 

by paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section shall be a statement that 

there were no compliance exceptions as described in this 

paragraph for the 6-month period covered by that report and no 

activities specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) through 

(e)(6)(ix) of this section occurred during the 6-month period 

covered by that report.

(iii) For an owner or operator of an affected source 

complying with the provisions of §§63.1314 through 63.1330 for 

any emission point or process section, Periodic Reports shall 

include:

(A) All information specified in §63.122 for storage 

vessels; §§63.117 and 63.118 and §63.1320 for continuous process 

vents, as applicable; §63.1327 for batch process vents and 
Page 340 of 388

aggregate batch vent streams; §63.104 for heat exchange systems; 

and §63.146 for process wastewater;

(B) The daily average values or batch cycle daily average 

values of monitored parameters for both excused excursions, as 

defined in §63.1334(g), and unexcused excursions, as defined in 

§63.1334(f). For excursions caused by lack of monitoring data, 

the start-time and duration of periods when monitoring data were 

not collected shall be specified.

(C) [Reserved]

(D) The information in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii)(D)(1) through 

(e)(6)(iii)(D)(4) of this section, as applicable:

(1) Any supplements to the Emissions Averaging Plan, as 

required in paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section;

(2) Notification if a process change is made such that the 

group status of any emission point changes from Group 2 to Group 

1. The owner or operator is not required to submit a 

notification of a process change if that process change caused 

the group status of an emission point to change from Group 1 to 

Group 2. However, until the owner or operator notifies the 

Administrator that the group status of an emission point has 

changed from Group 1 to Group 2, the owner or operator is 

required to continue to comply with the Group 1 requirements for 

that emission point. This notification may be submitted at any 

time.
Page 341 of 388

(3) Notification if one or more emission point(s) (other 

than equipment leaks) or one or more TPPU is added to an 

affected source. The owner or operator shall submit the 

information contained in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii)(D)(3)(i) through 

(e)(6)(iii)(D)(3)(ii) of this section:

(i) A description of the addition to the affected source; 

and

(ii) Notification of the group status of the additional 

emission point or all emission points in the TPPU.

(4) For process wastewater streams sent for treatment 

pursuant to §63.132(g), reports of changes in the identity of 

the treatment facility or transferee.

(E) The information in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section 

for reports of start-up, shutdown, and malfunctions.

(iv) For each batch process vent with a batch mass input 

limitation, every second Periodic Report shall include the mass 

of HAP or material input to the batch unit operation during the 

12-month period covered by the preceding and current Periodic 

Reports, and a statement of whether the batch process vent was 

in or out of compliance with the batch mass input limitation.

(v) If any performance tests are reported in a Periodic 

Report, the following information shall be included:

(A) One complete test report shall be submitted for each 

test method used for a particular kind of emission point tested. 
Page 342 of 388

A complete test report shall contain the information specified 

in paragraph (e)(5)(i)(B) of this section.

(B) For additional tests performed for the same kind of 

emission point using the same method, results and any other 

information, pertaining to the performance test, that is 

requested on a case-by-case basis by the Administrator shall be 

submitted, but a complete test report is not required.

(vi) Notification of a change in the primary product of a 

TPPU, in accordance with the provisions in §63.1310(f). This 

includes a change in primary product from one thermoplastic 

product to either another thermoplastic product or to a nonthermoplastic product.

(vii) The results for each change made to a predominant use 

determination made under §63.1310(g) for a storage vessel that 

is assigned to an affected source subject to this subpart after 

the change.

(viii) The Periodic Report shall include the results for 

each change made to a predominant use determination made under 

§63.1310(h) for recovery operations equipment assigned to an 

affected source subject to this subpart after the change.

(ix) An owner or operator complying with paragraph (h)(1) 

of this section shall notify the Administrator of the election 

to comply with paragraph (h)(1) of this section as part of the 
Page 343 of 388

Periodic Report or as part of the Notification of Compliance 

Status as specified in paragraph (e)(5)(xi) of this section.

(x) An owner or operator electing not to retain daily 

average or batch cycle daily average values under paragraph 

(h)(2) of this section shall notify the Administrator as 

specified in paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section.

(xi) The owner or operator of an affected source shall 

submit quarterly reports for all emission points included in an 

emissions average as specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(xi)(A) 

through (e)(6)(xi)(C) of this section.

(A) The quarterly reports shall be submitted no later than 

60 days after the end of each quarter. The first report shall be 

submitted with the Notification of Compliance Status no later 

than 150 days after the compliance date.

(B) The quarterly reports shall include the information 

specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(xi)(B)(1) through 

(e)(6)(xi)(B)(7) of this section for all emission points 

included in an emissions average.

(1) The credits and debits calculated each month during the 

quarter;

(2) A demonstration that debits calculated for the quarter 

are not more than 1.30 times the credits calculated for the 

quarter, as required under §63.1332(e)(4);
Page 344 of 388

(3) The values of any inputs to the debit and credit 

equations in §63.1332(g) and (h) that change from month to month 

during the quarter or that have changed since the previous 

quarter;

(4) Results of any performance tests conducted during the 

reporting period including one complete report for each test 

method used for a particular kind of emission point as described 

in paragraph (e)(6)(v) of this section;

(5) Reports of daily average (or batch cycle daily average) 

values of monitored parameters for excursions as defined in 

§63.1334(f);

(6) For excursions caused by lack of monitoring data, the 

duration of periods when monitoring data were not collected 

shall be specified; and

(7) Any other information the affected source is required 

to report under the operating permit or Emissions Averaging Plan 

for the affected source.

(C) Every fourth quarterly report shall include the 

following:

(1) A demonstration that annual credits are greater than or 

equal to annual debits as required by §63.1332(e)(3); and

(2) A certification of compliance with all the emissions 

averaging provisions in §63.1332.
Page 345 of 388

(xii) The owner or operator of an affected source shall 

submit quarterly reports for particular emission points and 

process sections not included in an emissions average as 

specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(xii)(A) through (e)(6)(xii)(D) of 

this section.

(A) The owner or operator of an affected source shall 

submit quarterly reports for a period of 1 year for an emission 

point or process section that is not included in an emissions 

average if:

(1) A control or recovery device for a particular emission 

point or process section has one or more excursions, as defined 

in §63.1334(f), than the number of excused excursions allowed 

under §63.1334(g) in two consecutive for a semiannual reporting 

periods; or

(2) The Administrator requests that the owner or operator 

submit quarterly reports for the emission point or process 

section.

(B) The quarterly reports shall include all information 

specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii) through (e)(6)(ix) of this 

section applicable to the emission point or process section for 

which quarterly reporting is required under paragraph 

(e)(6)(xii)(A) of this section. Information applicable to other 

emission points within the affected source shall be submitted in 
Page 346 of 388

the semiannual reports required under paragraph (e)(6)(i) of 

this section.

(C) Quarterly reports shall be submitted no later than 60 

days after the end of each quarter.

(D) After quarterly reports have been submitted for an 

emission point for 1 year without one or more excursions 

occurring (during that year) than the number of excused 

excursions allowed under §63.1334(g), the owner or operator may 

return to semiannual reporting for the emission point or process 

section.

(xiii) For pressure relief devices in organic HAP service, 

Periodic Reports must include the information specified in 

paragraphs (e)(6)(xiii)(A) through (C) of this section.

(A) For pressure relief devices in organic HAP service 

subject to §63.1331(a)(9), report confirmation that all 

monitoring to show compliance was conducted within the reporting 

period.

(B) For pressure relief devices in organic HAP gas or vapor 

service subject to §63.1331(a)(9)(ii), report any instrument 

reading of 500 ppm above background or greater, more than 5 

calendar days after the pressure release.

(C) For pressure relief devices in organic HAP service 

subject to §63.1331(a)(9)(iii), report each pressure release to 

the atmosphere, including the following information:
Page 347 of 388

(1) The source, nature, and cause of the pressure release.

(2) The date, time, and duration of the pressure release.

(3) The quantity of total HAP emitted during the pressure 

release and the method used for determining this quantity.

(4) The actions taken to prevent this pressure release.

(5) The measures adopted to prevent future such pressure 

releases.

(7) Other reports. Other reports shall be submitted as 

specified in paragraphs (e)(7)(i) through (e)(7)(iv) of this 

section.

(i) For storage vessels, the notifications of inspections 

required by §63.1314 shall be submitted as specified in §63.122 

(h)(1) and (h)(2).

(ii) For owners or operators of affected sources required 

to request approval for a nominal control efficiency for use in 

calculating credits for an emissions average, the information 

specified in §63.1332(i) shall be submitted as specified in 

paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, as appropriate.

(A) If use of a nominal control efficiency is part of the 

initial Emissions Averaging Plan described in paragraph 

(e)(4)(ii) of this section, the information shall be submitted 

with the Emissions Averaging Plan.

(B) If an owner or operator elects to use a nominal control 

efficiency after submittal of the initial Emissions Averaging 
Page 348 of 388

Plan as described in paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section, the 

information shall be submitted at the discretion of the owner or 

operator.

(iii) When the conditions of §§63.1310(f)(3)(iii), 

63.1310(f)(9), or 63.1310(f)(10)(iii) are met, reports of 

changes to the primary product for a TPPU or process unit as 

required by §§63.1310(f)(3)(iii), 63.1310(f)(9), or 

63.1310(f)(10)(iii)(C), respectively, shall be submitted.

(iv) Owners or operators of TPPU or emission points (other 

than equipment leak components subject to §63.1331) that are 

subject to §63.1310(i)(1) or (i)(2) shall submit a report as 

specified in paragraphs (e)(7)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section.

(A) Reports shall include:

(1) A description of the process change or addition, as 

appropriate;

(2) The planned start-up date and the appropriate 

compliance date, according to §63.1310(i)(1) or (2); and

(3) Identification of the group status of emission points 

(except equipment leak components subject to §63.1331) specified 

in paragraphs (e)(7)(iv)(A)(3)(i) through (e)(7)(iv)(A)(3)(iii) 

of this section, as applicable.

(i) All the emission points in the added TPPU as described 

in §63.1310(i)(1).
Page 349 of 388

(ii) All the emission points in an affected source 

designated as a new affected source under §63.1310(i)(2)(i).

(iii) All the added or created emission points as described 

in §63.1310(i)(2)(ii) or (i)(2)(iii).

(4) If the owner or operator wishes to request approval to 

use alternative monitoring parameters, alternative continuous 

monitoring or recordkeeping, alternative controls, engineering 

assessment to estimate emissions from a batch emissions episode, 

or wishes to establish parameter monitoring levels according to 

the procedures contained in §63.1334(c) or (d), a Precompliance 

Report shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph 

(e)(7)(iv)(B) of this section.

(B) Reports shall be submitted as specified in paragraphs 

(e)(7)(iv)(B)(1) through (e)(7)(iv)(B)(3) of this section, as 

appropriate.

(1) Owners or operators of an added TPPU subject to 

§63.1310(i)(1) shall submit a report no later than 180 days 

prior to the compliance date for the TPPU.

(2) Owners or operators of an affected source designated as 

a new affected source under §63.1310(i)(2)(i) shall submit a 

report no later than 180 days prior to the compliance date for 

the affected source.

(3) Owners or operators of any emission point (other than 

equipment leak components subject to §63.1331) subject to 
Page 350 of 388

§63.1310(i)(2)(ii) or (i)(2)(iii) shall submit a report no later 

than 180 days prior to the compliance date for those emission 

points.

(8) Operating permit application. An owner or operator who 

submits an operating permit application instead of an Emissions 

Averaging Plan or a Precompliance Report shall include the 

following information with the operating permit application:

(i) The information specified in paragraph (e)(4) of this 

section for points included in an emissions average; and

(ii) The information specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this 

section, Precompliance Report, as applicable.

(9) Electronic reporting. Within 60 days after the date of 

completing each performance test (as defined in §63.2), the 

owner or operator must submit the results of the performance 

tests, including any associated fuel analyses, required by this 

subpart according to the methods specified in paragraph 

(e)(9)(i) or (ii) of this section.

(i) For data collected using test methods supported by the 

EPA-provided software, the owner or operator shall submit the 

results of the performance test to the EPA by direct computerto-computer electronic transfer via EPA-provided software, 

unless otherwise approved by the Administrator. Owners or 

operators, who claim that some of the information being 

submitted for performance tests is confidential business 
Page 351 of 388

information (CBI), must submit a complete file using EPAprovided software that includes information claimed to be CBI on 

a compact disk, flash drive, or other commonly used electronic 

storage media to the EPA. The electronic media must be clearly 

marked as CBI and mailed to U.S. EPA/OAPQS/CORE CBI Office, 

Attention: WebFIRE Administrator, MD C404-02, 4930 Old Page Rd., 

Durham, NC 27703. The same file with the CBI omitted must be 

submitted to the EPA by direct computer-to-computer electronic 

transfer via EPA-provided software.

(ii) For any performance test conducted using test methods 

that are not compatible with the EPA-provided software, the 

owner or operator shall submit the results of the performance 

test to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in 

§60.4.

(f) Alternative monitoring parameters. The owner or 

operator who has been directed by any section of this subpart or 

any section of another subpart referenced by this subpart, that 

expressly referenced this paragraph (f) to set unique monitoring 

parameters, or who requests approval to monitor a different 

parameter than those specified in §63.1314 for storage vessels, 

§63.1315 or §63.1317, as appropriate, for continuous process 

vents, §63.1321 for batch process vents and aggregate batch vent 

streams, or §63.1330 for process wastewater shall submit the 

information specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(3) of 
Page 352 of 388

this section in the Precompliance Report, as required by 

paragraph (e)(3) of this section. The owner or operator shall 

retain for a period of 5 years each record required by 

paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section.

(1) The required information shall include a description of 

the parameter(s) to be monitored to ensure the recovery device, 

control device, or pollution prevention measure is operated in 

conformance with its design and achieves the specified emission 

limit, percent reduction, or nominal efficiency, and an 

explanation of the criteria used to select the parameter(s).

(2) The required information shall include a description of 

the methods and procedures that will be used to demonstrate that 

the parameter indicates proper operation, the schedule for this 

demonstration, and a statement that the owner or operator will 

establish a level for the monitored parameter as part of the 

Notification of Compliance Status report required in paragraph 

(e)(5) of this section, unless this information has already been 

included in the operating permit application.

(3) The required information shall include a description of 

the proposed monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting system, to 

include the frequency and content of monitoring, recordkeeping, 

and reporting. Further, the rationale for the proposed 

monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting system shall be 
Page 353 of 388

included if either condition in paragraph (f)(3)(i) or 

(f)(3)(ii) of this section is met:

(i) If monitoring and recordkeeping is not continuous; or

(ii) If reports of daily average values will not be

included in Periodic Reports when the monitored parameter value 

is above the maximum level or below the minimum level as 

established in the operating permit or the Notification of 

Compliance Status.

(g) Alternative continuous monitoring and recordkeeping. An 

owner or operator choosing not to implement the provisions 

listed in §63.1315 or §63.1317, as appropriate, for continuous 

process vents, §63.1321 for batch process vents and aggregate 

batch vent streams, or §63.1330 for process wastewater, may 

instead request approval to use alternative continuous 

monitoring and recordkeeping provisions according to the 

procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this 

section. Requests shall be submitted in the Precompliance Report 

as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(iv) of this section, if not 

already included in the operating permit application, and shall 

contain the information specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(ii) and 

(g)(3)(ii) of this section, as applicable.

(1) The provisions in §63.8(f)(5)(i) shall govern the 

review and approval of requests.
Page 354 of 388

(2) An owner or operator of an affected source that does 

not have an automated monitoring and recording system capable of 

measuring parameter values at least once every 15 minutes and 

that does not generate continuous records may request approval 

to use a nonautomated system with less frequent monitoring, in 

accordance with paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this 

section.

(i) The requested system shall include manual reading and 

recording of the value of the relevant operating parameter no 

less frequently than once per hour. Daily average (or batch 

cycle daily average) values shall be calculated from these 

hourly values and recorded.

(ii) The request shall contain:

(A) A description of the planned monitoring and 

recordkeeping system;

(B) Documentation that the affected source does not have an 

automated monitoring and recording system;

(C) Justification for requesting an alternative monitoring 

and recordkeeping system; and

(D) Demonstration to the Administrator's satisfaction that 

the proposed monitoring frequency is sufficient to represent 

control or recovery device operating conditions, considering 

typical variability of the specific process and control or 

recovery device operating parameter being monitored.
Page 355 of 388

(3) An owner or operator may request approval to use an 

automated data compression recording system that does not record 

monitored operating parameter values at a set frequency, but 

records all values that meet set criteria for variation from 

previously recorded values, in accordance with paragraphs 

(g)(3)(i) and (g)(3)(ii) of this section.

(i) The requested system shall be designed to:

(A) Measure the operating parameter value at least once 

during every 15 minute period;

(B) Except for the monitoring of batch process vents, 

calculate hourly average values each hour during periods of 

operation;

(C) Record the date and time when monitors are turned off 

or on;

(D) Recognize unchanging data that may indicate the monitor 

is not functioning properly, alert the operator, and record the 

incident;

(E) Calculate daily average (or batch cycle daily average) 

values of the monitored operating parameter based on all 

measured data; and

(F) If the daily average is not an excursion, as defined in 

§63.1334(f), the data for that operating day may be converted to 

hourly average values and the four or more individual records 

for each hour in the operating day may be discarded.
Page 356 of 388

(ii) The request shall contain:

(A) A description of the monitoring system and data 

compression recording system, including the criteria used to 

determine which monitored values are recorded and retained;

(B) The method for calculating daily averages and batch 

cycle daily averages; and

(C) A demonstration that the system meets all criteria in 

paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section.

(4) An owner or operator may request approval to use other 

alternative monitoring systems according to the procedures 

specified in §63.8(f)(4).

(h) Reduced recordkeeping program. For any parameter with 

respect to any item of equipment, the owner or operator may 

implement the recordkeeping requirements specified in paragraph 

(h)(1) or (h)(2) of this section as alternatives to the 

continuous operating parameter monitoring and recordkeeping 

provisions that would otherwise apply under this subpart. The 

owner or operator shall retain for a period of 5 years each 

record required by paragraph (h)(1) or (h)(2) of this section, 

except as otherwise provided in paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(D) of this 

section.

(1) The owner or operator may retain only the daily average 

(or batch cycle daily average) value, and is not required to 

retain more frequent monitored operating parameter values, for a 
Page 357 of 388

monitored parameter with respect to an item of equipment, if the 

requirements of paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (h)(1)(vi) of this 

section are met. An owner or operator electing to comply with 

the requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section shall 

notify the Administrator in the Notification of Compliance 

Status as specified in paragraph (e)(5)(xi) of this section or, 

if the Notification of Compliance Status has already been 

submitted, in the Periodic Report immediately preceding 

implementation of the requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this 

section as specified in paragraph (e)(6)(ix) of this section.

(i) The monitoring system is capable of detecting 

unrealistic or impossible data during periods of operation other 

than start-ups, shutdowns, or malfunctions (e.g., a temperature 

reading of −200 °C on a boiler), and will alert the operator by 

alarm or other means. The owner or operator shall record the 

occurrence. All instances of the alarm or other alert in an 

operating day constitute a single occurrence.

(ii) The monitoring system generates, updated at least 

hourly throughout each operating day, a running average of the 

monitoring values that have been obtained during that operating 

day, and the capability to observe this running average is 

readily available to the Administrator on-site during the 

operating day. The owner or operator shall record the occurrence 

of any period meeting the criteria in paragraphs (h)(1)(ii)(A) 
Page 358 of 388

through (h)(1)(ii)and (CB) of this section. All instances in an 

operating day constitute a single occurrence.

(A) The running average is above the maximum or below the 

minimum established limits; and

(B) The running average is based on at least six 1-hour 

average values; and

(C) The running average reflects a period of operation 

other than a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.

(iii) The monitoring system is capable of detecting 

unchanging data during periods of operation other than startups, shutdowns, or malfunctions, except in circumstances where 

the presence of unchanging data is the expected operating 

condition based on past experience (e.g., pH in some scrubbers), 

and will alert the operator by alarm or other means. The owner 

or operator shall record the occurrence. All instances of the 

alarm or other alert in an operating day constitute a single 

occurrence.

(iv) The monitoring system will alert the owner or operator 

by an alarm or other means, if the running average parameter 

value calculated under paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section 

reaches a set point that is appropriately related to the 

established limit for the parameter that is being monitored.

(v) The owner or operator shall verify the proper 

functioning of the monitoring system, including its ability to 
Page 359 of 388

comply with the requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this 

section, at the times specified in paragraphs (h)(1)(v)(A) 

through (h)(1)(v)(C). The owner or operator shall document that 

the required verifications occurred.

(A) Upon initial installation.

(B) Annually after initial installation.

(C) After any change to the programming or equipment 

constituting the monitoring system, which might reasonably be 

expected to alter the monitoring system's ability to comply with 

the requirements of this section.

(vi) The owner or operator shall retain the records 

identified in paragraphs (h)(1)(vi)(A) through (h)(1)(vi)(D) of 

this section.

(A) Identification of each parameter, for each item of 

equipment, for which the owner or operator has elected to comply 

with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

(B) A description of the applicable monitoring system(s), 

and of how compliance will be achieved with each requirement of 

paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (h)(1)(v) of this section. The 

description shall identify the location and format (e.g., online storage, log entries) for each required record. If the 

description changes, the owner or operator shall retain both the 

current and the most recent superseded description, as provided 
Page 360 of 388

in paragraph (a) of this section, except as provided in 

paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(D) of this section.

(C) A description, and the date, of any change to the 

monitoring system that would reasonably be expected to impair 

its ability to comply with the requirements of paragraph (h)(1) 

of this section.

(D) Owners and operators subject to paragraph (h)(1)(vi)(B) 

of this section shall retain the current description of the 

monitoring system as long as the description is current. The 

current description shall, at all times, be retained on-site or 

be accessible from a central location by computer or other means 

that provides access within 2 hours after a request. The owner 

or operator shall retain all superseded descriptions for at 

least 5 years after the date of their creation. Superseded 

descriptions shall be retained on-site (or accessible from a 

central location by computer or other means that provides access 

within 2 hours after a request) for at least 6 months after 

their creation. Thereafter, superseded descriptions may be 

stored off-site.

(2) If an owner or operator has elected to implement the 

requirements of paragraph (h)(1) of this section for a monitored 

parameter with respect to an item of equipment and a period of 6 

consecutive months has passed without an excursion as defined in 

paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this section, the owner or operator is 
Page 361 of 388

no longer required to record the daily average (or batch cycle 

daily average) value for any operating day when the daily 

average (or batch cycle daily average) value is less than the 

maximum or greater than the minimum established limit. With 

approval by the Administrator, monitoring data generated prior 

to the compliance date of this subpart shall be credited toward 

the period of 6 consecutive months, if the parameter limit and 

the monitoring accomplished during the period prior to the 

compliance date was required and/or approved by the 

Administrator.

(i) If the owner or operator elects not to retain the daily 

average (or batch cycle daily average) values, the owner or 

operator shall notify the Administrator in the next Periodic 

Report as specified in paragraph (e)(6)(x) of this section. The 

notification shall identify the parameter and unit of equipment.

(ii) If, on any operating day after the owner or operator 

has ceased recording daily average (or batch cycle daily 

average) values as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, 

there is an excursion as defined in paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this 

section, the owner or operator shall immediately resume 

retaining the daily average (or batch cycle daily average) value 

for each operating day and shall notify the Administrator in the 

next Periodic Report. The owner or operator shall continue to 

retain each daily average (or batch cycle daily average) value 
Page 362 of 388

until another period of 6 consecutive months has passed without 

an excursion as defined in paragraph (h)(2)(iv) of this section.

(iii) The owner or operator shall retain the records 

specified in paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (h)(1)(iii) of this 

section, for the duration specified in this paragraph (h) of 

this section. For any calendar week, if compliance with 

paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (h)(1)(iv) of this section does not 

result in retention of a record of at least one occurrence or 

measured parameter value, the owner or operator shall record and 

retain at least one parameter value during a period of operation

other than a start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.

(iv) For purposes of this paragraph (h) of this section, an 

excursion means that the daily average (or batch cycle daily 

average) value of monitoring data for a parameter is greater 

than the maximum, or less than the minimum established value, 

except as provided in paragraphs (h)(2)(iv)(A) and (h)(2)(iv)(B) 

of this section.

(A) The daily average or (batch cycle daily average) value 

during any startup, shutdown, or malfunction shall not be 

considered an excursion for purposes of paragraph (h)(2) of this 

section, if the owner or operator follows the applicable 

provisions of §63.6(e)(1).
Page 363 of 388

(B) An excused excursion, as described in §63.1334(g), 

shall not be considered an excursion for purposes of paragraph 

(h)(2) of this section.

§63.1336 Implementation and enforcement.

(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the 

U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as the applicable State, 

local, or Tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has 

delegated authority to a State, local, or Tribal agency, then 

that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to 

implement and enforce this subpart. Contact the applicable U.S. 

EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to 

a State, local, or Tribal agency.

(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority 

of this subpart to a State, local, or Tribal agency under 

subpart E of this part, the authorities contained in paragraph 

(c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. 

EPA and cannot be transferred to the State, local, or Tribal 

agency.

(c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, 

local, or Tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) 

through (4) of this section.

(1) Approval of alternatives to the requirements in 

§§63.1310 through 63.1311, 63.1313 through 63.1315(a)(1) through 

(9), (11) through (18), (b) through (e), 63.1316, 63.1321 
Page 364 of 388

through 63.1322, 63.1323(a), (b)(1) through (4), (b)(5)(iv) 

through (v), (b)(6) through (7), (c) through (j), and 63.1328 

through 63.1332. Where these standards reference another 

subpart, the cited provisions will be delegated according to the 

delegation provisions of the referenced subpart. Where these 

standards reference another subpart and modify the requirements, 

the requirements shall be modified as described in this subpart. 

Delegation of the modified requirements will also occur 

according to the delegation provisions of the referenced 

subpart.

(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods for 

under §63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f), as defined in §63.90, and as 

required in this subpart.

(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under 

§63.8(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required in this subpart.

(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and 

reporting under §63.10(f), as defined in §63.90, and as required 

in this subpart.

Table 1 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63—Applicability of general 

provisions to subpart JJJ affected sources

Reference

Applies 

to

Subpart 

JJJ Explanation

§63.1(a)(1) Yes §63.1312 specifies definitions in 
Page 365 of 388

addition to or that supersede 

definitions in §63.2.

§63.1(a)(2) Yes

§63.1(a)(3) Yes §63.1311(g) through (l) and §63.160(b) 

identify those standards which may 

apply in addition to the requirements 

of subparts JJJ and H of this part, 

and specify how compliance shall be

achieved.

§63.1(a)(4) Yes Subpart JJJ (this table) specifies the 

applicability of each paragraph in 

subpart A to subpart JJJ.

§63.1(a)(5) No [Reserved.].

§63.1(a)(6)–(8) Yes

§63.1(a)(9) No [Reserved.].

63.1(a)(6) Yes

63.1(a)(7)-(9) No [Reserved.].

§63.1(a)(10) Yes

§63.1(a)(11) Yes

§63.1(a)(12)–(14) Yes

§63.1(b)(1) No §63.1310(a) contains specific 

applicability criteria.

§63.1(b)(2) Yes

§63.1(b)(3) No §63.1310(b) provides documentation 

requirements for TPPUs not considered 

affected sources.

§63.1(c)(1) Yes Subpart JJJ (this table) specifies the 

applicability of each paragraph in 

subpart A to subpart JJJ.

§63.1(c)(2) No Area sources are not subject to 

subpart JJJ.

§63.1(c)(3) No [Reserved.].

§63.1(c)(4) NoYes [Reserved.].

§63.1(c)(5) Yes Except that affected sources are not 

required to submit notifications that 

are not required by subpart JJJ.
Page 366 of 388

§63.1(d) No [Reserved.].

§63.1(e) Yes

§63.2 Yes §63.1312 specifies those subpart A 

definitions that apply to subpart JJJ.

§63.3 Yes

§63.4(a)(1)–(3) Yes

§63.4(a)(4) No [Reserved.].

§63.4(a)(5) Yes

§63.4(b) Yes

§63.4(c) Yes

§63.5(a)(1) Yes Except the terms “source” and 

“stationary source” should be 

interpreted as having the same meaning 

as “affected source.”

§63.5(a)(2) Yes

§63.5(b)(1) Yes Except §63.1310(i) defines when 

construction or reconstruction is 

subject to new source standards.

§63.5(b)(2) No [Reserved.].

§63.5(b)(3) Yes

§63.5(b)(4) Yes Except that the Initial Notification 

and §63.9(b) requirements do not 

apply.

§63.5(b)(5) Yes

§63.5(b)(6) Yes Except that §63.1310(i) defines when 

construction or reconstruction is 

subject to new source standards.

§63.5(c) No [Reserved.]

§63.5(d)(1)(i) Yes Except that the references to the 

Initial Notification and §63.9(b)(5) 

do not apply.

§63.5(d)(1)(ii) Yes Except that §63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H) does 

not apply.

§63.5(d)(1)(iii) No §§63.1335(e)(5) and 63.1331(a)(4) 

specify Notification of Compliance 
Page 367 of 388

Status requirements.

§63.5(d)(2) No

§63.5(d)(3) Yes Except §63.5(d)(3)(ii) does not apply, 

and equipment leaks subject to 

§63.1331 are exempt.

§63.5(d)(4) Yes

§63.5(e) Yes

§63.5(f)(1) Yes

§63.5(f)(2) Yes Except that where §63.9(b)(2) is 

referred to, the owner or operator 

need not comply.

§63.6(a) Yes

§63.6(b)(1) No The dates specified in §63.1311(b) 

apply, instead.

§63.6(b)(2) No

§63.6(b)(3) No

§63.6(b)(4) No

§63.6(b)(5) No

§63.6(b)(6) No [Reserved.].

§63.6(b)(7) No

§63.6(c)(1) Yes Except that §63.1311 specifies the 

compliance date.

§63.6(c)(2) No

§63.6(c)(3) No [Reserved.].

§63.6(c)(4) No [Reserved.].

§63.6(c)(5) Yes

§63.6(d) No [Reserved.].

§63.6(e) Yes Except as otherwise specified for 

individual paragraphs. Does not apply 

to Group 2 emission points, unless 

they are included in an emissions 

average.a

§63.6(e)(1)(i) No This is addressed bySee §63.1310(j)(4)

for general duty requirement.
Page 368 of 388

§63.6(e)(1)(ii) YesNo

§63.6(e)(1)(iii) Yes

§63.6(e)(2) Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(i) Yes For equipment leaks (subject to 

§63.1331), the start-up, shutdown, and 

malfunction plan requirement of 

§63.6(e)(3)(i) is limited to control 

devices and is optional for other 

equipment. The start-up, shutdown, 

malfunction plan may include written 

procedures that identify conditions 

that justify a delay of repair.

§63.6(e)(3)(i)(A) No This is addressed by §63.1310(j)(4).

§63.6(e)(3)(i)(B) Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(i)(C) Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(ii) Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(iii) No Recordkeeping and reporting are 

specified in §63.1335(b)(1).

§63.6(e)(3)(iv) No Recordkeeping and reporting are 

specified in §63.1335(b)(1).

§63.6(e)(3)(v) Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(vi) Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(vii) Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(vii)(A)Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(vii)(B)Yes Except the plan shall provide for 

operation in (B) compliance with 

§63.1310(j)(4).

§63.6(e)(3)(vii)(C)Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(viii) Yes

§63.6(e)(3)(ix) Yes

§63.6(e)(3) No

§63.6(f)(1) YesNo

§63.6(f)(2) Yes Except §63.7(c), as referred to in 

§63.6(f)(2)(iii)(D), does not apply, 

and except that §63.6(f)(2)(ii) does 
Page 369 of 388

not apply to equipment leaks subject 

to §63.1331.

§63.6(f)(3) Yes

§63.6(g) Yes

§63.6(h) No Subpart JJJ does not require opacity 

and visible emission standards.

§63.6(i)(1) Yes

§63.6(i)(2) Yes

§63.6(i)(3) Yes

§63.6(i)(4)(i)(A) Yes

§63.6(i)(4)(i)(B) No Dates are specified in §63.1311(e) and 

§63.1335(e)(3)(i).

§63.6(i)(4)(ii) No

§63.6(i)(5)–(14) Yes

§63.6(i)(15) No [Reserved.].

§63.6(i)(16) Yes

§63.6(j) Yes

§63.7(a)(1) Yes

§63.7(a)(2) No §63.1335(e)(5) specifies the submittal 

dates of performance test results for 

all emission points except equipment 

leaks; for equipment leaks, compliance 

demonstration results are reported in 

the Periodic Reports.

§63.7(a)(3) Yes

§63.7(b) No §63.1333(a)(4) specifies notification 

requirements.

§63.7(c) No

§63.7(d) Yes

§63.7(e)(1) YesNo Except that all performance tests 

shall be conducted at maximum 

representative operating conditions 

achievable at the time without 

disruption of operations or damage to 

equipment.See §63.1333(a).
Page 370 of 388

§63.7(e)(2) Yes

§63.7(e)(3) No Subpart JJJ specifies requirements.

§63.7(e)(4) Yes

§63.7(f) Yes Except that §63.144(b)(5)(iii)(A) and 

(B) shall apply for process 

wastewater. Also, because a site 

specific test plan is not required, 

the notification deadline in 

§63.7(f)(2)(i) shall be 60 days prior 

to the performance test, and in 

§63.7(f)(3), approval or disapproval 

of the alternative test method shall 

not be tied to the site specific test 

plan.

§63.7(g) Yes Except that the requirements in 

§63.1335(e)(5) shall apply instead of 

references to the Notification of 

Compliance Status report in §63.9(h). 

In addition, equipment leaks subject 

to §63.1331 are not required to 

conduct performance tests.

§63.7(h) Yes Except §63.7(h)(4)(ii) is not 

applicable, because the site-specific 

test plans in §63.7(c)(2) are not 

required.

§63.8(a)(1) Yes

§63.8(a)(2) No

§63.8(a)(3) No [Reserved]

§63.8(a)(4) Yes

§63.8(b)(1) Yes

§63.8(b)(2) No Subpart JJJ specifies locations to 

conduct monitoring.

§63.8(b)(3) Yes

§63.8(c)(1) Yes

§63.8(c)(1)(i) YesNo

§63.8(c)(1)(ii) No For all emission points except 

equipment leaks, comply with 

§63.1335(b)(1)(i)(B); for equipment 
Page 371 of 388

leaks, comply with §63.181(g)(2)(iii).

§63.8(c)(1)(iii) YesNo

§63.8(c)(2) Yes

§63.8(c)(3) Yes

§63.8(c)(4) No §63.1334 specifies monitoring 

frequency; not applicable to equipment 

leaks because §63.1331 does not 

require continuous monitoring systems.

§63.8(c)(5)–(8) No.

§63.8(d) No.

§63.8(e) No.

§63.8(f)(1)–(3) Yes.

§63.8(f)(4)(i) No Timeframe for submitting request is 

specified in §63.1335(f) or (g); not 

applicable to equipment leaks because 

§63.1331 (through reference to subpart 

H) specifies acceptable alternative 

methods.

§63.8(f)(4)(ii) No Contents of requests are specified in 

§63.1335(f) or (g).

§63.8(f)(4)(iii) No.

§63.8(f)(5)(i) Yes.

§63.8(f)(5)(ii) No.

§63.8(f)(5)(iii) Yes.

§63.8(f)(6) No Subpart JJJ does not require 

continuous emission monitors.

§63.8(g) No Data reduction procedures specified in 

§63.1335(d) and (h); not applicable to 

equipment leaks.

§63.9(a) Yes.

§63.9(b) No Subpart JJJ does not require an 

initial notification.

§63.9(c) Yes.

§63.9(d) Yes.

§63.9(e) No §63.1333(a)(4) specifies notification 
Page 372 of 388

deadline.

§63.9(f) No Subpart JJJ does not require opacity 

and visible emission standards.

§63.9(g) No.

§63.9(h) No §63.1335(e)(5) specifies Notification 

of Compliance Status requirements.

§63.9(i) Yes.

§63.9(j) No.

§63.10(a) Yes.

§63.10(b)(1) No §63.1335(a) specifies record retention 

requirements.

§63.10(b)(2) No Subpart JJJ specifies recordkeeping 

requirements.

§63.10(b)(3) No §63.1310(b) requires documentation of 

sources that are not affected sources.

§63.10(c) No §63.1335 specifies recordkeeping 

requirements.

§63.10(d)(1) Yes.

§63.10(d)(2) No §63.1335(e) specifies performance test 

reporting requirements; not applicable 

to equipment leaks.

§63.10(d)(3) No Subpart JJJ does not require opacity 

and visible emission standards.

§63.10(d)(4) Yes.

§63.10(d)(5)(i) Yes Except that reports required by 

§63.10(d)(5)(i) may be submitted at 

the same time as Periodic Reports 

specified in §63.1335(e)(6). The 

start-up, shutdown, and malfunction 

plan, and any records or reports of 

start-up, shutdown, and malfunction do 

not apply to Group 2 emission points 

unless they are included in an 

emissions average.

§63.10(d)(5)(ii) No.

§63.10(d)(5) No See §63.1335(b)(1)(ii) for malfunction 

reporting requirements.
Page 373 of 388

§63.10(e) No §63.1335 specifies reporting 

requirements.

§63.10(f) Yes.

§63.11 Yes §63.11(b) specifies requirements for 

flares used to comply with provisions 

of this subpart. §63.1333(e) contains 

the requirements to conduct compliance 

demonstrations for flares subject to 

this subpart. §63.11(c), (d), and (e) 

specifies requirements for an 

alternative work practice for 

equipment leaks.

§63.12 Yes Except that the authority of 

§63.1332(i) and the authority of 

§63.177 (for equipment leaks) shall 

not be delegated to States.

§§63.13–63.15 Yes.

aThe plan and any records or reports of start-up, shutdown, and 

malfunction do not apply to Group 2 emission points unless they 

are included in an emissions average.

Table 2 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63—Group 1 Storage Vessels at 

Existing Affected Sources

Vessel capacity

(cubic meters) Vapor pressurea (kilopascals)

75≤capacity 151 ≥13.1

151≤capacity ≥5.2

aMaximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage 

temperature.

Table 3 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63—Group 1 Storage Vessels at 

Existing Affected Sources Producing the Listed Thermoplastics

Thermoplastic Chemicala

Vessel 

capacity 

(cubic 

meters)

Vapor pressureb

(kilopascals)

ASA/AMSANc styrene/acrylonitrile ≥ 3.78 ≥ 0.47
Page 374 of 388

mixture

acrylonitrile ≥ 75.7 ≥ 1.62

Polystyrene, 

continuous 

processes

all chemicals <75.7 ≥ 14.2

≥ 75.7

≥ 1.9

Nitrilec acrylonitrile ≥ 13.25 ≥ 1.8

aVessel capacity and vapor pressure criteria are specific to the 

listed chemical or to “all chemicals,” as indicated.

bMaximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage 

temperature.

cThe applicability criteria in Table 2 of this subpart shall be 

used for chemicals not specifically listed in this table (i.e., 

Table 3).

Table 4 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63—Group 1 Storage Vessels at New 

Affected Sources

Vessel capacity (cubic meters)

Vapor

pressurea (kilopascals)

38 ≤ capacity < 151 ≥13.1

151 ≤ capacity ≥0.7

aMaximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage 

temperature.

Table 5 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63—Group 1 Storage Vessels at New 

Affected Sources Producing the Listed Thermoplastics

Thermoplastic Chemicala

Vessel 

capacity

(cubic 

meters)

Vapor pressureb

(kilopascals)

ASA/AMSANc Styrene/ 

acrylonitrile 

mixture

≥ 3.78 ≥ 0.47
Page 375 of 388

Acrylonitrile ≥ 75.7 ≥ 1.62

SAN, continuousd All chemicals ≥ 2,271 ≥ 0.5 and < 0.7

< 151 ≥ 10

≥ 151 ≥ 0.7

Nitrilec Acrylonitrile ≥ 13.25 ≥ 1.8

Polystyrene, 

continuous 

processes

All chemicals ≥ 19.6 and 

<45.4

≥ 7.48

≥ 45.4 and 

<109.8

≥ 0.61

≥ 109.8 ≥ 0.53

ABS, continuous 

mass

Styrene ≥ 45.43 ≥ 0.078

All other 

chemicals

≥ 38 and < 

45.43

≥ 13.1

≥ 45.43 ≥ 0.53

aVessel capacity and vapor pressure criteria are specific to the 

listed chemical, to “all chemicals,” or to “all other 

chemicals,” as indicated.

bMaximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage 

temperature.

cThe applicability criteria in Table 4 of this subpart shall be 

used for chemicals not specifically listed in this table (i.e., 

Table 5).

dThe control level for the first two sets of applicability 

criteria are specified in 63.1314 as 90% and 98%, respectively. 

The control level for the third set of applicability criteria is 

the HON control level of 95%.

Table 6 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63—Known Organic HAP Emitted From 

the Production of Thermoplastic Products

Thermoplastic 

product/Subcate

gory

Organic HAP/chemical name

(CAS No.)

AcetaldehyAcryl

o1,3 Buta

1,4-

Dioxa

Ethyle

ne 

Methan

ol 

Methy

l 

Styre

ne 
Page 376 of 388

de 

(75–

07–0)

nitri

le 

(107–

13–1)

-

dien

e 

(106

–99–

0)

ne 

(123–

91–1)

Glycol 

(107–

21–1)

(67–

56–1)

metha

-

cryla

te 

(80–

62–6)

(100–

42–5)

ABS latex P P P

ABS using a 

batch emulsion 

process

P P P

ABS using a 

batch 

suspension 

process

P P P

ABS using a 

continuous 

emulsion 

process

P P P

ABS using a 

continuous mass 

process

P P P

ASA/AMSAN P P

EPS P

MABS P P P

MBS P P P

Nitrile resin P

PET using a 

batch dimethyl 

terephthalate 

process

P P P P

PET using a 

batch 

terephthalic 

acid process

P P P

PET using a 

continuous 

dimethyl 

terephthalate 

process

P P P P
Page 377 of 388

PET using a 

continuous 

terephthalic 

acid process

P P P

PET using a 

continuous 

terephthalic 

acid high 

viscosity 

multiple end 

finisher 

process

P P P

Polystyrene 

resin using a 

batch process

P

Polystyrene 

resin using a 

continuous 

process

P

SAN using a 

batch process

P P

SAN using a 

continuous 

process

P P

CAS No. = Chemical Abstract Service Number.

ABS = Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin.

ASA/AMSAN = Acrylonitrile styrene resin/alpha methyl styrene 

acrylonitrile resin.

EPS = expandable polystyrene resin.

MABS = methyl methacrylate acrylonitrile butadiene styrene 

resin.

PET = poly(ethylene terephthalate) resin.

SAN = styrene acrylonitrile resin.

MBS = methyl methacrylate butadiene styrene resin.
Page 378 of 388

Table 7 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63—Group 1 Batch Process Vents 

and Aggregate Batch Vent Streams—Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and 

Reporting Requirements

Control device

Parameters to be 

monitored

Recordkeeping and 

reporting requirements for 

monitored parameters

Thermal incinerator Firebox 

temperaturea

1. Continuous records as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(1).b

2. Record and report the 

average firebox 

temperature measured 

during the performance 

test—NCS.c

3. Record the batch cycle 

daily average firebox 

temperature as specified 

in §63.1326(e)(2).

4. Report all batch cycle 

daily average temperatures 

that are below the minimum 

operating value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit and all 

instances when monitoring 

data are not collected—

PR.d,e

Catalytic 

incinerator

Temperature 

upstream and 

downstream of the 

catalyst bed

1. Continuous records as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(1).b

2. Record and report the 

average upstream and bed 

downstream temperatures 

and the average 

temperature difference 

across the catalyst bed 

measured during the 

performance test—NCS.c

3. Record the batch cycle 

daily average upstream 

temperature and 

temperature difference 

across catalyst bed as 
Page 379 of 388

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(2).

4. Report all batch cycle 

daily average upstream 

temperatures that are 

below the minimum upstream 

value established in the 

NCS or operating permit—

PR.d,e

5. Report all batch cycle 

daily average temperature 

differences across the 

catalyst bed that are 

below the minimum 

difference established in 

the NCS or operating 

permit—PR.d,e

6. Report all instances 

when monitoring data are 

not collected.e

Boiler or Process 

Heater with a design 

heat input capacity 

less than 44 

megawatts and where 

the batch process 

vents or aggregate 

batch vent streams 

are not introduced 

with or used as the 

primary fuel

Firebox 

temperaturea

1. Continuous records as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(1).b

2. Record and report the 

average firebox 

temperature measured 

during the performance 

test—NCS.c

3. Record the batch cycle 

daily average firebox 

temperature as specified 

in §63.1326(e)(2).d

4. Report all batch cycle 

daily average temperatures 

that are below the minimum 

operating value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit and all 

instances when monitoring 

data are not collected—

PR.de

Flare Presence of a 

flame at the 

pilot light

1. Hourly records of 

whether the monitor was 

continuously operating 

during batch emission 
Page 380 of 388

episodes, or portions 

thereof, selected for 

control and whether a 

flame was continuously 

present at the pilot light 

during said periods.

2. Record and report the 

presence of a flame at the 

pilot light over the full 

period of the compliance 

determination—NCS.c

3. Record the times and 

durations of all periods 

during batch emission 

episodes, or portions 

thereof, selected for 

control when all flames at 

the pilot light of a flare 

are absent or the monitor 

is not operating.

4. Report the times and 

durations of all periods 

during batch emission 

episodes, or portions 

thereof, selected for 

control when all flames at 

the pilot light of a flare 

are absent—PR.d

Scrubber for 

halogenated batch 

process vents or 

aggregate batch vent 

strreams (Note: 

Controlled by a 

combustion device 

other than a flare)

a. pH of scrubber 

effluent, and

1. Continuous records as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(1).b

2. Record and report the 

average pH of the scrubber 

effluent measured during 

the performance test—NCS.c

3. Record the batch cycle 

daily average pH of the 

scrubber effluent as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(2).

4. Report all batch cycle 

daily average pH values of 

the scrubber effluent that 

are below the minimum 
Page 381 of 388

operating value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit and all 

instances when monitoring 

data are not collected—

PR.d,e

b. Scrubber 

liquid and gas 

flow rates

1. Records as specified in 

§63.1326(e)(1).b

2. Record and report the 

scrubber liquid/gas ratio 

averaged over the full 

period of the performance 

test—NCS.c

3. Record the batch cycle 

daily average scrubber 

liquid/gas ratio as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(2).

4. Report all batch cycle 

daily average scrubber 

liquid/gas ratios that are 

below the minimum value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit and all 

instances when monitoring 

data are not collected—

PR.d,e

Absorberf a. Exit 

temperature of 

the absorbing 

liquid, and

1. Continuous records as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(1).b

2. Record and report the 

average exit temperature 

of the absorbing liquid 

measured during the 

performance test—NCS.c

3. Record the batch cycle 

daily average exit 

temperature of the 

absorbing liquid as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(2) for each 

batch cycle.

4. Report all the batch 
Page 382 of 388

cycle daily average exit 

temperatures of the 

absorbing liquid that are 

above the maximum 

operating value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit and all 

instances when monitoring 

data are not collected—

PR.d,e

b. Exit specific 

gravity for the 

absorbing liquid

1. Continuous records as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(1).b

2. Record and report the 

average exit specific 

gravity measured during 

the performance test—NCS.c

3. Record the batch cycle 

daily average exit 

specific gravity as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(2).

4. Report all batch cycle 

daily average exit 

specific gravity values 

that are above the maximum 

operating value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit and all 

instances when monitoring 

data are not collected—

PR.d,e

Condenserf Exit (product 

side) temperature

1. Continuous records as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(1).b

2. Record and report the 

average exit temperature 

measured during the 

performance test—NCS.c

3. Record the batch cycle

daily average exit 

temperature as specified 

in §63.1326(e)(2).

4. Report all batch cycle 
Page 383 of 388

daily average exit 

temperatures that are 

above the maximum 

operating value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit and all 

instances when monitoring 

data are not collected—

PR.d,e

Carbon Adsorberf a. Total 

regeneration 

steam flow or 

nitrogen flow, or 

pressure (gauge 

or absolute) 

during carbon bed 

regeneration 

cycle(s), and

1. Record the total 

regeneration steam flow or 

nitrogen flow, or pressure 

for each carbon bed 

regeneration cycle.

2. Record and report the 

total regeneration steam 

flow or nitrogen flow, or 

pressure during carbon bed 

regeneration cycle 

measured during the 

performance test—NCS.c

3. Report all carbon bed 

regeneration cycles when 

the total regeneration 

steam flow or nitrogen 

flow, or pressure is above 

the maximum value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit—PR.d,e

b. Temperature of 

the carbon bed 

after 

regeneration and 

within 15 minutes 

of completing any 

cooling cycle(s)

1. Record the temperature 

of the carbon bed after 

each regeneration and 

within 15 minutes of 

completing any cooling 

cycle(s).

2. Record and report the 

temperature of the carbon 

bed after each 

regeneration and within 15 

minutes of completing any 

cooling cycle(s) measured 

during the performance 

test—NCS.c
Page 384 of 388

3. Report all carbon bed 

regeneration cycles when 

the temperature of the 

carbon bed after 

regeneration, or within 15 

minutes of completing any 

cooling cycle(s), is above 

the maximum value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit—PR.d,e

All control devices a. Diversion to 

the atmosphere 

from the control 

device or

1. Hourly records of 

whether the flow indicator 

was operating during batch 

emission episodes, or 

portions thereof, selected 

for control and whether a 

diversion was detected at 

any time during said 

periods as specified in 

§63.1326(e)(3).

2. Record and report the 

times of all periods 

during batch emission 

episodes, or portions 

thereof, selected for 

control when emissions are 

diverted through a bypass 

line or the flow indicator 

is not operating—PR.d

b. Monthly 

inspection of 

sealed valves.

1. Records that monthly 

inspections were performed 

as specified in 

§63.1326(e)(4)(i).

2. Record and report all 

monthly inspections that 

show the valves are in the 

diverting position or that 

a seal has been broken—

PR.d

Absorber, condenser, 

and carbon Adsorber 

(as an alternative 

to the requirements 

previously presented 

Concentration 

level or reading 

indicated by an 

organic 

monitoring device 

1. Continuous records as 

specified in 

§63.1326(e)(1).b

2. Record and report the 

average batch vent 
Page 385 of 388

in this table) at the outlet of 

the control 

device

concentration level or 

reading measured during 

the performance test—NCS.c

3. Record the batch cycle 

daily average 

concentration level or 

reading as specified 

§63.1326(e)(2).

4. Report all batch cycle 

daily average 

concentration levels or 

readings that are above 

the maximum value 

established in the NCS or 

operating permit and all 

instances when monitoring 

data are not collected—

PR.d,e

aMonitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork 

immediately downstream of the firebox before any substantial 

heat exchange is encountered.

b“Continuous records” is defined in §63.111.

cNCS = Notification of Compliance Status described in

§63.1335(e)(5).

dPR = Periodic Reports described in §63.1335(e)(6).

eThe periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when 

monitoring data are not collected as specified in 

§63.1335(e)(6)(iii)(C).

fAlternatively, these devices may comply with the organic 

monitoring device provisions listed at the end of this table.

Table 8 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63—Operating Parameters for Which 

Levels Are Required To Be Established for Continuous and Batch 

Process Vents and Aggregate Batch Vent Streams

Device Parameters to be monitored

Established 

operating 

parameter(s)

Thermal Firebox temperature Minimum 
Page 386 of 388

incinerator temperature.

Catalytic 

incinerator

Temperature upstream and 

downstream of the catalyst bed

Minimum upstream 

temperature; and 

minimum 

temperature 

difference across 

the catalyst bed.

Boiler or 

process heater

Firebox temperature Minimum 

temperature.

Scrubber for 

halogenated 

vents

pH of scrubber effluent; and 

scrubber liquid and gas flow 

rates [§63.1324(b)(4)(ii)]

Minimum pH; and 

minimum 

liquid/gas ratio.

Absorber Exit temperature of the 

absorbing liquid; and exit 

specific gravity of the 

absorbing liquid

Maximum 

temperature; and 

maximum specific 

gravity.

Condenser Exit temperature Maximum 

temperature.

Carbon adsorber Total regeneration steam flow 

or nitrogen flow, or pressure 

(gauge or absolute)a during 

carbon bed regeneration cycle; 

and temperature of the carbon 

bed after regeneration (and 

within 15 minutes of completing 

any cooling cycle(s))

Maximum flow or 

pressure; and 

maximum 

temperature.

Other devices 

(or as an 

alternate to the 

requirements 

previously 

presented in 

this table)b

HAP concentration level or 

reading at outlet of device

Maximum HAP 

concentration or 

reading.

a25 to 50 mm (absolute) is a common pressure level obtained by

pressure swing absorbers.

bConcentration is measured instead of an operating parameter.

Table 9 to Subpart JJJ of Part 63—Routine Reports Required by 

This Subpart
Page 387 of 388

Reference

Description of 

report Due date

§63.1335(b) and 

subpart A

Refer to Table 1 

and subpart A

Refer to subpart A.

§63.1335(e)(3) Precompliance 

Reporta

Existing affected sources—

December 19, 2000. New 

affected sources—with 

application for approval of 

construction or 

reconstruction.

§63.1335(e)(4) Emissions 

Averaging Plan

September 19, 2000.

§63.1335(e)(4)(iv) Updates to 

Emissions 

Averaging Plan

120 days prior to making the 

change necessitating the 

update.

§63.1335(e)(5) Notification of 

Compliance 

Statusb

Within 150 days after the 

compliance date.

§63.1335(e)(6) Periodic Reports Semiannually, no later than 

60 days after the end of 

each 6-month period. See 

§63.1335(e)(6)(i) for the 

due date for the first 

report.

§63.1335(e)(6)(xi) Quarterly 

reports for 

Emissions 

Averaging

No later than 60 days after 

the end of each quarter. 

First report is due with the 

Notification of Compliance 

Status.

§63.1335(e)(6)(xii) Quarterly 

reports upon 

request of the 

Administrator

No later than 60 days after 

the end of each quarter.

§63.1335(e)(7)(i) Storage Vessels 

Notification of 

Inspection

At least 30 days prior to 

the refilling of each 

storage vessel or the 

inspection of each storage 

vessel.

§63.1335(e)(7)(ii) Requests for 

Approval of a 

Nominal Control 

Initial submittal is due 

with the Emissions Averaging 

Plan specified in 
Page 388 of 388

Efficiency for 

Use in Emissions 

Averaging

§63.1335(e)(4)(ii); later 

submittals are made at the 

discretion of the owner or 

operator as specified in 

§63.1335(e)(7)(ii) (B).

§63.1335(e)(7)(iii) Notification of 

Change in the 

Primary Product

1. For notification under 

§63.1310(f)(3)(ii)—

notification submittal date 

at the discretion of the 

owner or operator.c

2. For notification under 

§63.1310(f)(4)(ii)—within 6 

months of making the 

determination.

aThere may be two versions of this report due at different times; 

one for equipment subject to §63.1331 and one for other emission 

points subject to this subpart.

bThere will be two versions of this report due at different 

times; one for equipment subject to §63.1331 and one for other 

emission points subject to this subpart.

cNote that the TPPU remains subject to this subpart until the 

notification under §63.1310(f)(3)(i) is made.